p academics copy by mikeholy

VIEWS: 35 PAGES: 182

									Academic Departments,
Programs of Study and
Course Listings
A
                                                             Adolescence Education
                                                             SUNY Cortland offers 10 undergraduate certification programs                                    Adolescence Education: Social Studies (7-12)
                                                             that prepare candidates to teach in grades 7-12. Adolescence                                       (dual major required; see Social Studies)
                                                             education programs are available in the following areas of study:                               Adolescence Education: Spanish (7-12)
A D O L E S C E N C E E D U C AT I O N




                                                                Adolescence Education: Biology (7-12)                                                       All adolescence education programs are housed in the School of
                                                                Adolescence Education: Chemistry (7-12)                                                 Arts and Sciences, in the department area of content. For specific
                                                                Adolescence Education: Earth Science (7-12)                                             program requirements, consult the appropriate department pages.
                                                                Adolescence Education: English (7-12)                                                   Additional requirements for New York State teacher certification
                                                                Adolescence Education: French (7-12)                                                    are found on page 41 of this catalog.
                                                                Adolescence Education: Mathematics (7-12)                                                   Those who wish to enroll in a program leading to teacher
                                                                Adolescence Education: Physics (7-12)                                                   certification must file an application to the Teacher Education
                                                                Adolescence Education: Physics and Mathematics (7-12)                                   Program. Contact the program coordinator/representative for
                                                                                                                                                        details and specific degree requirements.




                                                             Adolescence Education
                                                             COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

                                                             AED 310: Grammar and the Writing Process                                                   AED 386: Student Teaching in English in the Middle Schools
                                                             (A) Engagement in the various stages of the writing process while                          (F) Supervised student teaching in the middle school. Corequisite:
                                                             determining the appropriate role of grammar in the Language Arts                           AED 385, 387. S, U grades are assigned. (7 cr. hr.)
                                                             Curriculum through readings and practice. Prerequisite: CPN 101
                                                                                                                                                        AED 387: Student Teaching in English in the High School
                                                             or 103; 2.75 grade point average for AEE majors; corequisite for
                                                                                                                                                        (F) Supervised student teaching in the high school. Prerequisites:
                                                             AEE majors: AED 311. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                        AED 441. Corequisite: AED 385, 386. S, U grades are assigned.
                                                             AED 311: Participant-Observer Experience: Writing Process                                  (7 cr. hr.)
                                                             (F) A 30-hour field experience supervised by the course instructor.
                                                                                                                                                        AED 391: Introduction to Adolescence Education
                                                             Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103; 2.75 grade point average;
                                                                                                                                                        (A) Students will develop a coherent and comprehensive personal
                                                             corequisite: AED 310. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                        educational philosophy; analyze the role of education and teachers
                                                             AED 323: Seminar for Field Observation                                                     in society; demonstrate an understanding of teacher certification
                                                             (S) Seminar for field observation in adolescence education (French                         standards and requirements; evaluate teaching, lesson planning and
                                                             and Spanish). Seminar-based course to provide a variety of field                           implementation and cooperative skills; and develop a portfolio.
                                                             experiences for preservice teachers. Observations and field reports                        The course includes 25 hours of field observation/teaching
                                                             from secondary classroom experiences required. Prerequisites:                              experience. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                             Admission to the adolescence education program and grade point
                                                                                                                                                        AED 399: Mathematics Practicum
                                                             average consistent with “good standing” status (not below 2.5).
                                                                                                                                                        (O) For students serving as tutors and providing other assistance in
                                                             (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                        100-level college mathematics courses or in mathematics classes in
                                                             AED 341: Introduction to English Language Arts                                             grades 7-12. Course may be repeated for a maximum of three credit
                                                             (F) This course brings together literature, composition, language                          hours. H, S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisites: AED 391 or EDU
                                                             and general material on teaching methods. Course goals include                             391 and MAT 224 and 227 and permission of department chair.
                                                             progress towards an integrated knowledge of constructivist learning                        (1-2 cr. hr.)
                                                             theory, related teaching practices, and preparation for student
                                                                                                                                                        AED 400: Student Teaching
                                                             teaching, as well as up-to- date approaches for working with ESL
                                                                                                                                                        (F) Full-time supervised social studies teaching in public schools
                                                             and special needs students in inclusive classrooms. Prerequisite:
                                                                                                                                                        for ten weeks (6 cr. hr.)
                                                             2.75 ENG grade point average. (3 cr. hr.)
    S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                                        AED 404: Teaching Writing
                                                             AED 385: Participant-Observer Experience
                                                                                                                                                        (S) Instructional strategies, curriculum planning, and assessment
                                                             (F) Students will systematically observe the main components of
                                                                                                                                                        techniques for the teaching of writing in middle and secondary
                                                             the teaching and learning process in order to develop the reflective
                                                                                                                                                        schools. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory/field experience.
                                                             disposition needed to make wise instructional decisions, and to
                                                                                                                                                        Prerequisite: AED 310, 311, and 341; Combined AED and ENG
                                                             complete the 40 remaining hours of the pre-service fieldwork
                                                                                                                                                        grade point average of 2.75. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             requirements. Corequisite: AED 386, 387. (1 cr. hr.)




  52                                                             Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
AED 437: Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages in Middle/Junior                             AED 445: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education — Science
                                                                                                                                                                            A
and High Schools I                                                                          (A) Full-time supervised student teaching in two public school
(A) Prerequisites: PSY 101, and PSY 232 or 332 and AED 391or                                placements: one, eight-week placement at the seventh or eighth grade
EDU 391 (required for adolescence education majors) or INT                                  level and one, eight-week placement at the ninth, tenth, eleventh, or
270. Twenty-four hours of study in the language at 300 level or                             twelfth grade level. A discipline-specific student teaching seminar is
above. Must be taken concurrently with AED 438. Student must                                held on campus once during the semester. Prerequisites: PSY 232;
receive a grade of B or better in this course as one requirement of                         AED 443; and AED 444. See major department for eligibility criteria.
eligibility for student teaching. (3 cr. hr.)                                               S, U grades are assigned. (14 cr. hr.)
AED 438: Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages in Middle/Junior                             AED 492: Field Experiences in Mathematics Teaching




                                                                                                                                                                            A D O L E S C E N C E E D U C AT I O N
and High Schools II                                                                         (A) Seventy–five hours of directed observation of junior or senior
(A) Prerequisites: PSY 101, and PSY 232 or 332 and AED 391or                                high mathematics teachers and other school personnel. H, S, U
EDU 391 (required for adolescence education majors) or INT                                  grades are assigned. Prerequisites: EDU 391, 435, 442, 449; HLH
270. Twenty-four hours of study in the language at 300 level or                             110 or 199; PSY 232 or 332; MAT 224, 272, 328, 370, 375;
above. Must be taken concurrently with AED 437. Student must                                MCS 186; and grade point average of at least 2.5 both overall and
receive a grade of B or better in this course as one requirement of                         in all MAT/MCS courses. (2 cr. hr.)
eligibility for student teaching. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            AED 493: Student Teaching – Adolescent Mathematics I
AED 439: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education – Foreign                                  (A) Five weeks of full-time student teaching supervised by college
Languages
                                                                                            faculty. H, S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisite: AED 492.
(A) Prerequisites: AED 437 and 438. Twenty-four hours of study
                                                                                            (5 cr. hr.)
in the language at 300 level or above. Consent of department based
on language proficiency. See major department for eligibility                               AED 494: Student Teaching – Adolescent Mathematics II
criteria. S, U grades are assigned. (14 cr. hr.)                                            (A) Seven weeks of full-time student teaching supervised by college
                                                                                            faculty. H, S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisites: AED 492 and
AED 441: Methods of Teaching Literature and Critical Literacy
                                                                                            493. (7 cr. hr.)
(S) Integration of the teaching of literature and critical literacy.
Lesson planning, instructional strategies, and teaching with
Educational standards are emphasized, as are theory and related
strategies for helping students apply critical reading and writing
skills to a range of literacy genres and levels of interpretation..
Prerequisite: AED 310, 311, and 341; Combined AED and ENG
grade point average of 2.75. (3 cr. hr.)
AED 442: Methods I: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and
Secondary Schools
(F) This course begins with an examination of the history and
foundations of education, with an emphasis on the history of
science education. It then examines disciplinary models and
strategies for classroom management. Students will develop tools
for measurement and evaluation of performance and achievement
for students with diverse abilities and interests. Students will
participate in short and long-range lesson planning and curriculum
development. Federal and state laws, policies and procedures for
dealing with students with disabilities will be examined. Strategies
for collaborating with administrators, faculty/staff, parents/
guardians, and community members will be discussed. Includes
twenty-five hours of field experience in middle and secondary
schools. Prerequisites: PSY 232 and AED 391. (3 cr. hr.)
AED 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and
Secondary Schools
(F) Introduction to aspects of teaching laboratory-based science to
a diverse population of students through the development of a
course syllabus, a comprehensive plan for laboratory safety, and
lesson plans aligned with state and national learning standards and
state science core curriculum guides. Twenty-five hours of field
experience in middle and secondary schools. Prerequisite: AED
                                                                                                                                                                                  S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




442. Corequisite: AED 444. (3 cr. hr.)
AED 444: Laboratory Practicum
(F) Opportunity to work with an experienced teacher in the
planning, preparation, and implementation of laboratory exercises
in an introductory, college-level lab course through one-on-one
and small group activities. Fulfills twenty-five hours of field
experience requirement. Corequisite: AED 443. (1 cr. hr.)




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   53
A
                                                           African American Studies                                                                  Old Main, Room 208-B
                                                                                                                                                     (607) 753-2064
                                                                                                                                                     E-mail: asumahs@cortland.edu
                                                           INTERDISCIPLINARY MAJOR                                                                   www.cortland.edu/aas



                                                           SCHOOL
                                                           Arts and Sciences                                                       Requirements
AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES




                                                           F A C U LT Y                                                            1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
                                                                                                                                      to all of the following majors.
                                                           Seth N. Asumah (Coordinator), William Buxton, Samuel Kelley,
                                                                                                                                   2. Liberal Arts Requirements: 90 credit hours.
                                                           Michelle Kelly, Kassim Kone, Donald Wright, Ibipo Johnston-
                                                           Anumonwo, Edward Moore, Mechtild Nagel, Emmanuel Nelson,
                                                                                                                                   Major in African American Studies with a
                                                           Susan Rayl, Keith Smith
                                                                                                                                   concentration in African and African American
                                                           PROGRAMS OFFERED                                                        History [AAS/AASH]
                                                           Bachelor of Arts in African American Studies                            A. Nine credit hours:
                                                           Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: Social Studies and              AAS 100: Introduction to African American Studies
                                                             African American Studies (7-12)                                          AAS 412: Independent Research in African American Studies
                                                           MAJORS OFFERED                                                             AAS 486: Senior Seminar in African American Studies
                                                           African American Studies with a concentration in African and            B. Twenty-seven credit hours in additional courses in African
                                                             African American History                                                 American Studies with at least 18 hours in courses numbered
                                                           African American Studies with a concentration in African                   300 and above, including:
                                                             American Sociological, Political, and Community Development
                                                           Adolescence Education: Social Studies and African American              At least three hours from African American sociological, political
                                                             Studies (7-12)                                                           and community development: AAS 110, AAS 120, AAS 170,
                                                                                                                                      AAS 204, AAS 290, AAS 291, AAS 292, AAS 304, AAS 362,
                                                           C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D                                   AAS 376, AAS 395, AAS 396, AAS 397, AAS 432, AAS 475,
                                                           African American Studies (Elementary Education)                            AAS 485, AAS 590, AAS 591
                                                                                                                                   At least three hours from African American literature and the
                                                           MINORS OFFERED                                                             humanities: AAS 110, AAS 241, AAS 251, AAS 260, AAS 332,
                                                           African American Studies                                                   AAS 352, AAS 353, AAS 365, AAS 425, AAS 436, AAS 455
                                                                                                                                   At least three hours from education and administration of African
                                                           DESCRIPTION                                                                American institutions: AAS 381, AAS 581
                                                           The African American Studies Program is the oldest of the ethnic        At least 12 hours from African American history: AAS 225, AAS
                                                           studies programs at SUNY Cortland, dating back to 1975 when it             321, AAS 322, AAS 334, AAS 336, AAS 390, AAS 428
                                                           was founded as the Department of Black Studies. Students who
                                                                                                                                   TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                           major in African American studies may choose a concentration in
                                                           African and Black American history or in Black sociological,
                                                           political, and community development. Thirty-six hours are              Major in African American Studies with a
                                                           required for the major.                                                 concentration in African American Sociological,
                                                               Students may also minor in African American studies, an 18-         Political and Community Development
                                                           hour program. Majors may combine courses in African American Studies    [AAS/AASC]
                                                           with a professional sequence to qualify for provisional certification
                                                           as social studies teachers for grades 7-12.                             A. Nine credit hours:
                                                                                                                                      AAS 100: Introduction to African American Studies.
                                                           S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S                                               AAS 412: Independent Research in African American Studies
                                                           • Two professors who have won distinguished awards in teaching             AAS 486: Senior Seminar in African American Studies.
                                                           • Fulbright awardees
                                                                                                                                   B. 27 hours in additional courses in African American studies
                                                           • Nationally and internationally recognized faculty
                                                                                                                                      with at least 18 hours in courses numbered 300 and above,
                                                           • Credit-bearing internships
                                                                                                                                      including:
                                                           • Adolescence education — social studies and African
                                                                                                                                   At least one course from African American history: AAS 225, AAS
                                                              American studies career in high school teaching
  S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                      321, AAS 322, AAS 334, AAS 336, AAS 390, AAS 428
                                                           • Scholarship support in African American Chorale
                                                                                                                                   At least one course from African American literature and the
                                                           • Research with faculty, conferences, and publication
                                                                                                                                      humanities: AAS 110, AAS 241, AAS 251, AAS 260, AAS 332,
                                                           CAREER POTENTIAL                                                           AAS 352, AAS 353, AAS 365, AAS 425, AAS 436, AAS 455
                                                           • Government service:               • Politics                          At least one course from education and administration of
                                                              national, state, local           • Teaching                             African American institutions: AAS 381, AAS 581
                                                           • Journalism                        • Business
                                                           • Social and family services        • Community activism



54
                                                                                                                                                                            A
At least 12 hours from African American sociological, political and
   community development: AAS 110, AAS 120, AAS 170, AAS
   204, AAS 290, AAS 291, AAS 292, AAS 304, AAS 362, AAS
                                                                                            African American
   376, AAS 395, AAS 396, AAS 397, AAS 432, AAS 475, AAS
   485, AAS 590, AAS 591
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                                            Studies
                                                                                            COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Dual major in Adolescence Education: Social
Studies and African American Studies (7-12)                                                 AAS 100: Introduction to African American Studies




                                                                                                                                                                            AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
[SSA & AAS]                                                                                 (A) Exploration of philosophies, problems, prospects, challenges of
                                                                                            African American Studies viewed in their interdisciplinary nature.
This program allows students who major in African American
                                                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■
Studies to qualify for certification to teach adolescence education
in social studies (grades 7-12). It combines a major in African                             AAS 110: Survey of African American Music
American Studies with a professional semester that consists of                              (F) A general survey of African American music tracing the origin
professional preparation and student teaching.                                              from colonial music of the 17th century to rap music of the 20th
A. Requirements for the African American Studies major (See above)                          Century. (Also listed as MUS 110.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
B. Professional Preparation: 44-68 credit hours                                             AAS 120: Politics and Multiculturalism
    (Including additional social science courses)                                           (S) Introduce students to how and why general democratic theory,
    HLH 199: Critical School Health Issues                                                  key political institutions, patterns of political interaction, and
    PSY 101: General Psychology I                                                           sociopolitical attitudes in the American polity and throughout the
    PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology or                                                       world generate or attempt to eliminate injustice, prejudice and
    PSY 332: Educational Psychology                                                         discrimination. Problems of racism, sexism, classism, ageism,
    ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                                           ableism, religio-ethnic conflicts, and prospects for a “just” society
    GRY 425: Geography in the Classroom or                                                  will be examined through the lens of post-modernist political
    GRY 520: Maps in the Classroom                                                          theory. (Also listed as POL 110.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
    GRY 480: United States                                                                  AAS 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in African American Studies
    POL 100: Introduction to American Government                                            Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
    HIS 100 and 101 or HIS 110 and 111 and                                                  Prerequisite: Designated by department as appropriate for content
    HIS 200 and 201 and 9 hours at the 300 level or above                                   and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
    AED 310: Advanced Writing for Prospective Teachers
                (pending approval) or                                                       AAS 170: Institutional Racism
    EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School                                    (O) Racism: its origins in society and its manifestations in
    SHH 300: Normal Language Development or                                                 contemporary life. (3 cr. hr.)
    PSY 350: Psychology of Language                                                         AAS 204: Survey of African American Psychology
    SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies                                       (F) Developmental and social psychology as applied to the African
    (A 100-hour field requirement is attached to this course)                               American. Prerequisite: PSY 101. (3 cr. hr.)
C. Professional Semester: 18 credit hours
                                                                                            AAS 210: Race and Gender Stereotypes
   SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar                                                   (A) Focus on racial and gender role awareness and attitudes in
   AED 400: Student Teaching                                                                individuals. Prejudice and discrimination against ethnic minorities
   SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar                                                  and women are examined, from both historical and contemporary
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 127                                             perspectives. Also, the causes and consequences of prejudice and
                                                                                            discrimination are discussed. (Also listed as CIN 210, PSY 210.)
Minor in African American Studies [AAS]                                                     (3 cr. hr.) ■
The following courses are required for the minor in African
                                                                                            AAS 225: Introduction to Africa
American studies.                                                                           (C) Introduction to African continent and people; broad outlines
A. Six credit hours:                                                                        of history from earliest humans to present. (Also listed as HIS
    AAS 100: Introduction to African American Studies                                       225.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
    AAS 412: Independent Research in African American
                                                                                            AAS 241: African American Chorale
                Studies or
                                                                                            (A) College-community mixed choral group which performs a
    AAS 429: Special Topics in African American Studies
                                                                                            wide range of African American music such as folk, Negro
B. Twelve additional hours in African American studies with at                              spirituals, and traditional and contemporary gospel. Concert tours.
                                                                                                                                                                                 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




   least nine hours distributed across three of the four program                            Consent of department required. S, U grades are assigned. (Also
   modules: African American history; African American literature                           listed as MUS 241.) (1 cr. hr.)
   and humanities; African American sociological, political and
                                                                                            AAS 251: Introduction to African American Literature
   community development; education and administration of
                                                                                            (A) Survey of African American literature: representative novel,
   African American institutions. At least six hours must be
                                                                                            poetry, drama from various time periods. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or
   300-level or above. No more than three hours from AAS 241:
                                                                                            103. (Also listed as ENG 251.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
   Gospel Choir may be applied to minor.
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS    55
A                                                            AAS 260: South Africa on Film                                                              AAS 352: Early African American Writing
                                                             (O) Select problems in cultural geography as exhibited through                             (O) African American writing before World War II. Emphasis on
                                                             film. May be repeated with different subtitle: Social Geography of                         critical reactions, analysis. Slave narrative, autobiography, rhetoric,
                                                             England, Comparative Cultural Geographies – India and Brazil,                              tion, poetry included. Prerequisite: AAS/ENG 251. (Also listed as
                                                             Race Issues in Southern Africa. (Also listed as GRY and CIN 260.)                          ENG 352.) (3 cr. hr.)
                                                             (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                        AAS 353: Recent African American Writing
                                                             AAS 270: Race and Racism                                                                   (O) Black experience in America as reflected since World War II in
                                                             (C) An examination of political and philosophical issues stemming                          works of outstanding African American writers: fiction, nonfiction,
                                                             from relations of power based on race in the U.S. Subjects will                            poetry, drama. Prerequisites: CPN 101 and 103, and AAS 251 or
AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES




                                                             include how the concept of race has been used to classify humans,                          ENG 251. (Also listed as ENG 353.) (3 cr. hr.)
                                                             designating them as inferior or superior; the notions of racial
                                                                                                                                                        AAS 361: U.S. Ethnic Identity and Conflict
                                                             identity or race consciousness; and political philosophies address-
                                                                                                                                                        (B) Social histories of major U.S. ethnic groups are contrasted in
                                                             ing the problem of racial oppression. (Also listed as PHI 270.)
                                                                                                                                                        terms of both cultural identity and social structural differences.
                                                             (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                        Anthropological and sociological data, theories and interpretations
                                                             AAS 290: Introduction to African Politics and Society                                      of internal U.S. cultural and power differences are presented to
                                                             (B) Insight and background to traditional, contemporary African                            analyze and challenge the concepts of race and minority.
                                                             society; orientation into aspects of African colonial administration,                      Prerequisite: SOC 100 or 150 or ANT 102. (Also listed as ANT
                                                             post-independence politics. (Also listed as POL 290.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                        352, SOC 352.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             AAS 291: Studies in African American Liberation Movements                                  AAS 362: Politics of Developing Nation States
                                                             (C) Focus on liberation struggles of Zimbabwe (Rhodesia), South                            (C) Politics of development and nation building; political
                                                             Africa, Angola, Mozambique, as well as United States. Compara-                             structures and forces examined with special attention to developing
                                                             tive, analytical approach used. (3 cr. hr.)                                                political systems of Third World including Asia, Africa, Latin
                                                                                                                                                        America, Middle East. (Also listed as POL 362.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             AAS 292: Race and Politics in America
                                                             (B) Analysis toward understanding factors, impact of race on                               AAS 365: Third World Literature
                                                             American politics. Focus on American racial minorities, their role                         (O) Representative postcolonial works of fiction in English from
                                                             as pressure groups, functional approach to problem of racism in                            the Caribbean, Africa, India, the South Pacific. Prerequisite: Any
                                                             this country. (Also listed as POL 292.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                                      English literature course at the 200 level. (Also listed as ENG 365.)
                                                                                                                                                        (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             AAS 304: Peoples of Africa
                                                             (C) African ethnology; the religion, language, social, economic,                           AAS 376: African American Community Organizations
                                                             political organization of cultures in Africa south of the Sahara.                          (O) Ideological concepts, programs, goals of major organizations in
                                                             Prerequisites: ANT 102 or 300. (Also listed as ANT 304.)                                   African American community. Regular class, off-campus experi-
                                                             (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              ences to design more effective organizational strategies. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                             AAS 321: Africa, Human Origins to 1800                                                     AAS 381: History Of The Education of African Americans
                                                             (F) Origins, groupings of people of Africa: political, social, economic                    (G) Education of African Americans and relationship to African
                                                             evolution to 1800; Africa’s contacts with ancient world, trans-Sahara                      American experience. Trends, patterns of current topics. Prerequi-
                                                             and Indian Ocean trades, growth of states and empires, spread of                           site: Three hours in African American Studies. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             Islam. Prerequisite: HIS 100, 101, 110, 111, 150, IST 200, 210 or
                                                                                                                                                        AAS 390: South Africa
                                                             AAS 100. (Also listed as HIS 321.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                        (C) Historical background to apartheid and contemporary racial
                                                             AAS 322: Modern Africa, 1800-Present                                                       conflict in South Africa, Zimbabwe and Namibia. (Also listed as
                                                             (S) Traditional Africa and European influences, imperialism and                            HIS 431.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             colonial rule; independence; problems of independent Africa.
                                                                                                                                                        AAS 395: International Race Relations
                                                             Prerequisite: HIS 100, 101, 110, 111, 150, IST 200, 210 or AAS
                                                                                                                                                        (O) Race, ethnic relations in United States, Great Britain, South
                                                             100. (Also listed as HIS 322.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                        Africa, Zimbabwe. Impact and nature of race issues in League of
                                                             AAS 332: Jazz                                                                              Nations, United Nations, Organization of African Unity. Prerequi-
                                                             (S) The history of Jazz in the United States — styles and structure                        site: Six hours in African American studies or political science.
                                                             as well as the place of this music in our culture. Prerequisite: MUS                       (3 cr. hr.)
                                                             100, 221, 222 or 223. (Also listed as MUS 332.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                        AAS 396: African American Social and Political Thought I
                                                             AAS 334: African American History to 1865                                                  (O) Social, political thought of African American people and
                                                             (F) Black America from African origins to end of Civil War.                                leaders from 1850s to 1950s in periods of emigration, assimilation,
                                                             Prerequisite: HIS 200, 201 or AAS 100. (Also listed as HIS 312.)                           accommodation, cultural nationalism, political nationalism,
    S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                             (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              protest movements. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                             AAS 336: African American History since 1865                                               AAS 397: African American Social and Political Thought II
                                                             (S) Black America from Reconstruction period to present.                                   (O) Social, political thought of African American people and
                                                             Prerequisite: HIS 200, 201 or AAS 100. (Also listed as HIS 313.)                           leaders from 1960s to present. Emphasis on African American
                                                             (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              Congressional Caucus, selected African leaders. (3 cr. hr.)




  56                                                             Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
AAS 412: Independent Research in African American Studies                                  AAS 590: Seminar in African Politics and Society
                                                                                                                                                                            A
(A) One, two or three credits may be earned on projects related to                         (O) Comparative, analytical study of African sociocultural and
African American Studies. Students may enroll for independent                              political systems, governmental processes of new African nations.
study as many as three times, but for no more than a total of six                          Open to seniors with six hours of appropriate coursework or
credits. Prerequisite: Consent of coordinator. (1-3 cr. hr.)                               graduate students. (3 cr. hr.)
AAS 425: African American Women Novelists                                                  AAS 591: Current Issues and Problems in African American Politics
(O) Study of African American women’s tradition in American                                (O) Emphasis on African American opinion leaders and process of
literature. Focus on the representative works of Wilson, Harper,                           articulating, aggregating, implementing African American
Hurston, Larson, Petry, Morrison, Naylor, Walker. Prerequisite:                            sociopolitical opinions and issues into public policy. Examples,




                                                                                                                                                                            AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
ENG 325, 326, 355 or 356. (Also listed as ENG 425.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                          comparisons drawn from African, other African American World
                                                                                           situations. Open to seniors with six hours of appropriate
AAS 428: The Civil Rights Movement in America
                                                                                           coursework or graduate students. (3 cr. hr.)
(C) Origins, ideologies, activities, and results of movement to
obtain civil and political rights for African Americans, 1945-1975.
Prerequisites: HIS 200, 201 or AAS 100. (Also listed as HIS 428.)                          Related Education Courses
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              AED 400: Student Teaching
AAS 431: Communication and Prejudice
                                                                                           (F) Full-time supervised social studies teaching in public schools
(B) Examination of roles played by intrapersonal, interpersonal,                           for ten weeks (6 cr. hr.)
group, organizational, political, and mass or mediated communica-                          SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies
tion in relation to prejudice. Analysis of theories, issues, problems,                     This course introduces students to unit and lesson planning,
and practices. Prerequisite: COM 100. (Also listed as COM 341.)                            focuses on the history of American education as it relates to social
(3 cr. hr.)                                                                                studies, familiarizes students with the social studies learning
AAS 432: African Americans in Television and Film
                                                                                           standards, and makes comparisons between middle school and
(F) Historical and critical examination of the evolution of African                        high school teaching. Includes 100-hour field experience (3 cr. hr.)
American images in screen and TV from the early 1900s to the                               SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar
present. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (Also listed as CIN 432,                            (F) Integrated study of A.) Introduction to Secondary Education;
COM 432.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                    B.) Introduction to Methods of Teaching Social Studies;
AAS 436: Films of Spike Lee
                                                                                           C.) Introduction to Contemporary Secondary School Issues;
(B) Analysis and critique of Spike Lee films emphasizing directing                         D.) Preparation for specific practice teaching assignment. S, U
style, structure and production design on selected films. A                                grades assigned. (11 cr. hr.)
thematic analysis of major works and an examination of critical                            SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar
reaction from feminists, black nationalists, film critics and                              (F) Problem approach drawing upon experience of students during
theoreticians. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (Also listed as                               practice teaching. Designed to focus on contemporary educational
COM 436.) (3 cr. hr.)                                                                      issues, beginning the job search and application process, teaching
AAS 455: African American Folklore
                                                                                           and learning at the middle school level and exploring the history
(H) African American culture in United States viewed in terms of                           and philosophy of teaching. S, U grades assigned. (1 cr. hr.)
history (antebellum to present), social change (rural to urban). Use
of oral traditions, life histories to explore aspects of African
American culture, history. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103 and AAS
251 or ENG 251. (3 cr. hr.)
AAS 475: African American Religions
(O) Role of religion in the African American experience in
America. Prerequisite: Six hours in African American studies or
SOC 475. (3 cr. hr.) ■
AAS 485: Africa, South of the Sahara
(C) Cultural, political factors and relationship to past and present
population patterns. Prerequisite: Introductory geography. (3 cr. hr.)
AAS 486: Senior Seminar in African American Studies
(O) Interdisciplinary seminar aimed at integrating knowledge of
various subspecializations of students beyond the core courses
through discussion and readings. Required of all seniors specializ-
                                                                                                                                                                                S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




ing in African American studies. Prerequisite: African American
studies major or minor. (3 cr. hr.)
AAS 581: Issues in African American Education
(C) Relationship of education to the African American experiences.
Current topics viewed from African American perspective.
Prerequisites: Senior-level African American Studies major and
minors. Open to senior-level education majors and minors, and
graduate students. (3 cr. hr.)



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   57
A
                                                             Anthropology/                                                                              Cornish Hall, Room D-311
                                                                                                                                                        (607) 753-2726
                                                                                                                                                        E-Mail: danglerj@cortland.edu
                                                             Sociology                                                                                  www.cortland.edu/anthropology


                                                             D E PA R T M E N T

                                                             SCHOOL                                                                 • Anthropology Honors Program
ANTHROPOLOGY/SOCIOLOGY




                                                             Arts and Sciences                                                      • Student Referral Program
                                                                                                                                    • Internships
                                                             F A C U LT Y                                                           • Teaching certification for adolescence social studies
                                                             Jamie Dangler (Chair), John Alt, Ilyas Ba-Yunus, Nicolas
                                                             Gavrielides, Herbert Haines, Harjinder Jassal, Richard Kendrick,       Requirements
                                                             Devereaux Kennedy, Kassim Kone, William B. Lane, Craig Little,         1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
                                                             Ellis McDowell-Loudan, John R. Sosa, Sharon Steadman, Stuart              to all anthropology majors.
                                                             Traub, Anne Vittoria, Philip Walsh                                     2. Liberal Arts Requirements – 90 credit hours
                                                             PROGRAMS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                    Major in Anthropology [ANT]
                                                             Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology                                       The anthropology major provides students the opportunity to
                                                             Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: Social Studies and          undertake a broad based study of the anthropological approaches to
                                                               Anthropology (7-12)                                                  understanding past and present human cultural structures. This
                                                             MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                    concentration is particularly suitable for those interested in teaching
                                                                                                                                    professions, continued graduate study, or international aid agencies.
                                                             Anthropology
                                                             Adolescence Education: Social Studies and Anthropology (7-12)          CAREER POTENTIAL

                                                             C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D
                                                                                                                                    • Corporate positions in culture management
                                                                                                                                    • International aid agency positions (e.g., U.S.A.I.D)
                                                             Americas Archaeology                                                   • U.S. government/State Department positions
                                                             Applied Anthropology                                                   • Education/teaching including Native American schools
                                                             Ethnic Studies                                                            (with certification)
                                                             World Archaeology                                                      • C.A.R.E. posts
                                                             MINORS OFFERED                                                         • Primate rehabilitation centers, zoos, (e.g., World/National
                                                                                                                                       Wildlife Federation)
                                                             Anthropology
                                                             Archaeology                                                            A. Required Courses: 12 credit hours
                                                                                                                                       ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (GE 3)
                                                             DESCRIPTION                                                               ANT 300: Human Evolution and Survival (GE 7)
                                                             Anthropology majors will be introduced to the various anthropo-           ANT 492: Anthropological Theory
                                                             logical fields including archaeology, physical or biological anthro-      ANT 493: Anthropological Methods
                                                             pology and linguistic and cultural anthropology. Students have the     B. Anthropology Electives: 12 credit hours
                                                             option of concentrating in applied anthropology, archaeology, or           6 credit hours from Culture Area Courses
                                                             ethnic studies. Whether or not a concentration is chosen, students         6 credit hours from Topics Courses
                                                             will complete a program that provides them with a solid basis for
                                                             understanding the field of anthropology in general, as well as the         Students may choose courses from the list that follows,
                                                             human cultural systems of the past and present world. There is also    depending on their personal preferences and/or whether they have
                                                             an anthropology minor which is particularly suitable for those         a declared concentration. Special courses not listed within either
                                                             interested in the teaching professions (elementary education and       group are occasionally taught with a topics (TP) designation (ANT
                                                             secondary social studies majors) who must be prepared for the          129, 229, 329 or 429) and may count under one of these groups.
                                                             multicultural classrooms of today’s schools. Students who are          Culture Area Courses: 6 credit hours
                                                             interested in teaching may combine study in the anthropology              ANT 201: World Cultures
                                                             major with professional courses leading to a qualification for            ANT 301: Native American Archaeology
                                                             certification in adolescence education (grades 7-12).                     ANT 302: Native American Ethnology
                                                                                                                                       ANT 304: Peoples of Africa
    S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                             S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                                                                                                       ANT 305: Archaeology of Eastern United States
                                                             • Hands-on work with objects in our in-house Brooks                       ANT 310: Peoples of South and Southeast Asia
                                                               Museum and Lee Beam Collection and with material from                   ANT 312: Peoples of the Middle East
                                                               archaeological excavations                                              ANT 314: Peoples of Latin America
                                                             • Archaeological field work opportunities and possible paid               ANT 330: Religions of Asia
                                                               work after ANT 400 participation                                        ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology
                                                             • Archaeological/ethnographic fieldwork opportunities                     ANT 550: Independent Study in Anthropology
                                                               outside the U.S.                                                                   (depending on the title)



   58
Topics Courses: 6 credit hours                                         Major in Anthropology with a concentration in
                                                                                                                                              A
   ANT 230: Prejudice and Discrimination (GE 2)                        Americas Archaeology [ANT/AARC] or
   ANT 234: Anthropology of Gender (GE 2)
                                                                       World Archaeology [ANT/WARC]
   ANT 251: Introduction to Language Study
                                                                       Students with an archaeology concentration acquire field experi-
   ANT 306: Folk Societies and Life Styles
                                                                       ence and gain an understanding of the theoretical issues related to
   ANT 307: World Prehistory
                                                                       both general anthropology and archaeology, including manage-
   ANT 315: Development Anthropology
                                                                       ment of cultural resources. Projects can be tailored to student
   ANT 330: Religions of Asia
                                                                       interests and include working with the department’s ethnographic
   ANT 350: Language in Society and Culture
                                                                       and archaeological collections.
   ANT 351: Folklore




                                                                                                                                             ANTHROPOLOGY/SOCIOLOGY
   ANT 352: U.S. Ethnic Identity and Conflict                          CAREER POTENTIAL
   ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology                                  • Teaching (all levels and Native American centers)
   ANT 408: Culture and Personality                                    • Museum curation and collection management positions
   ANT 409: Economic Anthropology                                      • State and federal advisory positions
   ANT 410: Cultural Ecology                                                 (e.g., Environmental Protection Agency)
   ANT 415: Culture and Aging                                          • National/state/local historical agencies
   ANT 460: Introduction to Museum Studies                             • National and state park service positions
   ANT 550: Independent Study in Anthropology                          • Contract archeology positions (cultural resource management)
   (depending on the title)
                                                                       Choose either concentration:
C. Anthropology Electives: 9 credit hours
   Students fulfill these credit hours by choosing three courses       I. Americas Archaeology
   listed under Culture Area Courses and Topics Courses.               A. Required Courses: 24 credit hours
Three elective credit hours may be fulfilled by completing CPV 400:       ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
Cooperative Education/internship                                          ANT 300: Human Evolution
                                                                          ANT 301: Native American Archaeology
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                           ANT 305: Archaeology of the Eastern United States
                                                                          ANT 492: Anthropological Theory
Major in Anthropology with a concentration in                             ANT 493: Anthropological Methods
Applied Anthropology [ANT/APPL]                                           ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology or
Students with an applied concentration gain an understanding of           ANT 460: Introduction to Museum Studies or
fields such as development, medical, and legal anthropology,              CPV 400: Cooperative Education/internship in archaeology
enabling them to address problems of health, education, cultural and                 or related field
linguistic preservation, human rights violations, and poverty in          Culture Area Courses: Select one from the following:
global contexts.                                                          ANT 302: Native American Ethnology
                                                                          ANT 314: Peoples of Latin America
CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                       B. Electives: Select three from the following:
• World Bank positions             • Africare posts                        ANT 201: World Cultures
• OXFAM positions                  • Save The Children posts               ANT 230: Prejudice and Discrimination
• International aid agency         • C.A.R.E. posts                        ANT 234: Anthropology of Gender
   positions (e.g., U.S.A.I.D.)                                            ANT 307: World Prehistory
A. Required Courses: 21 credit hours                                       ANT 326: Archaeology of Religion
   ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (GE 3)                   ANT 352: US Ethnic Identity and Conflict
   ANT 300: Human Evolution and Survival (GE 7)                            ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology
   ANT 315: Development Anthropology                                       ANT 406: Contact and Culture Change
   ANT 404: Applied Anthropology                                           ANT 410: Cultural Ecology
   ANT 406: Contact and Culture Change                                     ANT 460: Introduction to Museum Studies
   ANT 492: Anthropological Theory
                                                                       II. World Archaeology
   ANT 493: Anthropological Methods
                                                                       A. Required Courses: 24 credit hours
B. Culture Area Courses: 6 credit hours
                                                                          ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
(See list under “Major in Anthropology”)
                                                                          ANT 300: Human Evolution
C. Topics Courses: 6 credit hours                                         ANT 307: World Prehistory
(See list under “Major in Anthropology’)                                  ANT 326: Archaeology of Religion
                                                                                                                                                  S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




Three elective credit hours may be fulfilled by completing CPV 400:       ANT 492: Anthropological Theory
Cooperative Education/internship                                          ANT 493: Anthropological Methods
                                                                          ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology or
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                           ANT 460: Introduction to Museum Studies or
                                                                          CPV 400: Cooperative Education/internship in archaeology
                                                                                     or related field




                                                                                                                                              59
A                                                               Culture Area Courses: Select one from the following:                 Dual major in Adolescence Education: Social
                                                                ANT 304: Peoples of Africa                                           Studies and Anthropology (7-12) [SSA & ANT]
                                                                ANT 310: Peoples of South and Southeast Asia                         This program allows students who major in anthropology to
                                                                ANT 312: Peoples of the Middle East                                  qualify for certification to teach adolescence education in social
                                                             B. Electives: Select three from the following:                          studies (grades 7-12). It combines a major in anthropology with a
                                                                 ANT 201: World Cultures                                             professional semester that consists of professional preparation and
                                                                 ANT 234: Anthropology of Gender                                     student teaching.
                                                                 ANT 306: Folk Societies
                                                                 ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology                                  CAREER POTENTIAL
ANTHROPOLOGY/SOCIOLOGY




                                                                 ANT 406: Contact and Culture Change
                                                                                                                                     • Junior high and high school teacher
                                                                 ANT 410: Cultural Ecology
                                                                 ANT 460: Introduction to Museum Studies or                          A. Requirements for the anthropology major (see above)
                                                                              any Culture Area Course
                                                                                                                                     B. Professional Preparation: 44-68 credit hours
                                                             Three elective credit hours may be fulfilled by completing CPV 400:       (Including additional social science courses)
                                                             Cooperative Education/internship                                            HLH 199: Critical School Health Issues
                                                                                                                                         PSY 101: General Psychology I
                                                             TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                                                                                         PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology or
                                                                                                                                         PSY 332: Educational Psychology
                                                             Major in Anthropology with a concentration in                               ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
                                                             Ethnic Studies [ANT/ETHS]                                                   GRY 425: Geography in the Classroom or
                                                             Students with a concentration in ethnic studies take courses that           GRY 520: Maps in the Classroom
                                                             focus on cultural and power differences and similarities among              GRY 480: United States
                                                             groups in global contexts. Students undertake comprehensive                 POL 100: Introduction to American Government
                                                             analyses of ethnic identity, prejudice and discrimination, and social       HIS 100 and 101 or HIS 110 and 111 and
                                                             problems related to poverty and inequality.                                 HIS 200 and 201 and 9 hours at the 300 level or above
                                                                                                                                         AED 310: Advanced Writing for Prospective Teachers
                                                             CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                                                                   (pending approval) or
                                                             • Corporate positions in culture management                                 EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School
                                                             • International aid agency positions (e.g. U.S.A.I.D.)                      SHH 300: Normal Language Development or
                                                             • U.S. government/State Department positions                                PSY 350: Psychology of Language
                                                             • Development consulting                                                    SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies
                                                             A. Required Courses: 18 credit hours                                        (A 100-hour field requirement is attached to this course)
                                                                ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (GE 3)                C. Professional Semester: 18 credit hours
                                                                ANT 230: Prejudice and Discrimination (GE 2)                            SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar
                                                                ANT 300: Human Evolution and Survival (GE 7)                            AED 400: Student Teaching
                                                                ANT 352: U.S. Ethnic Identity and Conflict                              SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar
                                                                ANT 492: Anthropological Theory
                                                                ANT 493: Anthropological Methods                                     TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 127

                                                             B. Anthropology Electives: 15 credit hours
                                                               Choose five courses from the following:                               Minor in Anthropology [ANT]
                                                                 ANT 201: World Cultures                                             A. Required Courses: 6 credit hours
                                                                 ANT 302: Native American Ethnology                                     ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (GE 3)
                                                                 ANT 304: Peoples of Africa                                             ANT 300: Human Evolution and Survival (GE 7)
                                                                 ANT 310: Peoples of South and Southeast Asia                        B. Culture Area Courses: 3 credit hours
                                                                 ANT 312: Peoples of the Middle East                                    (Must be at the 300 level or above —
                                                                 ANT 314: Peoples of Latin America                                      see list under “Major in Anthropology”)
                                                                 ANT 330: Religions of Asia
                                                                 ANT 406: Contact and Culture Change                                 C. Topics Courses: 3 credit hours
                                                                 ANT 460: Introduction to Museum Studies                                (Must be at the 300 level or above —
                                                                                                                                        see list under “Major in Anthropology”)
                                                             Three elective credit hours may be fulfilled by completing CPV 400:
                                                                                                                                     D. Anthropology Elective: 3 credit hours
                                                             Cooperative Education/internship
                                                                                                                                        (Must be at the 300 level or above —
                                                             TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                            see list under “Major in Anthropology”)
    S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                     TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 15




   60
                                                                                                                                                                            A
Minor in Archaeology [ARC]
This minor is open to students in any major other than
anthropology. Majors in anthropology can declare a concentration
                                                                                           Anthropology
in archaeology.                                                                            COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
A. Required Courses: 9 credit hours
   ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology [GE3]
                                                                                           ANT 102: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
   ANT 301: Native American Archaeology
                                                                                           (A) Subdisciplines, conceptual frameworks dealing with origins,
   ANT 305: Archaeology of the Eastern United States
                                                                                           development, diversity of human cultures. (3 cr. hr.) ■
B. Anthropology Electives: 3 credit hours




                                                                                                                                                                            ANTHROPOLOGY/SOCIOLOGY
    ANT 300: Human Evolution and Survival or                                               ANT 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Anthropology
    ANT 307: World Prehistory                                                              Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
                                                                                           Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
C. Anthropology Electives: 3 credit hours                                                  and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
   ANT 302: Native American Ethnology or
   ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology                                                      ANT 201: World Cultures
                                                                                           (B) Exploration of the cultural factors which shape human
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 15                                              behavior through the intensive analysis of a selection of anthropo-
                                                                                           logical texts from around the globe, organized around a specific
Example of the undergraduate degree in                                                     theme that varies each time the course is taught. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Anthropology over four years                                                               ANT 230: Prejudice and Discrimination
                                                                                           (B) Descriptive and theoretical review of the existence and effects
The following is based on freshman admission and 15 credits per                            of prejudice and discrimination in worldwide context. Comparison
semester. More than 15 credits will have to be taken in one or more                        of Western and non-Western social structure, and of dominant and
semesters in order to reach the required 124 credits for graduation.                       subordinate relationships in the U.S. and around the world. (Also
                                                                                           listed as SOC 230.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           ANT 234: Anthropology of Gender
         First Year                             Second Year                                (B) A comprehensive approach examining gender, race, sexual
                                                                                           orientation and discrimination against these various social groups,
Fall                                       Fall                                            using evidence from early human contexts to present-day cultures.
ANT 102 (GE 3)                             Two anthropology                                Focus is primarily on non-western cultures with some exploration
CPN 100 or 102                               courses (200-300 level)                       of North American societies. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Foreign language course                    GE course
                                                                                           ANT 251: Introduction to Language Study
Two GE courses                             One elective
                                                                                           (B) Concepts, scope, methodology of science of language.
                                                                                           Principles of descriptive and historical linguistics. Geographical,
Spring                                     Spring                                          historical, social dialects of English. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or
                                                                                           CPN 103. (Also listed as ENG 201 and COM 211.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
One anthropology course                    One or two anthropology
       (200 or 300 level)                    courses (200-300 level)                       ANT 300: Human Evolution and Survival
CPN 101 or 103                             GE course                                       (A) Combined study of human evolution, genetics, and culture and
Quantitative Skills course                 Foreign language course                         their theory and methodologies in anthropological archaeology.
Foreign language course                    One or two electives                            (3 cr. hr.) ■
GE course                                                                                  ANT 301: Native American Archaeology
                                                                                           (C) Aboriginal New World cultures before significant Old World
                                                                                           contact; from simple tribal societies to civilizations of Meso-
         Third Year                               Fourth Year                              American and Andean regions. Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT
                                                                                           300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Fall                                       Fall
                                                                                           ANT 302: Native American Ethnology
One or two anthropology                    Two anthropology
                                                                                           (B) Acculturation in New World since Columbus, as seen in range
 courses (300-400 level)                     courses (300-400 level)
                                                                                           of tribal, peasant and urban groups. Prerequisite: ANT 102 or
One or two electives
                                                                                           ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
One or two GE courses
                                                                                           ANT 304: Peoples of Africa
Spring                                     Spring                                          (C) African ethnology; the religion, language, social, economic,
                                                                                                                                                                                S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




ANT 492                                    One or two anthropology                         political organization of cultures in Africa south of Sahara.
ANT 493                                     electives (300-400 level)                      Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
One or two GE courses                      One to four electives                           ANT 305: Archaeology of Eastern United States
                                                                                           (C) Local, regional prehistory and protohistory of New York State,
                                                                                           eastern United States. Reference to Post-Columbian period of the
                                                                                           East, investigation of American Indian arrivals and activities.
                                                                                           Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   61
A                                                            ANT 306: Folk Societies and Lifestyles                                                     ANT 352: U.S. Ethnic Identity and Conflict
                                                             (C) Anthropological theories, methods dealing with peasant and                             (B) Social histories of major U.S. ethnic groups are contrasted in
                                                             folk societies and cultures. Comparative analysis of world peasantry                       terms of both cultural identity and social structural differences.
                                                             and the place of peasants in complex societies. Prerequisite: ANT                          Anthropological and sociological data, theories and interpretations
                                                             102 or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                              of internal U.S. cultural and power differences are presented to
                                                                                                                                                        analyze and challenge the concepts of “race” and “minority.”
                                                             ANT 307: World Prehistory
                                                                                                                                                        Prerequisites: ANT 102 or SOC 100 or SOC 150. (Also listed as
                                                             (C) Survey of human cultures around the world from earliest
                                                                                                                                                        SOC 352 and AAS 361.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             evidence to development of civilizations. Human behavior in
                                                             groups before the time of written records emphasized; comparison                           ANT 369: Population and Society
ANTHROPOLOGY/SOCIOLOGY




                                                             and contrast of such social organization through time provided.                            (S) Social significance of population mass, population redistribu-
                                                             Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                            tion through births, deaths, migration. Prerequisites: SOC 100 or
                                                                                                                                                        ANT 102 or SOC 150. (Also listed as SOC 369). (3 cr. hr.)
                                                             ANT 310: Peoples of South and Southeast Asia
                                                             (C) Social, economic, political, religious institutions of countries of                    ANT 400: Field Work in Archaeology
                                                             South and Southeast Asia. Traditional cultures, current changes.                           (O) Combination field and laboratory study of one or more
                                                             Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                            archaeology sites. Prerequisite: Consent of department.
                                                                                                                                                        (3-6 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             ANT 312: Peoples of the Middle East
                                                             (C) Ethnic mosaic of North Africa and Southwest Asia; Islam as a                           ANT 404: Applied Anthropology
                                                             cultural tradition in ethnic group relations; integration of urban,                        (C) Theoretical and empirical analysis of selected topics in applied
                                                             peasant and nomadic subcultures of area. Prerequisite: ANT 102                             anthropology. Such topics include poverty, the fulfillment of basic
                                                             or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                  human needs and different approaches that anthropology can
                                                                                                                                                        contribute to solving these problems. Prerequisite: ANT 102 or
                                                             ANT 314: Peoples of Latin America
                                                                                                                                                        ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             (C) Historical and contemporary review of Latin American
                                                             societies with emphasis on the ethnology of indigenous people.                             ANT 406: Contact and Culture Change
                                                             Particular attention paid to the role Western colonial policies have                       (C) Mechanisms of acculturation, dominance patterns, culture
                                                             played in shaping contemporary conflicts. Prerequisite: ANT 102                            conservatism and receptivity, and applied anthropology with
                                                             or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                  examples drawn from non-literate societies. Prerequisite: ANT 102
                                                                                                                                                        or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             ANT 315: Development Anthropology
                                                             (O) Anthropologists’ and development sociologists’ specific roles in                       ANT 408: Culture and Personality
                                                             economic development, public health, other projects involving                              (C) Comparative study of personality and structure produced in
                                                             cross-cultural planned change. Concepts of socioeconomic change                            various cultures and epochs. Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300.
                                                             emphasizing classic case studies of applied anthropology and                               (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             sociology; modern roles in project planning, design, instrumenta-
                                                                                                                                                        ANT 409: Economic Anthropology
                                                             tion and evaluation. Social scientists’ responsibilities in under-
                                                                                                                                                        (C) Economic aspects of human behavior in primitive, traditional,
                                                             standing recipient culture, in encouraging participatory approaches
                                                                                                                                                        peasant societies. Distribution of goods, services through such
                                                             to development as part of interdisciplinary development project
                                                                                                                                                        mechanisms as redistribution, reciprocity, barter, markets,
                                                             team emphasized. Prerequisites: ANT 102 or SOC 100 or SOC
                                                                                                                                                        marketing. Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             150. (Also listed as SOC 315.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                        ANT 410: Cultural Ecology
                                                             ANT 326: Archaeology of Religion
                                                                                                                                                        (C) Relationship between sociocultural and environmental factors
                                                             (C) Exploration of theoretical frameworks used to interpret human
                                                                                                                                                        with special attention to political, techno-economic and ideational
                                                             belief systems. Cross-cultural examination of religions in cultural
                                                                                                                                                        phenomena. Prerequisite: ANT 102 or 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             contexts, using archaeology to explore their origins, and sociocul-
                                                             tural anthropology to understand their present-day structures.                             ANT 415: Culture and Aging
                                                             Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                            (S) Comparative perspective on roles, problems of the elderly
                                                                                                                                                        provided by cross-cultural surveys, representative case studies of
                                                             ANT 330: Religions of Asia
                                                                                                                                                        non-western societies. Prerequisite: ANT 102 or ANT 300 or SOC
                                                             (B) General introduction to the basic and enduring structures of
                                                                                                                                                        100 or SOC 150. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             the major religions of Asia with attention to the fundamentals of
                                                             history, cultural aspects (sacred objects or places, beliefs, values,                      ANT 455: The Individual in Communication
                                                             symbols, and rituals), social organization, and present day position.                      (C) Relation of language to self-identity, interaction with others.
                                                             Prerequisite: ANT 102 or SOC 100 or SOC 150. (Also listed as                               Approaches from psychological anthropology and sociolinguistics.
                                                             SOC 330.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                    (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             ANT 350: Language in Society and Culture                                                   ANT 460: Introduction to Museum Studies
    S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                             (C) Cross-cultural studies in interrelationships between language                          (B) Introduction to the field of museology. Topics covered include
                                                             and the individual, the society and the culture. (3 cr. hr.) ■                             cataloging, classifying, conservation and display of ethnographic
                                                                                                                                                        and archaeological materials. Hands on experience is gained
                                                             ANT 351: Folklore
                                                                                                                                                        through work with the Brooks’ Collection and other department
                                                             (O) Major genres of world folklore with emphasis on American
                                                                                                                                                        materials. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             folklore. Regional lore, including New York State. Folklore theory
                                                             and methodology. (3 cr. hr.) ■




   62                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
ANT 492: Anthropological Theory
                                                                                                                                                                            A
                                                                                            Related Education Courses
(C) Historical development, current emphasis in theoretical
approaches to all fields of anthropology, providing integrated frame                        AED 400: Student Teaching
of reference for discipline as a whole. Prerequisite: Junior or senior                      (F) Full-time supervised social studies teaching in public schools
status. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                       for ten weeks (6 cr. hr.)
ANT 493: Anthropological Methods                                                            SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies
(A) Introduction to anthropological research. Provides students                             This course introduces students to unit and lesson planning,
with basic understanding of how to conduct and evaluate scientific                          focuses on the history of American education as it relates to social
research in the anthropological fields. Course topics follow the                            studies, familiarizes students with the social studies learning




                                                                                                                                                                            ART AND ART HISTORY
major steps in design and execution of anthropological research                             standards, and makes comparisons between middle school and
from the definition of the problem and formulation of hypotheses                            high school teaching. Includes 100-hour field experience (3 cr. hr.)
to interpretation of results and preparation of final report.                               SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar
Prerequisites: Junior or senior status. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                       (F) Integrated study of A.) Introduction to Secondary Education;
ANT 495: Anthropology Honors Course I                                                       B.) Introduction to Methods of Teaching Social Studies; C.)
(A) Directed in depth research on an anthropological topic in                               Introduction to Contemporary Secondary School Issues; D.)
student’s major concentration. Open only to eligible students.                              Preparation for specific practice teaching assignment. S, U grades
Prerequisites: Junior or senior status. (2 cr. hr.) ■                                       assigned. (11 cr. hr.)
ANT 496: Anthropology Honors Course II                                                      SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar
(A) Directed in depth research project, begun in ANT 495, on an                             (F) Problem approach drawing upon experience of students during
anthropological topic in student’s major concentration. Open only                           practice teaching. Designed to focus on contemporary educational
to eligible students. Prerequisite: ANT 495. (1-6 cr. hr.) ■                                issues, beginning the job search and application process, teaching
                                                                                            and learning at the middle school level and exploring the history
ANT 550: Independent Study in Anthropology                                                  and philosophy of teaching. S, U grades assigned. (1 cr. hr.)
(A) Individual studies in selected areas. Prerequisites: ANT 102 and
ANT 300 and junior or senior status. (1-6 cr. hr.)




Art and Art History                                                                                             Dowd Fine Arts Center, Room 222
                                                                                                                (607) 753-4316
                                                                                                                E-mail:greenea@cortland.edu
D E PA R T M E N T                                                                                              www.cortland.edu/art/


SCHOOL                                                                                      visual art. Art and art history courses emphasize the importance
Arts and Sciences                                                                           of the art object in society as a means of both individual and
                                                                                            cultural expression, which is reinforced by a variety of guest
F A C U LT Y                                                                                lectures, studio critiques, and museum and gallery visits. The
Allen Mooney (Chair), Martine Barnaby-Sawyer, Jeremiah                                      year-round program of exhibitions, visiting artists, and symposia
Donovon, Lori Ellis, Allison Graff, Charles Heasley, Lisa Joyce,                            organized by the Ruth E. Dowd Fine Arts Gallery complements
Libby Kowalski, Kathryn Kramer, Barbara Wisch                                               the Department’s activities by providing further opportunities for
                                                                                            students to apply their developing aesthetic awareness to a wide
PROGRAMS OFFERED
                                                                                            range of artwork, ideas and values.
Bachelor of Arts in Art
                                                                                            S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                            • Dowd Fine Arts Gallery and Art and Art History Department
Art                                                                                           permanent art collection and study archive
                                                                                            • Internships
C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D
                                                                                            • Semester in New York apprenticeship program
Studio Art – with specialization in ceramics, graphic design,                               • Visiting artists and lecturers program
  fiber arts, print media, painting, sculpture
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                            • Scholarship fund
Art History                                                                                 • Visual resources collection
MINORS OFFERED                                                                              • Cooperative work-study program
Art – with specialization in either studio art or art history                               Requirements
DESCRIPTION                                                                                 1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
                                                                                               to the following majors.
The art and art history curriculum develops skills of analysis and
                                                                                            2. Liberal Arts Requirements – 90 credit hours.
critical thinking through instruction in the making and history of



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   63
A                                                           Major in Art with a concentration in Studio Art                        Major in Art with a concentration in Art History
                                                            [ART/ARTS]                                                             [ART/ARTH]
                                                            Introductory courses in studio art explore a variety of expressive     Art history survey courses (ATH 121, 122, 223) provide a
                                                            media, teach basic technical skills, and begin to develop perceptual   systematic exploration of the major art traditions of the world.
                                                            awareness. Students continuing in advanced courses are directed        Upper division courses (200-level and above) introduce the student
                                                            toward an objective understanding of visual languages and a            to more intensive study of the art of a particular period or region
                                                            refinement of independent responses in one of the concentrated         through a variety of approaches and techniques of art historical
                                                            specializations in painting, printmaking, graphic design fiber arts,   analysis. ATH 429: Advanced Topics in Art History often is used
                                                            ceramics and sculpture. Such critical explorations of either two- or   to meet the special interests of students and to take advantage of
ART AND ART HISTORY




                                                            three-dimensional forms facilitate intuitive problem solving. This     new art discoveries and major exhibitions. The diverse interests of
                                                            applies not only to visual work, but has been shown to carry over      Cortland’s art history faculty provide the student with opportuni-
                                                            into other academic and professional endeavors as well. This           ties to broaden global and multicultural awareness through an
                                                            introduction to conceptual problem solving can be one of the most      understanding of artistic achievement in our own and other
                                                            valuable contributions of the study of the visual arts within a        cultures.
                                                            liberal arts curriculum. Students should be advised that although
                                                                                                                                   CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                            most courses do not require textbooks, studio courses require the
                                                            purchase of materials and supplies some of which are included in       • Art historian                      • Art education
                                                            the tuition fees. Check with the instructor.                           • Museum practices: curator,         • Art criticism
                                                                                                                                     archivist, researcher
                                                            CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                                                   Art History Core: 36 total credit hours
                                                            • Art education                    • Corporate art buyer               A. Required Art History Core Courses: 9 credit hours
                                                            • Graphic design,                  • Artists in ceramics,                  ATH 121: Art in the Ancient World
                                                               Web page design,                  fiber arts, design, painting,         ATH 122: Art in the Modern World
                                                               environmental design              printmaking, sculpture                ATH 223: Art History III
                                                            • Textile design
                                                                                                                                   B. Core exposure in Art History: 12 credit hours
                                                            Art Studio Core: 36 total credit hours                                   Three hours from each of the following areas:
                                                            A. Required Courses Core in Art Studio: 15 credit hours                   1.) ATH 254: Art of the Middle Ages
                                                                Drawing Foundation                                                    ATH 326: Art of Greece and Rome
                                                                ATS 101: Drawing I (GE 4)
                                                                ATS 201: Drawing II                                                   2.) ATH 340: The Early Renaissance in Italy
                                                                ATS 301: Drawing III                                                  ATH 341: 15th, 16th-Century Painting in Northern Europe
                                                                Design Foundation                                                     ATH 344: Renaissance, Mannerism, Baroque
                                                                ATS 102: Design I (GE 4)                                              3.) ATH 355: Rococo through Impressionism – 18th and 19th
                                                                ATS 202: Design II                                                                  Centuries
                                                            B. Exposure and Skills Core in Art Studio: 15 credit hours                ATH 357: Modern Art
                                                                ATS 103: Painting I (GE 4)                                            ATH 457: Contemporary Art
                                                                ATS 104: Ceramics I (GE 4)
                                                                ATS 105: Weaving I (GE 4) or                                          4.) ATH 330: Far Eastern Art
                                                                ATS 111: Fabric Design I (GE 4)                                    C. Additional Art History Course Requirements selected from
                                                                ATS 106: Sculpture I (GE 4)                                           (areas 1-4): 3 credit hours
                                                                ATS 107: Printmaking I (GE 4) or                                   D. Art history elective chosen from courses at the 200-400 level:
                                                                ATS 112: Photography I (GE 4) or                                     9 credit hours
                                                                ATS 209: Lithography I
                                                                                                                                   E. ATH 429: Special Topics in Art and Art History:
                                                            C. Studio Art Specialization Courses: 6 credit hours                     3 credit hours
                                                               Specialization and advanced skills in one of the following
                                                               areas: ceramics, graphic design, fibers, painting, print            Related Areas: 12 total credit hours
                                                               media, or sculpture                                                 A. Studio Art: 3 credit hours
                                                            Art History Foundation: 12 total credit hours                          B. History Courses: 6 credit hours
                                                                ATH 121: Art in the Ancient World (GE 4)                              (It is recommended that three hours be directly related to
                                                                ATH 122: Art in the Modern World (GE 4)                               student’s area of specialization in section C of the Art History
                                                                Six additional credit hours of related electives chosen in            Core above)
                                                                consultation with advisor including one 300-level ATH or above     C. Electives: 3 credit hours
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            Free Electives: 29-42 total credit hours                                  Chosen in consultation with the student’s advisor from
                                                                                                                                      literature, philosophy, political science, anthropology/sociology
                                                            TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                                                                                      which relate directly to the temporal or spacial period of the
                                                                                                                                      cultural context of an art history course that the student has taken
                                                                                                                                      or is taking, or three additional hours of a second or third language.
                                                                                                                                   TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124




   64
Minor in Art with a specialization in Art History                                           Example of the undergraduate degree in Art
                                                                                                                                                                             A
[ART]                                                                                       (Studio) over four years
CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                     First Year                          Second Year
• Art historian                            • Art educator
• Museum practices: curator,               • Art critic                                     Fall                                  Fall
  archivist, researcher                                                                     ATS 101 (GE 4)                        ATS 301
A. Required Courses: 18 credit hours                                                        ATS 102 (GE 4)                        ATS 107 (GE 4)
   ATH 121: Art in the Ancient World                                                        ATH 121 (GE 4)                        GE 5




                                                                                                                                                                            ART AND ART HISTORY
   ATH 122: Art in the Modern World                                                         COR 101                               GE 6
   12 credit hours of additional art history and art theory courses                         CPN 100 or 102                        ATH 354 (WI)
      (except ATT 480) at the 300-level or above                                                                                  Foreign language 101

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18                                               Spring                                Spring
                                                                                            ATS 201                               Foreign language 102
Minor in Art with a specialization in Art Studio                                            ATS 202                               ATS 105 (GE 4)
[ART]                                                                                       ATH 122 (GE 4)                        ATS 106 (GE 4)
                                                                                            CPN 101 or 103                        GE 7
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                                            GE 2                                  Free elective
• Art education                            • Corporate art buyers                           ATS 104 (GE 4)
• Graphic design,                          • Artists in ceramics,
  Web page design,                           fiber arts, design, painting,                          Third Year                           Fourth Year
  environmental design                       printmaking, sculpture
                                                                                            Fall                                  Fall
A. Required Courses: 6 credit hours                                                         Foreign language 201                  GE 3
   ATH 121: Art in the Ancient World                                                        GE 8a                                 ATT 490
   ATH 122: Art in the Modern World                                                         ATS req. concentration                Free elective - minor
                                                                                            ATH 340 (WI)                          GE 1
B. Additional Required Studio Art Courses: 12 credit hours
                                                                                            Free elective minor                   Free elective
    ATS 101: Drawing I
    ATS 102: Design I                                                                       Spring                                Spring
    ATS 106: Sculpture I
    ATS 201: Drawing II                                                                     Foreign language 202                  ATT 491
                                                                                            GE 8b                                 ATT 470
C. Minimum of nine additional studio art hours                                              ATS req. concentration                ATS 429
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 27                                               Free elective - minor                 Free elective
                                                                                            Free elective                         Free elective
                                                                                                                                  Free elective




Art and Art History                                                                         ATH 223: Art History III
                                                                                            Introduction to arts of Africa, Oceania and the Americas.
                                                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                                                         ATH 254: Art of the Middle Ages
                                                                                            (C) Art from A.D. 300 through 1400, beginning with
                                                                                            Christianization of the Roman Empire, formation of new Chris-
Art History Courses
                                                                                            tian states in Europe and Byzantium, and influence of Islamic art,
ATH 120: Backgrounds in Art                                                                 through international styles of Romanesque and Gothic art in
(A) Art principles and concepts, with their historical development,                         Europe. Prerequisite: ATH 121 or ATH 122. (3 cr. hr.) ■
shown through design in visual art forms. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            ATH 320: History and Theory of Digital Arts
ATH 121: Art in the Ancient World                                                           (C) An exploration of the artist’s role in both using and analyzing
(A) Art prior to Renaissance: Architecture, sculpture, and painting                         the new media. A critical historical review of he impact of the
of Egypt, Near East, Greece, Rome, medieval Europe. (3 cr. hr.) ■                           digital revolution. Prerequisites: ATH 121, ATH 122. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                                                S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




ATH 122: Art in the Modern World                                                            ATH 321: Seminar in Art History
(A) Developments in Western Europe and the Americas from                                    (C) Specialized area of Western tradition of history of art. Reports
Renaissance culture through 20th century art. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                 based on independent research and study of related topic chosen in
                                                                                            consultation with instructor required. Prerequisite: Consent of
ATH 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Art and Art History
                                                                                            instructor. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS    65
A                                                           ATH 323: North American Art: Colonial Period to World War II                              ATH 420: Aesthetics
                                                            (C) From 1620 to 1940 with emphasis not only on art and                                   (C) Analysis of nature and function of art. Aesthetic theories from
                                                            architecture from what is now the U.S., but also from Canada.                             ancient Greece to modern period. Prerequisites: ATH 121 or ATH
                                                            Prerequisite: ATH 121 or ATH 122. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                           122. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            ATH 324: Spanish and Spanish American Art and Architecture                                ATH 457: Contemporary Art
                                                            (O) Survey of art and architecture produced in Spain and Latin                            (C) This course is intended to provide an introductory overview of
                                                            America from 1492 to present. A major concern is not only                                 the visual forms, media, and theories of contemporary art, with
                                                            Spanish Colonial Art, including the contribution of indigenous                            particular focus upon how art is defined and how the role of the
                                                            peoples to it, but also contemporary art from Latin America.                              artist is understood. Prerequisite: ATH 120, 121, 122, or
ART AND ART HISTORY




                                                            Prerequisites: Consent of instructor or ATH 121 or ATH 122.                               permission of instructor. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                      Studio Art Courses
                                                            ATH 326: Art of Greece and Rome
                                                            (C) Sculpture, painting, architecture from Bronze Age civilizations                       The State University of New York College at Cortland reserves the
                                                            of Aegean through Greece and Rome to fall of the Empire;                                  right to select and retain indefinitely any student art work done in
                                                            Etruscan art included. Plastic visual arts related to other aspects of                    connection with course work completed at the College.
                                                            culture (history, literature, drama) in each period. Prerequisite:                        ATS 101: Drawing I
                                                            ATH 121 or ATH 122. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                         (A) Lectures, demonstrations, critiques in methods and techniques
                                                                                                                                                      of drawing. Series of basic graphic problems designed to develop
                                                            ATH 330: Far Eastern Art
                                                            (C) Introduction to art, architecture of Far East including India,                        visual perception. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            China, Japan, Central Asia, Southeast Asia from periods of early                          ATS 102: Design I
                                                            river cultures through 19th century. Differences between Eastern,                         (A) Basic principles of two-dimensional design. Aesthetic,
                                                            Western cultures; interaction among Far Eastern cultures; influence                       perceptive relationships of forms, colors explored with emphasis on
                                                            upon modern society stressed. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                               development of visual perception through lectures, problems,
                                                                                                                                                      critiques, outside reading. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            ATH 340: The Early Renaissance in Italy
                                                            (C) Architecture, sculpture, and painting from the late 13th                              ATS 103: Painting I
                                                            through 15th centuries. Works by Giotto, Brunelleschi, Donatello,                         (A) Basic approach to oil painting. Observation, physical control of
                                                            Masaccio, Fra Angelico, Botticelli, etc., studied in their social and                     paint, color, drawing, understanding of both conceptual and
                                                            cultural contexts. Prerequisite: ATH 120, 121 or 122, or permis-                          technical methods involved in historical painting. Reading
                                                            sion of instructor. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                         requirements, critiques, lectures intended to broaden student’s
                                                                                                                                                      knowledge of visual art. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            ATH 341: 15th, 16th-Century Painting in Northern Europe
                                                            (C) Development of Flemish, Dutch, German and French painting                             ATS 104: Ceramics I
                                                            of 15th and 16th centuries: works by Hubert and Jan van Eyck,                             (A) Forming processes aimed at discovering creative, structural,
                                                            Rogier van Weyden, Bosch, Dürer, Grünewald, the elder Bruegel.                            plastic potentials inherent in ceramics materials. Frequent technical
                                                            Prerequisite: ATH 120, 121, 122 or permission of instructor.                              lectures, demonstrations, group critiques and outside reading in
                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                             historical, technical aspects of pottery design and construction.
                                                                                                                                                      (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            ATH 344: Renaissance, Mannerism, Baroque
                                                            (C) Analysis of High Renaissance art in Italy, 16th-century Italian                       ATS 105: Weaving I
                                                            Mannerism, and 17th-century Baroque art in Italy, France, Spain,                          (A) Weaving processes, including loom preparation. Emphasis on
                                                            England, Flanders, and Holland. Works by Leonardo da Vinci,                               development of structural elements and color relationships used in
                                                            Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian, Bernini, Veláquez, Rubens,                                 the design of woven fabrics. Creative use of materials encouraged.
                                                            Rembrandt, etc., studied in their social and historical contexts.                         Introduction of computer graphics software used to design textiles.
                                                            Prerequisite: ATH 120, 121, 122, or permission of instructor.                             Weekly lectures, critiques and discussions of historic and contem-
                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                             porary fabrics. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            ATH 355: Rococo Through Impressionism – 18th and 19th Centuries                           ATS 106: Sculpture I
                                                            (C) Value structures in painting, sculpture, architecture in 18th                         (A) Concepts of form. Various media, techniques explored as
                                                            and 19th centuries in relation to political and industrial revolu-                        preparation for further study in sculpture. Weekly lectures,
                                                            tions, changes in class structure, religious revivals and atheism.                        critiques, discussions of historical aspects of sculpture. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            Prerequisite: ATH 121 or ATH 122. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                      ATS 107: Printmaking I
                                                            ATH 357: Modern Art                                                                       (A) Basic concepts of graphic image. Techniques of etching, block
                                                            (C) This course is a survey of significant activity and ideas in the                      printing, silk screen, lithography explored as they relate to basic
                                                            visual arts from ca. 1880-1945. Focus is on the art of Western                            graphic concepts. Weekly illustrated lectures, critiques, discussion
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            Europe with attention to changing critical perspectives. In                               of historical aspects of printmaking. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            addition, a number of themes such as gender, visuality, technology,
                                                                                                                                                      ATS 111: Fabric Design I
                                                            and mass media will be considered within the chronological
                                                                                                                                                      (A) Introduction of silk screen processes on fabric, open screen, cut
                                                            framework. Prerequisite: ATH 120, 121, 122, or permission of
                                                                                                                                                      stencil and photo silk screen. Batik, stitchery, applique and quilt-
                                                            instructor. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                      making techniques also explored. Emphasis on creative use of
                                                            ATH 385: History of Prints                                                                alternative materials. Introduction of graphics intensive textile
                                                            (C) Technical and artistic developments in printmaking from                               design programs used in this medium. Frequent lectures, critiques
                                                            beginning in 15th century to present. Prerequisite: ATH 121 or                            and discussions of historic and contemporary textiles. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            ATH 122. (3 cr. hr.) ■

  66                                                           Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
ATS 112: Photography I                                                                      design techniques. Continued use of various textile design and 3-D
                                                                                                                                                                            A
(B) Introduction to black and white photography as creative form                            animation graphics programs. Frequent lectures, critiques, museum
of expression. Emphasis on camera use, darkroom techniques,                                 visits. Prerequisite: ATS 111. (3 cr. hr.) ■
aesthetics of the print and presentation of completed work of art.
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                               ATS 212: Computers in the Visual Arts
                                                                                            (S) An introduction to a variety of computer programs which deal
ATS 113: Three-Dimensional Design                                                           with Computer Aided Design in the visual arts. Several software
(A) Basic principles of three-dimensional design. Aesthetic and                             programs will be explored throughout the semester with the
analytical exploration of form through problems, lectures, critiques                        objective of teaching the student about the similarities and
and readings designed to strengthen visual perception. (3 cr. hr.) ■                        differences of these graphics-intensive programs as used in various




                                                                                                                                                                            ART AND ART HISTORY
ATS 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Studio Art
                                                                                            areas of art and design. Prerequisite: ATS 102. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.                           ATS 240: Graphic Design I
Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content                          (B) An introduction to the processes, techniques, basic terminol-
and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)                                                 ogy and concepts of the graphic design profession. Students learn
ATS 201: Drawing II
                                                                                            to apply graphic design theory to develop aesthetic expression and
(A) Drawing from nature, the figure, landscape, still life. Experi-                         effective communication. Oriented to computer aided graphic and
mentation with various media. Frequent lectures, critiques,                                 information design. Prerequisite: ATS 202. (3 cr. hr.)
museum visits. Prerequisite: ATS 101. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                         ATS 241: Typography I
ATS 202: Design II
                                                                                            (C) An introduction to typographic form through a series of
(B) Continuation of Design I. Class meetings include critiques of                           structured investigations. Course study emphasizes basic letter-
assignments. Lectures, visiting critics, films. Prerequisite: ATS 102.                      form design, vocabulary, measurement systems, computer
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                               typesetting and construction, and compositional principles used
                                                                                            with text and display type. Prerequisite: ATS 202. (3 cr. hr.)
ATS 203: Painting II
(A) Intensified study of painting techniques. Personal investigation                        ATS 301: Drawing III
into techniques. Selected problems stressing student investigation                          (A) Emphasis on composition, media intended to develop
of abstract visual concepts. Frequent lectures, critiques and                               understanding of possibilities in drawing and student's own
museum visits. Prerequisite: ATS 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                         subjective approach. Lectures, critiques, reading assignments, wide
                                                                                            variety of media used to expose students to more intellectual,
ATS 204: Ceramics II                                                                        technical possibilities. Prerequisite: ATS 201. (3 cr. hr.) ■
(A) Development of ceramic processes. Creative exploration of
materials emphasized. Frequent technical lectures, demonstrations,                          ATS 302: Design III
group critiques, outside reading in historical and technical aspects of                     (B) Experimental two-, three-dimensional design concepts
pottery design and construction. Prerequisite: ATS 104. (3 cr. hr.) ■                       explored as they relate to contemporary situations. Individual,
                                                                                            group problems designed to develop understanding, control of
ATS 205: Weaving II                                                                         aesthetic and perceptual design variables. Independent research,
(A) Emphasis on designing more advanced weave structures using                              problems, critiques, lectures, field trips. Prerequisite: ATS 202.
graphics software for textiles. Introduction of synthetic dye                               (3 cr. hr.) ■
techniques and various fabric finishing processes. Independent and
group projects designed to extend personal expression. Introduc-                            ATS 303: Painting III
tion of additional weaving techniques. Frequent lectures, critiques,                        (A) Development of student's personal creative interests. Investiga-
museum visits. Prerequisite: ATS 105. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                         tion of techniques of primary interest. Historical inquiry into
                                                                                            specific areas in painting most related to student’s work. Prerequi-
ATS 206: Sculpture II                                                                       site: ATS 203. (3 cr. hr.) ■
(A) Human figure, other subjects related to nature. Emphasis on
personal investigation of form. Continued exploration of various                            ATS 304: Ceramics III
media, techniques related to sculpture. Frequent lectures, critiques,                       (A) Practical experience in advanced technical aspects of firing and
museum visits. Prerequisite: ATS 106. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                         glaze chemistry; body formulations emphasized. Frequent lectures,
                                                                                            reading assignments, group critiques. Prerequisite: ATS 204.
ATS 207: Printmaking II                                                                     (3 cr. hr.) ■
(A) Intensified study of specific graphic techniques. Personal
investigation of particular technique emphasized. Frequent lectures,                        ATS 305: Weaving III
critiques, museum visits. Prerequisite: ATS 107. (3 cr. hr.) ■                              (A) Prerequisite: ATS 205. (3 cr. hr.) ■

ATS 209: Lithography I                                                                      ATS 306: Sculpture III
(B) Introduction to fine art lithography from aluminum plates.                              (A) Prerequisite: ATS 206. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Intention is to acquaint students with fundamentals of black and                            ATS 307: Printmaking III
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




white lithographic printing with emphasis on hand drawn and                                 (A) Prerequisite: ATS 207. (3 cr. hr.) ■
manipulated imagery. Techniques of image formation will include
crayon application, wash drawing or lithotint, transfer from paper                          ATS 309: Lithography II
and Xerox, photo mechanically applied image. Prerequisite: ATS                              (B) Continuation of Lithography I; intended to encourage
101 or 102 or 107. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                            experimental uses of mechanical process in advanced multiple
                                                                                            image formation. Technical problems involving use of color in
ATS 211: Fabric Design II                                                                   lithography introduced; registration methods will demand that
(A) Investigation of more advanced fabric design techniques                                 student has command over basic techniques of Lithography I.
including work in three-dimensional, sculptural fabric forms.                               Prerequisite: ATS 209. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Experimentation encouraged of other materials used in fabric

 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   67
A                                                           ATS 311: Fabric Design III                                                                 ATS 405: Weaving IV
                                                            (A) Prerequisite: ATS 211. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                   (A) Self-directed study in selected area of interest. Further
                                                                                                                                                       development of weaving techniques as expressed through different
                                                            ATS 314: Figure Drawing I
                                                                                                                                                       processes and/or research involving historic methods, procedures.
                                                            (A) Study of human figure using various media. Historical research
                                                                                                                                                       Expanded use of computer graphics applications for textile design
                                                            emphasized through lectures; gallery, museum visits. Prerequisite:
                                                                                                                                                       solutions. Independent research, experimentation. Group lectures,
                                                            ATS 101. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       critiques, seminars, museum visits. Prerequisite: ATS 305.
                                                            ATS 315: Figure Drawing II                                                                 (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            (A) Continued study of the figure emphasizing individual
                                                                                                                                                       ATS 406: Sculpture IV
                                                            problems, research, museum, gallery visits required. Prerequisite:
ART AND ART HISTORY




                                                                                                                                                       (A) Self-directed study in selected area of interest. Further
                                                            ATS 314. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       development of sculptural ideas as expressed through various
                                                            ATS 316: Silk Screen Printing                                                              media and techniques. Research into historical aspects of sculpture.
                                                            (C) Creating of fine prints by silk screen process. Various types of                       Group lectures, critiques, seminars, museum visits. Prerequisite:
                                                            stencils explored, i.e. paper, cut film, tusche-glue, etc. Prerequisite:                   ATS 306. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            ATS 101, 102 or 107. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       ATS 407: Printmaking IV
                                                            ATS 330 Artist's Books                                                                     (A) Self-directed study in selected area of interest. Further
                                                            (C) Introduction to the use of the book as an object of artistic                           development of graphic concepts as expressed through various
                                                            expression. Students learn to design and apply methods of binding,                         media of student’s choice. Research into historical aspects of
                                                            box making, and print media as they produce personal statements.                           graphic form relating to other intellectual, artistic activity. Group
                                                            historical and contemporary usage of the codex format will be                              lectures, critiques, personal criticism, museum visits; print
                                                            explored in lectures and critiques and with visits to local collections                    collection at Cornell Museum utilized. Prerequisite: ATS 307.
                                                            in museums and libraries. Prerequisite: ATS 101 or 102. (3 cr. hr.) ■                      (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            ATS 340: Graphic Design II
                                                            (B) An extension of the Graphic Design I course, stressing three
                                                                                                                                                       Art Theory Courses
                                                            objectives: craftmanship, composition, and concept of aesthetic form                       ATT 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Art Theory
                                                            as communication. Practical design problem solving within a                                Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
                                                            professionally oriented studio environment. Prerequisites: ATS 101,                        Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
                                                            240 and 241. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                 and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
                                                            ATS 342: Art and The Internet                                                              ATT 440: Portfolio Practicum
                                                            (C) Introduction to the history and practical application of the use                       (C) An intensive studio class open to senior-level students. this
                                                            of the Internet as a communicative and artistic tool. Students will                        course is the final culmination of the methods and practices
                                                            learn a wide range of HTML and multimedia content authoring                                investigated throughout the New Media Design Program. Topics
                                                            tools in the production of individual projects sites. Prerequisites:                       to be explored include business practices and visual portfolio
                                                            ATS 102 and 202. (3 cr. hr.)                                                               presentation. Prerequisites: ATS 340 and 343. (2 cr. hr.)
                                                            ATS 343: Multi-Media I                                                                     ATT 470: Junior/Senior Seminar
                                                            (C) Introduction to time-based and interactive digital media.                              (B) Addresses traditional problems as well as contemporary issues
                                                            Audio and visual media are explored and refined into personal                              and guidance needs of the advanced art major. Demonstrations,
                                                            aesthetic statements. Prerequisites: ATS 101, 240 and ATS 241.                             critiques, portfolio preparation, visiting artists, informal discus-
                                                            (3 cr. hr.)                                                                                sions and field trips. Prerequisite: art majors/minors only, junior
                                                            ATS 401: Drawing IV
                                                                                                                                                       standing, portfolio review and department permission required.
                                                            (A) Individual study, experimentation with various media.                                  (Graded on H.P.F. system only) (0 cr. hr.)
                                                            Portfolio of drawings required before completion of course.                                ATT 480: Art and the Child
                                                            Frequent lectures, critiques, museum visits. Prerequisite: ATS 301.                        (A) Covers competencies needed to develop and conduct art
                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              activities program at elementary school level. Available generally
                                                            ATS 403: Painting IV
                                                                                                                                                       only to upperclass and graduate elementary education majors.
                                                            (A) Self-directed study in selected area of interest. Further                              (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            development of painting concepts as expressed through various                              ATT 490: Individual Problems in Art I
                                                            media of student’s choice. Research into historical aspect of                              (A) Research or experimentation in area of visual arts or art history.
                                                            painting relating to other intellectual, artistic activity. Painting                       Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (3-6 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            collections of Everson and Cornell Museums utilized. Prerequisite:
                                                                                                                                                       ATT 491: Individual Problems in Art II
                                                            ATS 303. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       (A) Continuation of ATT 490. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            ATS 404: Ceramics IV                                                                       (3-6 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            (A) Self-directed study expanding on earlier course work. Ad-
                                                                                                                                                       ATT 495: Historical and Technical Research
                                                            vanced glaze chemistry, other technical and aesthetic aspects of
                                                            pottery design and execution. Independent research, group                                  (A) Advanced problems, experimentation stressing research,
                                                            critiques, lectures. Prerequisite: ATS 304. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                  involvement with theoretical, technical, historical aspects of a
                                                                                                                                                       discipline as they relate to student's work. May be repeated when
                                                                                                                                                       subtitle changes for maximum of 12 hours. Prerequisite: Consent
                                                                                                                                                       of department. (3 cr. hr.) ■




  68                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
                                                                                                                                                                                            A
                Asian Studies                                                                                                   Studio West, Room 164
                                                                                                                                (607) 753-5573
                                                                                                                                E-mail: leey@cortland.edu
                I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y MINOR

                SCHOOL                                                                                      A. Required Course: 3 credit hours
                Arts and Sciences                                                                              AST 200: Introduction to Asia

                F A C U LT Y                                                                                B. Additional upper level courses (300 and 400 level), drawn from
ASIAN STUDIES




                                                                                                                                                                                            A S I A N S T U D I E S / AT H L E T I C S
                                                                                                               at least two different departments: 12 credit hours
                Yomee Lee (Coordinator)
                                                                                                                ANT 310: People of South and Southeast Asia
                MINOR OFFERED                                                                                   ANT 312: Peoples of the Middle East
                Asian Studies                                                                                   ANT 330: Religions of Asia
                                                                                                                ATH 330: Far Eastern Art
                DESCRIPTION                                                                                     ECO 313: Economic Development of Asia
                The Asian studies minor is an interdisciplinary program                                         GRY 486: Monsoon Asia
                designed to serve the needs of students majoring in any subject                                 HIS 383: Chinese Civilization
                area who desire more knowledge regarding Asia and Asian                                         HIS 384: Modern China
                American concerns. The minor consists of 15 credit hours                                        HIS 385: History of Japan
                including AST 200: Introduction to Asia and an additional 12                                    HIS 386: Modern Pacific Asia
                credits of upper level course work that will be drawn from at                                   HIS 435: East Asian-American Relations
                least two (and preferably three) different departments.                                         POL 262: Comparative Politics: Asia
                    In addition to the following courses, other courses with a                                  POL 376: Asian Political Thought
                very substantial Asian or Asian American focus may also meet                                    POL 454: International Politics in Asia
                the requirements, with the approval of the Asian studies minor                                  POL 462: Political Culture and Behavior in Asian Societies
                coordinator. Such courses might include independent studies,                                TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 15
                special topics, and other appropriate courses.
                S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                Overseas opportunities

                Minor in Asian Studies [ASIA]
                                                                                                            Asian Studies
                                                                                                            COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                            AST 200: Introduction to Asia
                • Education
                • International communications                                                              (C) Basic knowledge and understanding of the diverse societies and
                • Tourism                                                                                   cultures of Asia. Study of the geography, nations, religions, cultural
                • International business                                                                    traditions, economic, social, and political developments including
                • Government                                                                                the circumstances leading to emigration from Asian countries to
                • Policy research                                                                           the United States and the Asian American experience. (3 cr. hr.)




                Athletics                                                                                                           Park Center, Room 222
                                                                                                                                    (607) 753-4953
                                                                                                                                    E-mail: tonerp@cortland.edu
                D E PA R T M E N T                                                                                                  www.cortland.edu/athletics/

                SCHOOL                                                                                      DESCRIPTION
                Professional Studies                                                                        The Athletics Department conducts a broad-based NCAA
                                                                                                            Division III sports program for men and women including 11
                F A C U LT Y
                                                                                                            varsity sports for men and 14 varsity sports for women. The
                                                                                                                                                                                                     S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                Robert McBee (Director), Gary Babjack, Joe Brown, Pete Cahill,                              athletic program is considered an integral part of the College’s
                Tom Cranfield, Larry Czarnecki, Jack Daniels, Joel Ferrara, Kim                             mission as recognized by the allocation of academic credit for
                Hokanson, Ryan Kendrick, Karen Lang, Julie Lenhart, Dan                                     participation.
                MacNeill, Michael Middleton, Jennifer Potter, Lelan Rogers, Joan                                Most coaches lecture in their areas of specialty within the
                Sitterly, Tom Spanbauer, Mike Urtz, Cynthia Wetmore, Jeannette                              Physical Education Department, therefore affording SUNY
                Yeoman                                                                                      Cortland students the best instruction in activities and sports from
                                                                                                            faculty who are also practitioners.
                                                                                                                The overall development of each student-athlete is of para-
                                                                                                            mount importance. The department will provide the necessary


                 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS     69
B                                                           vision and leadership for student-athletes to participate at the                           Winter Sports
                                                            highest level of their ability while pursuing a quality education.                              PED 210: Intercollegiate Basketball: Men
                                                            Participation on an intercollegiate team will provide student-                                  PED 211: Intercollegiate Basketball: Women
                                                            athletes with the opportunity to learn and develop values which                                 PED 212: Intercollegiate Gymnastics: Women
                                                            foster self-discipline, teamwork, leadership skills and fair play in an                         PED 213: Intercollegiate Ice Hockey: Men
                                                            equitable and diverse environment.                                                              PED 214: Intercollegiate Ice Hockey: Women
                                                                                                                                                            PED 215: Intercollegiate Swimming: Men/Women
                                                                                                                                                            PED 216: Intercollegiate Indoor Track and Field: Men
                                                            COURSES OFFERED
                                                                                                                                                            PED 217: Intercollegiate Indoor Track and Field: Women
                                                            Fall Sports
                                                                                                                                                            PED 218: Intercollegiate Wrestling: Men




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           ATHLETICS
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES




                                                                PED 202: Intercollegiate Cross Country: Men/Women
                                                                PED 203: Intercollegiate Field Hockey: Women                                           Spring Sports
                                                                PED 204: Intercollegiate Football: Men                                                      PED 233: Intercollegiate Baseball: Men
                                                                PED 205: Intercollegiate Golf: Women                                                        PED 234: Intercollegiate Lacrosse: Men
                                                                PED 206: Intercollegiate Soccer: Men                                                        PED 235: Intercollegiate Lacrosse: Women
                                                                PED 207: Intercollegiate Soccer: Women                                                      PED 236: Intercollegiate Softball: Women
                                                                PED 208: Intercollegiate Tennis: Women                                                      PED 237: Intercollegiate Outdoor Track and Field: Men
                                                                PED 209: Intercollegiate Volleyball: Women                                                  PED 238: Intercollegiate Outdoor Track and Field: Women




                                                            Biological Sciences                                                                                           Bowers Hall, Room 240
                                                                                                                                                                          (607) 753-2715
                                                                                                                                                                          E-mail: baronil@cortland.edu
                                                            D E PA R T M E N T                                                                                            www.cortland.edu/biology/


                                                            SCHOOL                                                                                     molecular, cellular, organismal or environmental biology. Biology
                                                            Arts and Sciences                                                                          majors can become certified to teach in grades 7-12, prepare to
                                                                                                                                                       pursue health-related careers such as medicine or dentistry, or
                                                            F A C U LT Y                                                                               concentrate in environmental science.
                                                            Elliott B. Mason (Chair), Timothy J. Baroni, Barry L. Batzing,
                                                                                                                                                       S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                            Steven B. Broyles, Patricia L. Conklin, Peter K. Ducey, Terrence D.
                                                            Fitzgerald, Louis A. Gatto, Rena C. Janke, R. Lawrence Klotz, Brian                        • Well-equipped on-campus facilities, including two greenhouses,
                                                            R. Rivest, John M. Sternfeld, John E. Straneva, Mary Beth Voltura                             a molecular biology laboratory, and a scanning electron
                                                                                                                                                          microscope
                                                            PROGRAMS OFFERED                                                                           • Outstanding field facilities at Hoxie Gorge near campus and
                                                            Bachelor of Arts in Biology                                                                   the Outdoor Education Center at Raquette Lake in the
                                                            Bachelor of Science in Biology                                                                Adirondack Mountains
                                                            Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: Biology (7-12)                                  • Opportunities to participate in research projects with faculty
                                                            Bachelor of Science in Adolescence Education: Biology (7-12)                                  members
                                                                                                                                                       • Opportunities for off-campus internships
                                                            MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                                       • An active Biology Club and a chapter of Beta Beta Beta, the
                                                            Biology                                                                                       national honor society for biology
                                                            Adolescence Education: Biology (7-12)                                                      • Cooperative programs with the SUNY College of Environmental
                                                                                                                                                          Science and Forestry, the SUNY Upstate Medical University,
                                                            C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D
                                                                                                                                                          Duke University, and the New York Chiropractic College
                                                            Environmental Science
                                                                                                                                                       Requirements
                                                            MINORS OFFERED                                                                             1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
                                                            Biology                                                                                       to the following majors.
                                                            DESCRIPTION                                                                                2. Liberal Arts Requirements: B.A. – 90 credit hours;
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            The biology program at SUNY Cortland is designed to ensure that                               B.S. – 75 credit hours
                                                            majors obtain a strong, comprehensive foundation in the central
                                                            areas of biology and related sciences. The program also offers                             Major in Biology [BIO]
                                                            specialized study in many areas. The Biological Sciences Depart-                           This major provides a solid foundation in biology yet retains
                                                            ment offers more than 30 courses in diverse areas of biology.                              considerable flexibility. Students in this major can prepare for a
                                                            Together with a faculty advisor, a biology major can design a course                       variety of biology-related employment opportunities or for entry
                                                            of study suited to his/her interests, whether they are at the level of                     into graduate or professional schools.




   70                                                           Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                       PHY 201: Principles of Physics I and
                                                                                                                                            B
• Biomedical professions          • Research scientist                 PHY 202: Principles of Physics II
• Environmental biologist         • Biotechnology careers           C. Professional Preparation Courses: 38 credit hours
A. Biology Courses: 36 credit hours                                    PSY 101: General Psychology I
    BIO 201: Biological Sciences I                                     PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology
    BIO 202: Biological Sciences II                                    PSY 350: Psychology of Language or
    BIO 210: Cellular Biology                                          SHH 300: Normal Language Development
    BIO 312: Genetics                                                  AED 391: Introduction to Adolescence Education
    BIO 319: Biological Literature                                     AED 442: Methods I: Teaching the Sciences in the




                                                                                                                                            BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
    BIO 412: General Ecology                                                        Middle and Secondary Schools
    Biology Elective Courses                                           AED 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the
                                                                                    Middle and Secondary Schools
B. Related Science and Math Courses: 26 credit hours
                                                                       AED 444: Laboratory Practicum
    CHE 221: General Chemistry I
                                                                       AED 445: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education –
    CHE 222: General Chemistry II
                                                                                    Science
    CHE 301: Organic Chemistry I
                                                                       EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary Schools
    MAT 121: Calculus A
                                                                       HLH 199: Critical School Health Issues
    MAT 122: Calculus B or
    MAT 201: Statistical Methods or                                 D. Additional Requirements for the B.A. degree: 29-40 credit hours
    GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Science                          Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours
    PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics and Heat and                         Foreign Language Courses: 0-13 credit hours
   PHY 106: Elementary Electricity, Light and Sound or                 Free Elective Courses: 0-2 credit hours
   PHY 201: Principles of Physics I and                             E. Additional Requirements for the B.S. degree: 29-34 credit hours
   PHY 202: Principles of Physics II                                    Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours
C. Additional Requirements for the B.A. degree: 62 credit hours         Foreign Language Courses: 0-7 credit hours
   Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours           Free Elective Courses: 0-2 credit hours
   Foreign Language Courses: 0-13 credit hours                      F. Admission to the Major
   Free Elective Courses: 22-35 credit hours                            Completion of 45 credit hours with at least a 2.5 grade point
D. Additional Requirements for the B.S. Degree: 62 credit hours         average overall and at least a 2.5 grade point average in each of
   Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours           areas A, B, and C above
   Foreign Language Courses: 0-4 credit hours                       G. Eligibility for Student Teaching
   Additional Science or Math: 10 credit hours                         To be eligible for AED 445: Student Teaching, a minimum
   Free Elective Courses: 21-25 credit hours                           overall grade point average of 2.5 is required. Additionally, a
                                                                       minimum grade point average of 2.5 is required in each of areas
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                       A, B, and C above. A minimum of 24 credit hours in biology
                                                                       courses and 22 credit hours in related science and math courses
Major in Adolescence Education: Biology                                is needed. BIO 201, 202, 210, 312; CHE 221, 222; GLY 261;
(7-12) [ABI]                                                           PHY 105 or 201; PSY 101, 232; and AED 391, 442, 443, 444
This major leads to New York State certification to teach biology      must be completed before the student teaching experience.
in grades 7-12.                                                     H. Other
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                       Specific information regarding requirements (for example,
                                                                       state examinations and reporting of child abuse and maltreat-
• Biology teacher (grades 7-12)
                                                                       ment) for New York State teaching certification can be found
A. Biology Courses: 30 credit hours                                    on page 41 of this catalog.
    BIO 201: Biological Sciences I                                  TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
    BIO 202: Biological Sciences II
    BIO 210: Cellular Biology
                                                                    Major in Biology with a concentration in
    BIO 310: Field Biology
    BIO 312: Genetics                                               Environmental Science [BIO/ENVS]
    BIO 319: Biological Literature                                  This major provides a focused exposure to environmentally related
    BIO 412: General Ecology                                        areas of biology.
    Biology Elective Courses                                        CAREER POTENTIAL
B. Related Science and Math Courses: 27 credit hours                • Environmental consultant          • Conservation biologist
                                                                                                                                                S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




    CHE 221: General Chemistry I                                    • Fish and wildlife biologist       • Ecologist
    CHE 222: General Chemistry II
    CHE 301: Organic Chemistry I                                    A. Biology Courses: 36 credit hours
    GLY 261: Physical Geology                                           BIO 201: Biological Sciences I
    MAT 121: Calculus A or                                              BIO 202: Biological Sciences II
    MAT 201: Statistical Methods or                                     BIO 210: Cellular Biology
    GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Science                           BIO 310: Field Biology
    PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics and Heat and                          BIO 312: Genetics
   PHY 106: Elementary Electricity, Light and Sound or                  BIO 319: Biological Literature
                                                                        BIO 412: General Ecology

                                                                                                                                             71
B                                                           Biology Elective Courses                                              Cooperative Programs
                                                            B. Related Science and Math Courses: 33 credit hours                  2+2 Cooperative Program with the SUNY College of Environmental
                                                                CHE 221: General Chemistry I                                      Science and Forestry [ESF]
                                                                CHE 222: General Chemistry II                                     This program leads to the award of the bachelor’s degree from the
                                                                CHE 301: Organic Chemistry I                                      SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry. Possible
                                                                GLY 261: Physical Geology                                         areas of study include environmental studies, environmental and
                                                                GLY 410: Hydrogeology                                             forest biology, forest engineering, landscape architecture, paper
                                                                MAT 121: Calculus A                                               science and wood products engineering. Students spend the first
                                                                MAT 122: Calculus B or                                            two years of this program at SUNY Cortland and the remaining
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES




                                                                MAT 201: Statistical Methods or                                   years at the SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry,
                                                                GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Science                         from which they receive the degree.
                                                                PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics and Heat and
                                                                                                                                  2+2 Cooperative Program in Cytotechnology or Medical Technology
                                                               PHY 106: Elementary Electricity, Light and Sound or                with the SUNY Upstate Medical University
                                                               PHY 201: Principles of Physics I and                               This program leads to the award of the bachelor’s degree in
                                                               PHY 202: Principles of Physics II                                  cytotechnology or in medical technology from the SUNY Upstate
                                                            C. Environmental Courses: 12 or 13 credit hours                       Medical University. A student spends the first two years of this
                                                               EST 100: Introduction to Environmental Studies*                    program at SUNY Cortland and the final two years at the SUNY
                                                               ENS 486: Seminar in Environmental Science                          Upstate Medical University.
                                                               ENS 487: Environmental Science Internship
                                                                                                                                  3+2 Cooperative Program in Forestry or Environmental Management
                                                               And one course from the following:                                 with Duke University [BS_BIO]
                                                               GLY 292: Land Use and Planning                                     This program leads to the award of the B.S. degree in biology from
                                                               GLY 367: Geomorphology                                             SUNY Cortland and the master of forestry or master of environ-
                                                               GLY 396: Aqueous Geochemistry                                      mental management degree from Duke University. A student
                                                               GRY 327: Computer Mapping                                          spends the first three years of this program at SUNY Cortland and
                                                               GRY 328: Geographic Information Systems                            the final two years at Duke University.
                                                            *A student entering the program in the sophomore year or later        Cooperative Program with the New York Chiropractic College
                                                               may apply to the department chair for an exemption from EST        This program leads to the award of the B.S. degree in biology from
                                                               100, based on a comparable course or courses the student has       SUNY Cortland and the doctor of chiropractic degree from the
                                                               taken or will take.                                                New York Chiropractic College. A student spends the first three
                                                                                                                                  years of this program at SUNY Cortland and the remaining years
                                                            D. Additional Requirements for the B.A. Degree: 42-43 credit hours
                                                                                                                                  at the New York Chiropractic College. After completing one year
                                                               Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours
                                                                                                                                  at the New York Chiropractic College, the student is awarded a B.S.
                                                               Foreign Language Courses: 0-13 credit hours
                                                                                                                                  degree in biology from SUNY Cortland.
                                                               Free Elective Courses: 2-16 credit hours
                                                            E. Additional Requirements for the B.S. Degree: 42-43 credit hours
                                                                Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours
                                                                Foreign Language Courses: 0-4 credit hours
                                                                Free Elective Courses: 11-16 credit hours

                                                            Note: It is highly recommended that students in the environmental
                                                            science concentration take or become proficient in public speaking,
                                                            computer applications and computer graphics.
                                                            TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124


                                                            Minor in Biology [BIO]
                                                               BIO 110: Principles of Biology I and
                                                               BIO 111: Principles of Biology II or
                                                               BIO 201: Biological Sciences I and
                                                               BIO 202: Biological Sciences II
                                                               BIO 306: Human Genetics or
                                                               BIO 312: Genetics
                                                               A biology course at the BIO 210 level or above of at least three
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                               credit hours that is open to biology majors for major credit
                                                               Additional biology courses to reach a total of 21 credit hours
                                                            TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 21




  72
Example of the undergraduate degree in Biology                                              BIO 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Biological Sciences
                                                                                                                                                                            B
                                                                                            Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
(B.S.) over four years
                                                                                            Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
                                                                                            and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
           First Year                             Second Year
                                                                                            BIO 201: Biological Sciences I
                                          Fall                                              (A) Principles of biology from a botanical perspective, emphasizing
 Fall
                                                                                            structure, function, ecology, and the evolutionary diversity of the
 BIO 201                                  BIO 210                                           moneran, protistan, fungal and plant kingdoms. For biology
 CHE 221                                  CHE 301                                           majors. Not open to students with credit in both BIO 110 and




                                                                                                                                                                            BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 CHE 224                                  GLY 281                                           111. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory. (4 cr. hr.) ■
 CPN 100 or 102                           GE course
 Foreign language or                      GE course or free elective                        BIO 202: Biological Sciences II
   GE course                                                                                (A) Principles of biology from a zoological perspective emphasizing
                                                                                            genetics, evolution, animal structure and function, development,
 Spring                                   Spring                                            and diversity of the animal kingdom. For biology majors. Not
                                                                                            open to students with credit in both BIO 110 and 111. Three
 BIO 202                                  BIO 312                                           lectures, one three-hour laboratory. (4 cr. hr.) ■
 CHE 222                                  MAT 121
 CHE 225                                  GE course                                         BIO 205: Methods in Laboratory Biology
 CPN 101                                  Free elective                                     (S) Introduction to some basic methods of laboratory biology
 Foreign language or                      GE course or free elective                        including microscopy, spectrophotometry, chromatography and
   GE course                                                                                cell culture. Emphasis is placed on helping students improve
                                                                                            quantitative skills. Not open to students with credit for BIO 210.
                                                                                            Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory. (2 cr. hr.) ■
           Third Year                              Fourth Year
                                                                                            BIO 210: Cellular Biology
 Fall                                     Fall                                              (A) Examination of the molecular and biochemical systems central
 BIO 319                                  BIO 412                                           to cellular structures and processes including organelles and some
 PHY 105                                  Biology elective                                  specialized cell types. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
 Science or math elective                 Science or math elective                          Prerequisites: BIO 201-202, CHE 221-222. (4 cr. hr.) ■
 GE course                                Free elective                                     BIO 301: Human Anatomy and Physiology I
 Free elective                            Free elective                                     (F) Structure, function of human body; cells, tissues; skeletal,
                                                                                            muscular, nervous systems. Primarily for health, physical education
 Spring                                   Spring                                            majors. May be applied toward biology major only by dual majors
 Biology elective                         Biology elective                                  in biology and physical education, biology and health, or biology
 PHY 106                                  Biology elective                                  and athletic training. Two lectures, one two-hour laboratory.
 Science or math elective                 GE course                                         (3 cr. hr.) ■
 GE course                                Free elective                                     BIO 302: Human Anatomy and Physiology II
                                          Free elective                                     (S) Structure, function of human body; urinary, digestive,
                                                                                            respiratory, cardiovascular, endocrine, and reproductive systems.
                                                                                            Primarily for health, physical education majors. May be applied
                                                                                            toward biology major only by dual majors in biology and physical

Biological Sciences                                                                         education, biology and health, or biology and athletic training.
                                                                                            Two lectures, one two-hour laboratory. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            BIO 303: Microbiology and Human Disease
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                                                         (A) Introduction to microorganisms and microbiological labora-
                                                                                            tory techniques. Emphasis on roles of microorganisms in disease,
BIO 102: Ecology and the Human Environment
                                                                                            mechanisms of immunity. Primarily for students majoring in
(O) Biological, physical principles regulating human interaction
                                                                                            health; not open to biology majors. Two lectures, one three-hour
with environment. Not open to biology majors or those having
                                                                                            laboratory, one two-hour laboratory. (4 cr. hr.) ■
credit for BIO 405 or 412. Three lectures. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            BIO 304: Microbiology
BIO 110: Principles of Biology I
                                                                                            (S) Introduction to microorganisms and their laboratory study.
(F) Origin, evolution and diversity of life; molecular, cellular and
                                                                                            Major topics include microbial metabolism, genetics, immunology,
genetic basis of life, with emphasis on scientific method. Not open
                                                                                            medical microbiology, microbial ecology. Three lectures, one three-
                                                                                                                                                                                S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




to those having credit for BIO 201 or 202 (or equivalent) or to
                                                                                            hour laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO 210. (4 cr. hr.) ■
biology majors. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory.
(4 cr. hr.) ■                                                                               BIO 305: Histology
                                                                                            (S) Microscopic study of fundamental tissues and organs with
BIO 111: Principles of Biology II
                                                                                            emphasis on the human body. Three lectures, one three-hour
(S) Physiology and ecological concepts of biology as related to
                                                                                            laboratory. Prerequisite: One year of biology. (4 cr. hr.) ■
higher animals and plants. Not open to those having college credit
for BIO 201 and 202 (or equivalent) or to biology majors. Two
lectures, one two-hour laboratory. (3 cr. hr.) ■



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS    73
B                                                           BIO 306: Human Genetics                                                                    BIO 405: Conservation Biology
                                                            (F) Introduction to inheritance of similarities and differences in                         (S) Origin and preservation of biotic diversity, including species diversity,
                                                            humans. Emphasis on genetic causes of diseases and defects. Not                            genetic variation, and ecosystem variety. Not open to students with
                                                            open to biology majors. Three lectures. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                      credit for BIO 505. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory/field trip.
                                                                                                                                                       Prerequisite: BIO 110-111 or 201-202. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            BIO 307: Field Natural History
                                                            (F) Natural history of plants and animals with emphasis on                                 BIO 408: Biology of Insects
                                                            ecosystems of New York State. Collections of flora and fauna                               (S) Ecological, behavioral, and physiological adaptations of insects
                                                            required. Two lectures, one three-hour field trip. Not open to                             to their environment. Insect morphology, sysematics and applied
                                                            biology majors. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                              entomology. Not open to students with credit for BIO 508. Three
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES




                                                                                                                                                       lectures. Prerequisites BIO 110-111 or 202. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            BIO 310: Field Biology
                                                            (M) Examination of biological diversity and ecology in terrestrial                         BIO 409: Animal Behavior
                                                            and aquatic communities of New York. The course is taught                                  (S) External stimuli, hormones, biological rhythms, orientation
                                                            during August at Cortland’s Outdoor Education Center in                                    mechanisms, learning and behavioral ecology as related to
                                                            Adirondack State Park. Daily and evening classes include field                             maintenance of natural populations. Behavior in the natural
                                                            trips, laboratories, and lectures. Students are assessed a fee for room                    context. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO
                                                            and board. Required of biology majors in programs for secondary                            111 or 202. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            science certification and environmental science concentration.
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 410: Plant Physiology
                                                            Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 or BIO 201-202. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       (O) Physiological studies of plants, including plant hormones,
                                                            BIO 312: Genetics                                                                          photosynthesis, water and mineral relations, influence of environ-
                                                            (S) Genetic, cytogenetic, biochemical aspects of inheritance. Three                        mental stimuli, and plants in tissue culture. Two lectures, one
                                                            lectures, one three-hour laboratory. To be taken by biology majors                         three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO 210. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            before the end of the junior year. Prerequisite: BIO 210. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 411: Ornithology
                                                            BIO 313: Taxonomy of Vascular Plants                                                       (S) Behavior, environmental relationships, classification and
                                                            (F) Identification of vascular plant families, taxonomy history,                           identification of birds, especially those of Central New York. Early
                                                            classification, nomenclature, economic importance, and natural                             morning field trips. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
                                                            history. Herbarium collection of vascular plants flora required. Two                       Prerequisite: BIO 111 or 202. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111 or
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 412: General Ecology
                                                            BIO 201. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       (F) Interrelations of living organisms and their environment.
                                                            BIO 315: Marine Biology                                                                    Investigations of quantitative, qualitative aspects of environments.
                                                            (F-C) Living organisms in marine environments; ocean habitats,                             Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO 110-
                                                            ecological relationships, utilization. Two lectures, one recitation;                       111 or 201-202. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            one ten-day field trip to the Caribbean in January. Prerequisites:
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 415: Radiation Biology
                                                            BIO 110-111 or 201-202, consent of instructor (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       (O) Effects of ionizing radiation on biological systems at molecule,
                                                            BIO 319: Biological Literature                                                             cellular, organ and organism levels. Two lectures, one three-hour
                                                            (F) Techniques in use of library resources resulting in a compre-                          laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 111 or BIO 201 and 202; CHE 122
                                                            hensive technical bibliography and oral presentation. Recom-                               or 222. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            mended before second semester of junior year. (1 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 418: Fungi
                                                            BIO 323: Field Herpetology                                                                 (F-C) Structure, classification, economic importance, methods of
                                                            (C) Functional ecology, behavior, classification and conservation                          isolating, culturing and identifying the major groups of fungi.
                                                            biology of reptiles and amphibians with emphasis on field                                  Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite:
                                                            investigation of New York species. Involves extensive field work.                          BIO 201. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            Prerequisite: one year of biology. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 419: Plant Cell and Tissue Culture
                                                            BIO 324: Mammalian Anatomy                                                                 (O) Theory, practice of isolation and cloning of plant cells, tissues,
                                                            (S) Structural organization of mammalian organ systems with                                protoplasts. One lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites:
                                                            emphasis on detailed dissections of the integumentary, skeletal,                           BIO 201, 210. (2 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            muscular, respiratory, digestive, urinary, reproductive, circulatory,
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 420: Plant Morphology
                                                            endocrine and nervous systems. Not open to students with credit
                                                                                                                                                       (O) Structure, life histories of vascular and non-vascular plants.
                                                            for both BIO 301 and 302. Two three-hour lecture/laboratories.
                                                                                                                                                       Comparative morphology, evolution. Three lectures, one three-
                                                            Prerequisites: BIO 110 and 111 or BIO 201 and 202. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       hour laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO 110 or 201. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            BIO 401: Invertebrate Zoology
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 421: Plant Anatomy
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            (F-O) Functional morphology, life histories and evolutionary
                                                                                                                                                       (F-C) Structure of cells, tissues and organs of seed plants. Introduc-
                                                            relationships of selected invertebrate phyla. Not open to students
                                                                                                                                                       tion to microtechniques and methods of preparing plant material
                                                            with credit for BIO 501. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
                                                                                                                                                       for microscopic study. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
                                                            Prerequisite: BIO 111 or 202. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       Prerequisite: BIO 201. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            BIO 402: Biology of Vertebrates
                                                                                                                                                       BIO 422: Biological Evolution
                                                            (F-C) Evolution, functional morphology, and behavioral ecology of
                                                                                                                                                       (F) Analysis of the mechanisms of organic evolution, with
                                                            extinct and living vertebrate taxa. Three lectures, one three-hour
                                                                                                                                                       emphasis on the investigative approaches employed in its study.
                                                            laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 110 and 111 or BIO 201 and 202.
                                                                                                                                                       Two two-hour lecture/discussions. Prerequisite: BIO 210, 306 or
                                                            (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                       312. (3 cr. hr.)

  74                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
BIO 426: Plant Systematics                                                                  BIO 502: Comparative Functional Morphology
                                                                                                                                                                            B
(O) Processes and mechanisms of variation in plants with emphasis on                        (O) An examination of the principles and breadth of vertebrate
biochemical evolution, breeding systems, cytology, hybridization,                           functional morphology. Emphasis on the linkage of structure and
pollination biology and polyploidy. Students will have the opportunity                      function from the comparative and phylogenetic perspectives.
to learn modern laboratory techniques used in plant systematics. Three                      Students may not receive credit for both BIO 402 and BIO 502.
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 or                          Prerequisite: Four semesters of biology or permission of the
BIO 201-202. (4 cr. hr.)                                                                    instructor. (3 cr. hr.)
BIO 427: Scientific Photography                                                             BIO 505: Case Studies in Conservation Biology
(S-C) Develop technical skills and learn basic theory for producing                         (M-C) Selected case studies in conservation biology, including




                                                                                                                                                                            BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
highly resolved images with bright field, phase and differential                            conservation of species and genetic diversity, endangered species
interference compound light microscopes. Students will learn                                reintroductions, and the application of geographic information
photographic darkroom techniques, image digitizing, and must                                systems and computer models to the discipline. Not open to
prepare poster/oral presentations of projects. One hour lecture, two                        students with credit for BIO 405. Oral presentation, discussions
hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 or BIO 201-                           and investigative laboratories/field trips. Prerequisites: One year of
202 and permission of instructor. (2 cr. hr.)                                               introductory biology. (3 cr. hr.)
BIO 428: Scanning Electron Microscopy                                                       BIO 508: Entomology
(S-C) Theory and practice of scanning electron microscopy.                                  (C) An overview of insect biology including behavior, ecology,
Training in specimen preparation and use of the scanning electron                           systematics, physiology, morphology, and the economic/medical
microscope to produce highly magnified and resolved images of                               impact of insects on human societies. Not open to students with
biological samples. Students will also learn photographic darkroom                          credit for BIO 408. Prerequisites: A minimum of four semesters of
techniques. Project and paper required. Three hours of lectures/                            biology courses or permission of the instructor. (3 cr. hr.)
demonstrations and three hours of laboratory each week. Prerequi-
                                                                                            BIO 512: Limnology
sites: BIO 201-202, 210; CHE 221-222; recommended PHY 106 or
                                                                                            (F) Aquatic biology covering thermal, physical, chemical attributes
202. Permission of instructor. (4 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            of fresh water and their effect on composition of an aquatic
BIO 434: Advanced Laboratory Experience                                                     ecosystem. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites:
(A) Students serve as assistants in laboratory sections of a biology                        BIO 110 and 111 or BIO 201 and 202; CHE 222. (3 cr. hr.)
course. Includes advanced preparation for lab meetings, weekly
                                                                                            BIO 514: Mammalian Physiology
attendance in the laboratory section while serving as instructional
                                                                                            (F) Functions of mammalian organ systems, including the
assistant in laboratory activities, and meetings with course
                                                                                            integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, endocrine, cardiovascu-
instructor. May be taken twice. Not open to secondary education
                                                                                            lar, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive
majors. H, S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisite: Grade B or better
                                                                                            systems. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: A
in the host course and permission of instructor. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            course in cell biology or equivalent or permission of instructor.
BIO 436: Research Seminar                                                                   (4 cr. hr.) ■
(S) Literature research and project design under the sponsorship of
                                                                                            BIO 516: Controversies in Evolutionary Biology
a faculty member. Fulfills prerequisite for BIO 438. Not open to
                                                                                            (O) Advanced investigations of current areas of debate within
second-semester seniors. May be substituted for BIO 319 but
                                                                                            modern evolutionary biology. Hypotheses addressed range from
credit for both not permitted. Prerequisite: Junior biology major or
                                                                                            levels of selection to evolutionary medicine, with additional topics
consent of chair. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            suggested by students. Includes critical evaluations of readings
BIO 437: Directed Study                                                                     from the current literature (primary, secondary and popular).
(A) Development of technical skills or preliminary investigation of a                       Primarily in a seminar format. Prerequisite: At least four semesters
biological problem. May be taken twice, with different subtitle, for                        of biology courses or permission of the instructor. (3 cr. hr.)
maximum of two credit hours. H, S, U grades are assigned.
                                                                                            BIO 521: Molecular Genetics
Prerequisite: Consent of department. (1-2 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            (F-C) Modern genetic and molecular biological techniques applied
BIO 438: Research in Biology                                                                to a study of genes, their structure, function, mutagenesis, and
(A) Investigation, under faculty supervision, terminated by report                          regulation. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites:
written in scientific format. Presentation of final results to be made                      BIO 312; CHE 301. (4 cr. hr.)
in BIO 436 (Research Seminar). May be repeated for maximum of
                                                                                            BIO 523: Field Mycology
six credit hours. H, S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisite: BIO 437.
                                                                                            (M-C) Emphasis on field and laboratory techniques used in
(2-3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            identifying macrofungi (mushrooms, polypores, stinkhorns, coral
BIO 439: Special Studies in Biology                                                         fungi, jelly fungi, cup fungi, etc.). Skills involving microscopic
(O) Special off-campus studies in biology by individual student.                            preparations and interpretation of cells and tissues, microchemical
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




H, S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisite: Consent of department.                           reactions, and tissue sectioning will be developed. Lecture and
(1-15 cr. hr.)                                                                              laboratory topics will cover morphology, taxonomy, ecology, and
                                                                                            economic importance of macrofungi. Project and paper required.
BIO 501: Advanced Invertebrate Biology
                                                                                            Prerequisite: Year of college-level biology. (3 cr. hr.)
(F-O) Structure and function, evolution, and life histories of major
invertebrate phyla. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory.                              BIO 524: Physiological Ecology
Prerequisite: Four semesters of college-level biology or permission                         (S-C) Physiological responses and adaptation of organisms to
of instructor. Not open to students with credit for BIO 401.                                environmental factors. Prerequisite: Four semesters of undergradu-
(4 cr. hr.)                                                                                 ate biology or permission of instructor. (3 cr. hr.) ■



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   75
C                                                          BIO 525: Developmental Biology                                                             guardians, and community members will be discussed. Includes
                                                           (S) Examination of embryology, molecular aspects of development,                           25 hours of field experience in middle and secondary schools.
                                                           differentiation, regeneration and pattern formation. Three lectures,                       Prerequisites: PSY 232 and AED 391. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                           one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite or corequisite: A course in
                                                           cell biology or equivalent. (4 cr. hr.) ■                                                  AED 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and
                                                                                                                                                      Secondary Schools
                                                           BIO 533: Biology Seminar                                                                   (F) Introduction to aspects of teaching laboratory-based science to
                                                           (O) Selected topics dealing with current issues in biology. May be                         a diverse population of students through the development of a
                                                           taken more than once as subtitle changes. Prerequisite: Consent of                         course syllabus, a comprehensive plan for laboratory safety, and
                                                           instructor. (1-3 cr. hr.)                                                                  lesson plans aligned with state and national learning standards and
CHEMISTRY




                                                                                                                                                      state science core curriculum guides. Twenty-five hours of field
                                                           Related Education Courses                                                                  experience in middle and secondary schools. Prerequisite: AED
                                                           AED 391: Introduction to Adolescence Education                                             442. Corequisite: AED 444. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                           (A) Students will develop a coherent and comprehensive personal
                                                                                                                                                      AED 444: Laboratory Practicum
                                                           educational philosophy; analyze the role of education and teachers                         (A) Opportunity to work with an experienced teacher in the
                                                           in society; demonstrate an understanding of teacher certification                          planning, preparation, and implementation of laboratory exercises
                                                           standards and requirements; evaluate teaching, lesson planning and                         in an introductory, college-level lab course through one-on-one
                                                           implementation and cooperative skills; and develop a portfolio.                            and small group activities. Fulfills 25 hours of field experience
                                                           The course includes 25 hours of field observation/teaching                                 requirement. Corequisite: AED 443. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                           experience. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                      AED 445: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education — Science
                                                           AED 442: Methods I: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and                                (A) Full-time supervised student teaching in two public school
                                                           Secondary Schools
                                                           (F) This course begins with an examination of the history and                              placements: one, eight-week placement at the seventh or eighth grade
                                                           foundations of education, with an emphasis on the history of                               level and one, eight-week placement at the ninth, tenth, eleventh, or
                                                           science education. It then examines disciplinary models and                                twelfth grade level. A discipline-specific student teaching seminar is
                                                           strategies for classroom management. Students will develop tools                           held on campus once during the semester. Prerequisites: PSY 232;
                                                           for measurement and evaluation of performance and achievement                              AED 443; and AED 444. See major department for eligibility criteria.
                                                           for students with diverse abilities and interests. Students will                           S, U grades are assigned. (14 cr. hr.)
                                                           participate in short and long-range lesson planning and curriculum                         EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School
                                                           development. Federal and state laws, policies and procedures for                           (F) Methods, materials and assessment for fostering literacy at the
                                                           dealing with students with disabilities will be examined. Strategies                       middle and secondary levels. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                           for collaborating with administrators, faculty/staff, parents/




                                                           Chemistry                                                                                                      Bowers Hall, Room 38
                                                                                                                                                                          (607) 753-4323
                                                                                                                                                                          E-mail: jeffersp@cortland.edu
                                                           D E PA R T M E N T                                                                                             www.cortland.edu/chemistry


                                                           SCHOOL                                                                                     DESCRIPTION
                                                           Arts and Sciences                                                                          Study of chemistry prepares students for laboratory, sales and
                                                                                                                                                      management positions in industry; for advanced study of
                                                           F A C U LT Y
                                                                                                                                                      chemistry; for teaching careers in chemistry and related sciences.
                                                           Peter M. Jeffers (Chair), M. Gail Phillips, Arden P. Zipp                                  Students use modern chemical instrumentation and are actively
                                                           PROGRAMS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                                      involved in research projects. Learning proceeds through a balance
                                                                                                                                                      of theoretical (classroom) and practical (laboratory) experiences.
                                                           Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry                                                              The program is approved by the American Chemical Society.
                                                           Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
                                                           Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: Chemistry (7-12)                                S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                           Bachelor of Science in Adolescence Education: Chemistry (7-12)                             • Small classes, personal attention
                                                           MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                                      • Student use of the most modern instruments and methods
                                                                                                                                                      • Extensive laboratory experience
  S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                           Chemistry                                                                                  • Opportunities to cooperate with faculty in original research
                                                           Adolescence Education: Chemistry                                                           • Excellent record of graduate school placements and fellowships
                                                           Chemistry leading to the 3+2 Engineering Program
                                                                                                                                                      Requirements
                                                           C O N C E N T R AT I O N O F F E R E D                                                     1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
                                                           Environmental Science                                                                         to the following majors.
                                                           MINORS OFFERED                                                                             2. Liberal Arts Requirements: B.A. – 90 credit hours;
                                                           Chemistry                                                                                     B.S. – 75 credit hours;
                                                                                                                                                         B.S. (in adolescence education) – 60 credit hours.


  76                                                           Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
Major in Chemistry [CHE]                                              B. Related Courses: 28 credit hours
                                                                                                                                             C
Chemistry majors study inorganic, organic, analytical, physical,         MAT 121: Calculus A
and biochemistry, with theoretical and practical laboratory work in      MAT 122: Calculus B
all these areas of modern chemical science.                              PHY 201: Principles of Physics I
                                                                         PHY 202: Principles of Physics II
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                         BIO 110-111: Principles of Biology I and II
• Laboratory technician                                                  GLY 261-262: Physical and Historical Geology
• Sales of chemical products and analytical instruments               C. Required Professional Courses: 38 credit hours
• Research worker in chemical or medical fields                          PSY 101: General Psychology
• With graduate study, high-level industrial and academic




                                                                                                                                             CHEMISTRY
                                                                         PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology
   positions                                                             AED 391: Introduction to Adolescence Education
A. Required Courses: 38-40 credit hours                                  AED 442: Methods I: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle
   CHE 221: General Chemistry I                                                     and Secondary Schools
   CHE 222: General Chemistry II                                         AED 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle
   CHE 301: Organic Chemistry I                                                     and Secondary Schools
   CHE 302: Organic Chemistry II                                         AED 444: Laboratory Practicum
   CHE 304: Organic Chemistry Laboratory II                              AED 445: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education — Science
   CHE 410: Quantitative Analysis                                        HLH 199: Critical School Health Issues
   CHE 411: Chemical Instrumentation                                     SHH 300 or PSY 350: Language Acquisition
   CHE 431: Physical Chemistry I                                         EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle/Secondary Schools
   CHE 432: Physical Chemistry II                                     D. Additional Requirements: 28-33 credit hours
   CHE 470: Advanced Lab * (6 credit hours)                              Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours
   Two electives in chemistry at 300 level or above                      Foreign Language Courses: 0-7 credit hours
   * One credit may be substituted from CHE 442, 453, or 480             Free Elective Courses: 0-1 credit hours
     with prior departmental approval
                                                                      E. Admission to the Major
B. Other: 17-20 credit hours                                             Completion of 45 credit hours with at least a 2.5 grade point
   MAT 115: Preparation for Calculus                                     average overall and at least a 2.5 grade point average in each of
   MAT 121: Calculus A                                                   areas A, B, and C above
   MAT 122: Calculus B
   MAT 425: Methods of Applied Mathematics *                          F. Eligibility for Student Teaching
   or                                                                     To be eligible for AED 445: Student Teaching, a minimum
   MAT 125: Calculus I                                                    overall grade point average of 2.5 is required. Additionally, a
   MAT 126: Calculus II                                                   minimum grade point average of 2.5 is required in each of areas
   MAT 227: Calculus III                                                  A, B, and C above. A minimum of 24 credit hours in chemistry
   * Or a math course selected in consultation with advisor               courses and 22 credit hours in related science and math courses
                                                                          is needed. CHE 221, 222, 301, 340; BIO 110/201; 111/202;
  Plus:                                                                   PHY 201; GLY 261; MAT 121, 122; PSY 101, 232; and AED
   PHY 201: Principles of Physics I                                       391, 442, 443, 444 must be completed before the student
   PHY 202: Principles of Physics II                                      teaching experience.
  Plus:                                                               G. Other
   14-27 credit hours of free electives                                  Specific information regarding requirements (for example,
   B.S. – Foreign Language – 0-7 credit hours                            state examinations and reporting of child abuse and maltreat-
                                                                         ment) for New York State teaching certification can be found
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                          on page 41 of this catalog.
                                                                      TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
Major in Adolescence Education: Chemistry (7-12)
[ACH]
This major leads to New York State certification to teach chemistry   Major in Chemistry with a concentration in
in grades 7-12.                                                       Environmental Science [CHE/ENVS]
    Students will be accepted to the program after 45 credit hours    This program is designed to familiarize the student with the
have been completed. At that time students must have an overall       interdisciplinary nature of environmental problems. In addition to
grade point average of 2.5 and a grade point average of 2.5 in        the College’s General Education requirement for the bachelor or
chemistry, related areas and the professional preparation courses.    science or bachelor of arts degree, the following courses are
                                                                      required.
                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




A. Required Courses: 30 credit hours
   CHE 221: General Chemistry I                                       A. Required Courses: 50 credit hours
   CHE 222: General Chemistry II                                         BIO 110-111:* Principles of Biology I and II or
   CHE 301: Organic chemistry I                                          BIO 201-202: Biological Sciences I and II
   CHE 340: Inorganic Chemistry                                          BIO 412: General Ecology
   CHE 410: Quantitative Analysis                                        CHE 221-222: General Chemistry I and II
   CHE 431: Physical Chemistry I                                         GLY 261: Physical Geology
   CHE 470: Advanced Lab (CHE 470-10 and 470-20 plus                     GLY 367: Geomorphology
              two elective modules)                                      GLY 371: Meteorology
   Two chemistry electives                                               GLY 492: Planning and Land Use Topics: Internship

                                                                                                                                             77
C                                                             MAT 121-122:** Calculus A and B                                  D. Courses at the cooperating engineering institution:
                                                              PHY 201-202: Principles of Physics I and II                         For the additional degree in engineering the student will take
                                                              ENS 486: Seminar in Environmental Science                           courses at the cooperating engineering institution. A maximum
                                                                                                                                  30 hours of courses approved by the cooperating institution will
                                                              * Biology majors take BIO 201-202
                                                                                                                                  be transferred to Cortland to complete the 124 hours required
                                                              ** Physics majors take MAT 125-126
                                                                                                                                  to earn the degree.
                                                           B. Related Courses: 6 credit hours
                                                              Two courses to be chosen from the following (may also fulfill    TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                              General Education requirements).
                                                              ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics                            Minor in Chemistry [CHE]
CHEMISTRY




                                                              ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                    A. Required Courses:
                                                              GRY 120: Cultural Geography                                         CHE 221, 222, and 301 plus sufficient chemistry electives at
                                                              GRY 221: Social Geography                                           the 300-level or above to total at least 19 credit hours.
                                                              POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics
                                                                                                                               TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 19
                                                              SOC 150: Introduction to Sociology
                                                              Two courses from the same department are not permitted.
                                                                                                                               Example of the undergraduate degree in
                                                              Sufficient complementary courses shall be taken to fulfill the   Chemistry over four years
                                                              124 hours required to earn the degree.
                                                           C. Additional Requirements for chemistry majors: 35 credit hours
                                                              CHE 301-302: Organic Chemistry I and II                                   First Year                    Second Year
                                                              CHE 304: Organic Chemistry Laboratory II                                                         Fall
                                                              CHE 410: Quantitative Analysis
                                                                                                                               Fall
                                                              CHE 411: Chemical Instrumentation                                CHE 221                         CHE 301
                                                              CHE 431: Physical Chemistry I                                    MAT 125                         MAT 227
                                                              CHE 470: Advanced Lab                                            CPN 100 or 102                  PHY 201
                                                              Chemistry Electives                                              ECO 105                         HIS 110
                                                              MAT 201: Statistical Methods                                     POL 110                         ENG 200

                                                           TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                     Spring                          Spring
                                                                                                                               CHE 222                         CHE 302
                                                           Major in Chemistry leading to the 3 + 2                             MAT 126                         CHE 304
                                                           Engineering Program [CEN]                                           CPN 101                         PHY 202
                                                           This program leads to the award of the bachelor of science in       ANT 102                         SCI 320
                                                           chemistry from SUNY Cortland and the bachelor of science in         ATH 120                         MUS 100
                                                           engineering from a cooperating institution — State University
                                                           College of Ceramics at Alfred University, Binghamton University,             Third Year                    Fourth Year
                                                           State University Center at Buffalo, Case Western Reserve Univer-
                                                           sity or Clarkson University.                                        Fall                            Fall
                                                                                                                               CHE 431                         CHE 470: Adv. Lab 5/6
                                                           Requirements for the chemistry major under the program include:     CHE 410                         CHE 340
                                                                                                                               CHE 451                         CHE 480
                                                           A. Study within the major area:
                                                                                                                               CHE 470: Adv. Lab 1/2
                                                              38 hours in chemistry including CHE 221, 222, 301, 302,
                                                                                                                               ATS 103
                                                              304, 410, 411, 431, 432, 470 (for four credits), 434, and 451
                                                                                                                               CHE 133
                                                              (or 540). Up to nine additional hours of engineering and
                                                              chemistry courses taken at the cooperating engineering           Spring                          Spring
                                                              institution in the fourth and fifth years may be used toward
                                                              meeting American Chemical Society certification requirements     CHE 432                         CHE 452
                                                                                                                               CHE 411                         CHE 360
                                                           B. Courses in Related Areas:                                        CHE 470: Adv. Lab 3/4           CHE 480
                                                              Twelve hours in mathematics including MAT 125, 126, 227,         ENG 204                         BIO 110
                                                              and 430; and eight hours in physics including PHY 201 and        PHY 150                         CAP 350
                                                              202
  S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                           C. Additional Courses:
                                                              Six hours of English composition; 21 hours in General
                                                              Education




  78
                                                                                                                                                                            C
Chemistry                                                                                   CHE 302: Organic Chemistry II
                                                                                            (S) Three lectures. Prerequisite: CHE 301. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            CHE 304: Organic Chemistry Laboratory II
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                                                         (S) Synthetic, analytical techniques in organic chemistry. Includes
                                                                                            spectroscopy, chromatography. Prerequisite: CHE 301; pre- or
                                                                                            corequisite CHE 302. (1 cr. hr.)
CHE 121: Elementary Chemistry I
                                                                                            CHE 340: Inorganic Chemistry
(A) Concepts underlying chemical reactions. Application of                                  (S) Structures and reactivities of elements and compounds
chemical processes and materials to daily life. Not open to science                         emphasizing modern theories of bonding and periodicity. Prerequi-




                                                                                                                                                                            CHEMISTRY
or math majors. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory.                                    site: CHE 221-222. (3 cr. hr.) ■
(4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            CHE 360: Introductory Radiochemistry
CHE 122: Elementary Chemistry II
                                                                                            (O) Radioactivity, interactions with matter, detection, characteriza-
(S) Continuation of CHE 121. Not open to science or math                                    tion and application of radioisotope techniques in study of physical
majors. Prerequisite: CHE 121. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                and biological systems. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
CHE 125: Chemistry and the Environment                                                      Prerequisite: CHE 222. (3 cr. hr.) ■
(O) Basic chemical principles applying to understanding modern
                                                                                            CHE 410: Quantitative Analysis
environmental problems; food, materials, energy, pollution.                                 (F) Theory, methodology of modern chemical analysis. Volumetric,
Cannot be applied toward chemistry major or minor. Three                                    electrochemical and spectrophotometric methods. Three lectures.
lectures and/or demonstrations. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                               Prerequisite: CHE 222. (3 cr. hr.) ■
CHE 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Chemistry
                                                                                            CHE 411: Chemical Instrumentation
Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.                           (S) Theory of instrumental design. Application to a variety of
Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content                          spectrophotometric techniques in chemistry. Three lectures.
and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)                                                 Prerequisite: CHE 222. (3 cr. hr.)
CHE 133: Glassblowing
                                                                                            CHE 434: Engineering Thermodynamics
(A) Basic skills in working solid rod and hollow tubing with a gas-                         (S) Fundamentals of classical thermodynamics from engineering
oxygen torch. One demonstration, four-six hours practice per                                perspective. Properties of pure substances and use of thermodynamic
week. Not allowed for General Education science credit or minor                             tables, control volume analysis, heat engines and refrigerators.
in chemistry. (2 cr. hr.)                                                                   (3 cr. hr.) ■
CHE 190: Chemical Bases of Health and Fitness
                                                                                            CHE 442: Advance Preparations
(S) Background for understanding exercise physiology. Chemical                              (A) Synthesis problems and techniques in organic and inorganic
structure of foods and tissues, biochemical synthesis, blood                                chemistry. Preparation may involve glassblowing and other
chemistry, energy and thermodynamics, chemical kinetics. Cannot                             specialized techniques. Not allowed for General Education science
be applied toward chemistry major or minor. Previous experience                             credit or minor in chemistry. Prerequisite: Consent of department.
in chemistry recommended. Two lectures, one three-hour lab.                                 (1-3 cr. hr.)
(3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            CHE 451: Introductory Biochemistry I
CHE 221: General Chemistry I                                                                (F) Compounds, reactions of biological importance, amino acids,
(F) Atomic theory, structure, chemical bonding. Application of                              nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, vitamins, enzyme
thermodynamic, structural and kinetic considerations to inorganic                           systems, digestion, absorption and pathways of intermediary
systems. Electrochemistry, quantitative analysis, other current                             metabolism. Three lectures. Prerequisite: CHE 301. (3 cr. hr.) ■
topics. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            CHE 452: Introductory Biochemistry II
CHE 222: General Chemistry II                                                               (O) Three lectures. Prerequisite: CHE 451. (3 cr. hr.) ■
(S) Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Honors laboratory
section available. Prerequisite: CHE 221. (4 cr. hr.) ■                                     CHE 453: Introductory Biochemistry Lab II
                                                                                            (O) Laboratory practice with biochemical substances and experiments
CHE 224: Problem-Solving in General Chemistry I                                             illustrating chemical reactions which may occur in biological systems.
Methods of solving problems in general chemistry: stoichiometry,                            Concurrent with, or after, CHE 451. (1 cr. hr.)
atomic and molecular structure, bonding. Corequisite: CHE 221.
S, U grading. Cannot be applied toward chemistry minor.                                     CHE 470: Advanced Lab
(1 cr. hr.)                                                                                 (A) Laboratory work in 1) analysis; 2) equilibrium; 3) thermo-
                                                                                            dynamics; 4) kinetics; 5) spectroscopy; and other areas. Offered
CHE 225: Problem-Solving in General Chemistry II                                            each quarter. Two three-hour labs. May be taken eight times as
Methods of solving problems in general chemistry: thermodynam-
                                                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                            subtitle changes. Prerequisite: Consent of department. Modules
ics, kinetics, chemical equilibrium. Corequisite: CHE 222. S, U                             1 and 2 offered in fall; 3, 4 and 5 offered in spring. (1 cr. hr.) ■
grading. Cannot be applied toward chemistry minor. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            CHE 480: Independent Research
CHE 301: Organic Chemistry I                                                                (A) Limited to qualified upperclassmen. May be taken for total of
(F) Organic compounds, their structure, properties, relationships,                          six credits. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (1-3 cr. hr.)
synthesis and uses. Three lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prerequisite: CHE 221 and 222. (4 cr. hr.) ■




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS    79
C                                                         CHE 499: Chemistry Tutoring                                                                AED 442: Methods I: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and
                                                          (A) Tutoring lower-level chemistry students taking courses using                           Secondary Schools
                                                          personalized instruction method (Keller Plan). Students act as                             (F) This course begins with an examination of the history and foundations
                                                          tutors for four-and-a-half hours a week, attend half hour discus-                          of education, with an emphasis on the history of science education. It then
                                                                                                                                                     examines disciplinary models and strategies for classroom management.
                                                          sions a week. May be taken up to three times for maximum of
                                                                                                                                                     Students will develop tools for measurement and evaluation of perfor-
                                                          three credit hours provided a different course is tutored each time.                       mance and achievement for students with diverse abilities and interests.
                                                          Not applicable to chemistry minor. Prerequisites: B average in                             Students will participate in short and long-range lesson planning and
                                                          chemistry courses; consent of instructor. H, S, U grades are                               curriculum development. Federal and state laws, policies and procedures
                                                          assigned. (1 cr. hr.)                                                                      for dealing with students with disabilities will be examined. Strategies for
                                                                                                                                                     collaborating with administrators, faculty/staff, parents/guardians, and
CHEMISTRY




                                                          CHE 500: Advanced Organic Chemistry
                                                                                                                                                     community members will be discussed. Includes 25 hours of field
                                                          (O) Reaction mechanisms, physical organic chemistry and                                    experience in middle and secondary schools. Prerequisites: PSY 232 and
                                                          theoretical concepts in organic chemistry; recent developments.                            EDU 391. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          Prerequisites: CHE 302. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                     AED 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and
                                                          CHE 531: Physical Chemistry I                                                              Secondary Schools
                                                          (F) Kinetic theory of gases, thermodynamics, introductory                                  (F) Introduction to aspects of teaching laboratory-based science to
                                                          quantum chemistry, chemical bonding. Molecular spectroscopy.                               a diverse population of students through the development of a
                                                          (Also listed as PHY 531). (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                    course syllabus, a comprehensive plan for laboratory safety, and
                                                                                                                                                     lesson plans aligned with state and national learning standards and
                                                          CHE 532: Physical Chemistry II
                                                          (S) Chemical kinetics, solid and liquid states, phase equilibria,                          state science core curriculum guides. Twenty-five hours of field
                                                          properties of solutions and surface chemistry. Prerequisite: CHE                           experience in middle and secondary schools. Prerequisite: AED
                                                          531. (Also listed as PHY 532). (3 cr. hr.) ■                                               442. Corequisite: AED 444. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                     AED 444: Laboratory Practicum
                                                          CHE 540: Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
                                                          (F) Periodic relationships occurring among elements and their com-                         (F) Opportunity to work with an experienced teacher in the
                                                          pounds. Current theories of atomic structure, bonding, acid-base                           planning, preparation, and implementation of laboratory exercises
                                                          behavior and coordination. Prerequisite: CHE 531. (3 cr. hr.)                              in an introductory, college-level lab course through one-on-one
                                                                                                                                                     and small group activities. Fulfills twenty-five hours of field
                                                          Related Education Courses                                                                  experience requirement. Corequisite: AED 443. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                     AED 445: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education — Science
                                                          AED 391: Introduction to Adolescence Education
                                                                                                                                                     (A) Full-time supervised student teaching in two public school
                                                          (A) Students will develop a coherent and comprehensive personal
                                                                                                                                                     placements: one, eight-week placement at the seventh or eighth grade
                                                          educational philosophy; analyze the role of education and teachers
                                                                                                                                                     level and one, eight-week placement at the ninth, tenth, eleventh, or
                                                          in society; demonstrate an understanding of teacher certification
                                                                                                                                                     twelfth grade level. A discipline-specific student teaching seminar is
                                                          standards and requirements; evaluate teaching, lesson planning and
                                                                                                                                                     held on campus once during the semester. Prerequisites: PSY 232;
                                                          implementation and cooperative skills; and develop a portfolio.
                                                                                                                                                     AED 443; and AED 444. See major department for eligibility criteria.
                                                          The course includes 25 hours of field observation/teaching
                                                                                                                                                     S, U grades are assigned. (14 cr. hr.)
                                                          experience. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                     EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School
                                                                                                                                                     (F) Methods, materials and assessment for fostering literacy at the
                                                                                                                                                     middle and secondary levels. (3 cr. hr.)




                                                          Cinema Study                                                                                                   Dowd Fine Arts Center, Room 49
                                                                                                                                                                         (607) 753-5458
                                                                                                                                                                         E-mail: hollenback@cortland.edu
                                                          INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM

                                                          SCHOOL                                                                                     and Culture (ICC), History, Performing Arts, Philosophy, Political
                                                          Arts and Sciences                                                                          Science and Psychology Departments. The minor is coordinated
                                                                                                                                                     through the Communication Studies Department.
                                                          F A C U LT Y
                                                                                                                                                     S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                          David A. Hollenback (Coordinator)
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                                     • Internships
                                                          MINORS OFFERED                                                                             • Independent study – such as, filmmaking with video cameras
                                                          Cinema Study                                                                               • Editing
                                                          DESCRIPTION                                                                                Minor in Cinema Study [CIN]
                                                          The “nonproduction” interdisciplinary minor in cinema study is
                                                                                                                                                     At least 18 hours in cinema study courses including CIN 101 and
                                                          designed for those who are studying film from the point of view of
                                                                                                                                                     CIN 102.
                                                          criticism, history and appreciation instead of as a trade to be learned.
                                                          Courses are taught by members of the Art and Art History, Commu-                           TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18
                                                          nication Studies, English, Geography, International Communications

 80                                                           Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
                                                                                                                                                                            C
Cinema Study
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CIN 101: History of the Cinema I: The Silent Era                                            CIN 305: Film Criticism
(F-C) Evolution of the motion picture from early beginnings to the                          (O) Close study of a number of selected films, domestic and
1930s. Film concepts, film appreciation. Study of representative                            foreign, from aesthetic, technical perspectives. Extensive writing of




                                                                                                                                                                            CINEMA STUDY
films from the U.S. and abroad. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                               reviews, critiques aimed at different media. High level of writing
                                                                                            proficiency expected. Prerequisite: Any English literature course at
CIN 102: History of the Cinema II: The Sound Era
                                                                                            the 200 level. (Also listed as ENG 305.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
(S-C) History of film from early 1940s to present. Filmmaker as artist,
humanist. Emphasis on great international directors. (3 cr. hr.) ■                          CIN 335: Music and the Film
                                                                                            (O) Style, historical significance, contributions of selected film
CIN 129, 229, 329, 429: Special Topics in Cinema Studies
                                                                                            composers through a study of their musical techniques and viewing
Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
                                                                                            of representative films. Relationship of music to dramatic and
Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
                                                                                            psychological elements of film. Prerequisite: MUS 100 or 221 or
and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            222. (Also listed as MUS 335). (3 cr. hr.) ■
CIN 210: Racial and Gender Role Stereotypes
                                                                                            CIN 374: Politics and the Arts Film
(A) Focus on racial and gender role awareness and attitudes in
                                                                                            (O) Interpretations, analysis of political life rendered by major
individuals. Prejudice and discrimination against ethnic minorities
                                                                                            films and directors; relation between politics and culture.
and women are examined, from both historical and contemporary
                                                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■
perspectives. Also, the causes and consequences of prejudice and
discrimination are discussed. (Also listed as AAS 210, PSY 210.)                            CIN 400: Tutorial in Cinema Study
(3 cr. hr.)                                                                                 (A) Advanced study in selected areas. Prerequisites: CIN 101, 102;
                                                                                            consent of coordinator. (3 cr. hr.)
CIN 225: Aesthetics and Film
(O) Theoretical issues surrounding film, including: the nature of                           CIN 432: African Americans in Television and Film
film and judgments about film; comparison of film theories and                              (F) Historical and critical examination of the evolution of African
theories of film criticism; genres. Prerequisite: three hours of                            American images in screen and TV from the early 1900s to the
philosophy. (Also listed as PHI 235.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                                         present. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (Also listed as AAS 432
                                                                                            and COM 432). (3 cr. hr.) ■
CIN 251: History and Film
(B) Use of films as historical sources and/or statements of historical                      CIN 493: Foreign Films in Translation
work. May be repeated with different subtitle: Twentieth Century                            (O) Analysis of translated texts of 12 films. Critical works on these
England, Twentieth Century France, Twentieth Century Germany,                               films, subsequent viewing of films. Subtitles vary. (Also listed as
The U.S. in the Thirties, The Medieval World Reconstructed,                                 FLT 493.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
Russian History and Film. (Also listed as HIS 351.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
CIN 260: Geography and Film
(O) Select problems in cultural geography as exhibited through
film. May be repeated with different subtitle: Social Geography of
England, Comparative Cultural Geographies — India and Brazil,
Race Issues in Southern Africa. (Also listed as AAS 260, GRY 260.)
(3 cr. hr.)
CIN 270: The Sports Film
(O) Film and sport in a symbiotic relationship: film will be taught
in light of sport and sport in light of film. Films used will be
instructional, documentary and feature. (3 cr. hr.) ■
CIN 278: Introduction to Film and Short Fiction
(O) Introduction to analysis, interpretation of films and short
fiction through study of selected short stories, novelettes, film
scripts, films. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (Also listed as
ENG 278.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




CIN 304: Introduction to Play and Script Writing
(O) Practical and theoretical instruction in basics of play and script
writing. Prerequisite: Any English literature course at the 200 level.
(Also listed as ENG 304.) (3 cr. hr.)




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   81
 C
                                                                Communication Studies                                                                     Dowd Fine Arts Center, Room 224
                                                                                                                                                          (607) 753-4201
                                                                                                                                                          E-mail: kaltefc@cortland.edu
                                                                D E PA R T M E N T                                                                        www.cortland.edu/speech/

                                                                SCHOOL                                                               The major’s 36 credit hours must be taken from the following:
                                                                Arts and Sciences                                                    A. Required Core Courses: 21 credit hours
                                                                                                                                        COM 100: Human Communication
                                                                F A C U LT Y
                                                                                                                                        COM 200: Communication History
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S T U D I E S




                                                                Caroline Kaltefleiter (Chair), John C. Hartsock, David A.               COM 203: Introduction to Media Writing
                                                                Hollenback, Samuel L. Kelley, Kathleen A. Lawrence, Thomas O.           COM 210: Fundamentals of Public Speaking or
                                                                Mwanika, Syed H. Pasha, Paul R. Van der Veur                            COM 300: Interpersonal Communication
                                                                PROGRAMS OFFERED                                                        COM 301: Mass Media and Society
                                                                                                                                        COM 304: Communication Research
                                                                Bachelor of Arts in Communication Studies                               COM 400: Communication Law and Ethics
                                                                MAJORS OFFERED                                                       B. Courses in Concentration: 12 credit hours
                                                                Communication Studies                                                C. Elective in Communication Studies: 3 hours
                                                                C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D                             Major in Communication Studies with a
                                                                Electronic Communication, Journalism, Criticism and Culture,         concentration in Electronic Communication [ELCO]
                                                                Media Production, Public Relations and Advertising,                  Prepares students for computer-assisted media careers. Job opportun-
                                                                Organizational Communication, Health Communication                   ities include positions in Web design, desktop publishing, magazines,
                                                                MINORS OFFERED                                                       newspapers, and new media sites. Preparation also includes theoretical
                                                                                                                                     grounding so students can play a role in shaping emerging new media.
                                                                Communication Studies
                                                                                                                                     A. Prerequisites
                                                                DESCRIPTION                                                              CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications
                                                                The communication studies major focuses on the scholarly                 CAP 235: Presentation Graphics
                                                                analysis and application of human communication in all its               CAP 236: Desktop Publishing
                                                                phases. It prepares students for careers as communication                CAP 237: Electronic Communication
                                                                specialists in the public or private sector and in the mass media.   B. Required Courses
                                                                Communication studies majors receive a bachelor of arts degree           COM 110: Introduction to New Media
                                                                from a balanced program emphasizing theory, analysis, writing,           COM 350: New Communication Media
                                                                and practical application through campus media and an extensive
                                                                                                                                     C. Choose at least two from
                                                                internship program. Significant study abroad work is available
                                                                                                                                         COM 303: International Communication
                                                                through the University of North London. Cortland communica-
                                                                                                                                         COM 345: News Editing and Design
                                                                tion studies graduates have careers in business, government,
                                                                                                                                         COM 349: Multi-Media Production
                                                                journalism, radio-television, electronic communication, advertis-
                                                                                                                                         COM 412: Computer Assisted Reporting
                                                                ing, public relations, and other areas.
                                                                                                                                     TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                                • Internships                       • Study abroad                   Major in Communication Studies with a
                                                                • WSUC-FM                           • CSTV-60
                                                                                                                                     concentration in Journalism [JOUR]
                                                                • Dragon Chronicle                  • ETC.
                                                                • Cortland County Chamber of Commerce Speech Contest                 Prepares students for careers in journalism and related fields, as well
                                                                • Society of Professional Journalists (SPJ) Sigma Delta Chi          as how to critically examine journalism practice. Job opportunities
                                                                                                                                     include writing, scripting, editing and producing for newspapers,
                                                                Requirements                                                         magazines, radio, television, online journals and newsletters.
                                                                1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog         A. Required Courses
                                                                   apply to the following majors.                                       COM 323: Intermediate News Writing and Reporting
                                                                2. Liberal Arts Requirements – 90 credit hours                          COM 332: Readings in Journalism
                                                                                                                                     B. Choose at least one course from each group
                                                                Major in Communication Studies [COM]                                    Group A
       S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                A broad-based, balanced, and flexible curriculum offering a             COM 310: Feature and Opinion Writing
                                                                background in theory, analysis, writing, and practical application      COM 344: Photojournalism
                                                                through class work, campus media, internship and international          COM 345: News Editing and Design
                                                                study opportunities.                                                    COM 412: Computer-Assisted Reporting
                                                                CAREER POTENTIAL                                                        Group B
                                                                                                                                        COM 331: Issues in News
                                                                • Television/radio/journalism       • Government/business
                                                                                                                                        COM 333: Critical and Cultural Analysis in Communication Studies
                                                                • Public relations/advertising      • Electronic communication
                                                                                                                                        COM 346: Advanced Journalism
                                                                                                                                        COM 431: Communication and Prejudice
                                                                                                                                        COM 433: Literary Journalism
                                                                                                                                     TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
     82
Major in Communication Studies with a                                  A. Required Courses
                                                                                                                                                C
concentration in Criticism and Culture [CRCU]                             COM 421: Mass Media Advertising
Prepares students for careers as communications critics and               COM 422: Public Relations
continued study at graduate level. Job opportunities include           B. Choose at least one course from each group
positions as entertainment, new and popular culture critics,              Group A
columnists and editorial writers and, for those seeking upper-level       COM 310: Feature and Opinion Writing
degrees, academic research and teaching at the college level.             COM 323: Intermediate News Writing and Reporting
A. Required Courses                                                       Group B
   COM 302: Intercultural Communication                                   COM 210: Fundamentals of Public Speaking




                                                                                                                                               C O M M U N I C AT I O N S T U D I E S
   COM 333: Critical and Cultural Analysis in Communication               COM 311: Interviewing Principles and Practices
              Studies                                                     COM 312: Media Performance
B. Choose at least one course from each group                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
   Group A
   COM 212: General Semantics                                          Major in Communication Studies with a
   COM 330: Semiotics and Structuralism in Communication               concentration in Organizational Communication
   COM 410: Communication and Social Change
                                                                       [ORCO]
   COM 430: Media Criticism
   COM 431: Communication and Prejudice                                Prepares students for careers as communications professionals in
   COM 443: Rhetorical Theory                                          both public and private organizations. Job opportunities include
   Group B                                                             communications analyst, speech analyst, writer, public affairs
   COM 303: International Communication                                officer, leadership/staff trainer and organizational communication
   COM 432: African Americans in Television and Film                   designer/researcher/coordinator.
   COM 433: Literary Journalism                                        A. Required Courses
   COM 434: Gender Communication                                          COM 320: Organizational Communication
   COM 436: Films of Spike Lee                                            COM 340: Small Group Communication
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                        B. Choose at least one course from each group
                                                                          Group A
Major in Communication Studies with a                                     COM 212: General Semantics
                                                                          COM 311: Interviewing Principles and Practices
concentration in Media Production [MEPD]
Prepares students for careers in sound and video digital produc-          Group B
tion. Job opportunities include positions in broadcast radio and          COM 310: Feature and Opinion Writing
television, filmmaking, broadcast journalism, cable networks and          COM 421: Mass Media Advertising
corporate video production.                                               COM 422: Public Relations
A. Required Courses                                                    TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
   COM 322: Intermediate Writing for Radio and Television
   COM 430: Media Criticism                                            Major in Communication Studies with a
B. Choose at least one course from each group                          concentration in Health Communication [HECO]
   Group A                                                             Prepares students for careers as professional communicators in entry-
   COM 243: Studio Television Production                               level health positions in government, private businesses, community
   COM 342: Field Television Production                                health services and nonprofit agencies. Job opportunities include
   Group B                                                             health communications specialist/researcher/educator/coordinator/
   COM 242: Audio Production                                           evaluator/consultant, as well as in health-related public relations.
   COM 312: Radio and Television Performance                           A. Required Courses
   COM 343: Broadcast Journalism                                          HLH 203: Community Health
   COM 349: Multi-Media Production                                        COM 450: Health Communication
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                        B. Choose at least one course from each group
                                                                          Group A
Major in Communication Studies with a                                     COM 212: General Semantics
concentration in Public Relations and Advertising                         COM 300: Interpersonal Communication
[PRAD]                                                                    COM 302: Intercultural Communication
                                                                          COM 303: International Communication
                                                                                                                                                          S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




Provides students for careers in public relations and advertising in
both corporate settings and nonprofit organizations. This concen-         COM 451: Environmental Communication
tration provides students grounding in theory, method and                 COM 452: Risk Communication
application in the areas of public relations and advertising. Job         Group B
opportunities in the private and public sector include public             HLH 111: International Health and Culture
relations manager, campaign manager, advertising executive,               HLH 201: Health Problems of the Underserved
marketing director and promotions manager.                                HLH 360: Health Administration and Planning
                                                                          HLH 394: Health Related Behavior: Formation and Change
                                                                       TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124



                                                                                                                                                   83
 C                                                                  Note: No more than 18 transfer credit hours in communication                          Minor in Communication Studies [COM]
                                                                studies may count toward the fulfillment of major requirements. No                        Students in any major other than communication studies may
                                                                more than 45 communication studies credit hours (including transfer                       declare a minor in communication studies. A total of 21 semester
                                                                credit) may be counted toward graduation requirements. Students may                       hours of course work is required for the minor distributed as follows:
                                                                double-concentrate in the major, provided they stay within maximum
                                                                                                                                                          A. COM 100: Human Communication
                                                                credit hour requirements.
                                                                    Participation in newspaper, radio, or television (COM 390, COM                        B. Any three remaining core courses
                                                                393, COM 394), departmental or co-op education internship during                          C. Two courses from those required in any single concentration
                                                                third or fourth year (COM 399 or CPV 400), and/or study abroad                            D. One three-hour COM elective
                                                                during junior or senior year are strongly recommended.
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S T U D I E S




                                                                                                                                                              Note: No more than 10 transfer semester credit
                                                                                                                                                              hours in communication studies may count toward the minor in
                                                                                                                                                              communication studies.
                                                                Example of the undergraduate degree in                                                    TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 21
                                                                Communication Studies over four years
                                                                   The sample program listed below is given as a model only.
                                                                Students should consult an advisor to obtain up-to-date
                                                                program requirements and to formulate a degree plan.                                      Communication
                                                                Fall
                                                                               First Year
                                                                                                            Fall
                                                                                                                   Second Year
                                                                                                                                                          Studies
                                                                GE 1                                        GE 8b
                                                                                                                                                          COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                GE 4                                        GE 3
                                                                COM 100                                     COM 203 (WI)                                  COM 100: Human Communication
                                                                Foreign language 101                        Foreign language 201                          (A) An introduction to basic communication concepts, principles
                                                                CPN 100 or 102                              COM 301                                       and practices; consideration of theories and models, language,
                                                                COR 101 (required)                                                                        perception, audiences, messages, technologies, mass media,
                                                                Total credit hours: 17                      Total credit hours: 15                        persuasion, and intercultural communication with practical
                                                                                                                                                          application in various contexts. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                Spring                                      Spring
                                                                                                                                                          COM 110: Introduction to New Media
                                                                GE 2                                        GE 6 (WI)                                     (B) Introduction to the rapidly changing scope of new media and
                                                                GE 5                                        GE 8a                                         an examination of the technical and commercial implications of
                                                                COM 200                                     COM 210                                       this epic change in our everyday lives. Exploration of new media
                                                                Foreign language 102                        Foreign language 202                          from sociological, economic, and historical perspectives. Prerequi-
                                                                CPN 101 or 103                              CAP 100 (or equivalent)                       site: CAP 100. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                            Participation course
                                                                Total credit hours: 15                      Total credit hours: 17                        COM 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Communication Studies
                                                                                                                                                          Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
                                                                                                                                                          Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
                                                                         Third Year                                 Fourth Year                           and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
                                                                Fall                                        Fall                                          COM 200: Communication History
                                                                GE 7                                        Internship or                                 (A) Survey of the mass media from an historical perspective, with
                                                                Quantitative skills (may also               Study Abroad or                               an emphasis on the social, political and economic environments in
                                                                  count toward second                       Learning Community                            which those media developed. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                  concentration)                                                                          COM 201: Writing for Radio and Television
                                                                COM 110                                                                                   (B) Theories, message-design principles of electronic media
                                                                COM 300                                                                                   writing; preparation of commercials, public service announce-
                                                                CAP 235, 236, 237 (or                                                                     ments, news stories, features, public relations copy. Prerequisite: CPN
                                                                  equivalent)                                                                             101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                Participation course
                                                                Total credit hours: 16                      Total credit hours: 16                        COM 202: News Writing and Reporting
                                                                                                                                                          (B) Basic course covering techniques for print and broadcast news
       S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                Spring                                      Spring                                        writing. Focus on basic writing skills, news values and principles,
                                                                                                                                                          basic research and reporting, basic editing skills and news analysis.
                                                                COM 304                                     COM 400                                       Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                COM 110 or 350                              COM 303, 345, 349, or 412
                                                                COM 303, 345, or 412                        Three free electives (minor or                COM 203: Introduction to Media Writing
                                                                Two free electives (minor or                  double concentration)                       (A) Introduction to theories, techniques, and formats used in writing
                                                                  double concentration)                                                                   for communication contexts. Basic skills exercises in writing news
                                                                Participation course                                                                      (for print and broadcast) features, entertainment, public relations,
                                                                Total credit hours: 16                      Total credit hours: 15                        media, and research. Prerequisites: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.)



     84                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
COM 210: Fundamentals of Public Speaking                                                   COM 304: Communication Research
                                                                                                                                                                             C
(A) Oral communication: selection, organization, presentation of                           (A) Introduction to behavioral science research methods in
ideas. Study of principles, application through oral practice.                             communication study. Topics include problem formulation;
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              measurement; hypothesis testing; design; sampling; questionnaire
                                                                                           construction and interviewing; data collection, analysis and
COM 211: Introduction to Language Study
                                                                                           presentation. (3 cr. hr.) ■
(B) Concepts, scope, methodology of science of language.
Principles of descriptive and historical linguistics. Geographical,                        COM 310: Feature and Opinion Writing
historical, social dialects of English. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103.                      (B) Traditional, nontraditional features, feature interviews,
(Also listed as ENG 201 and ANT 251.) (3 cr. hr.)                                          background features, editorials, columns, reviews. Prerequisite:




                                                                                                                                                                            C O M M U N I C AT I O N S T U D I E S
                                                                                           CPN 101or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■
COM 212: General Semantics
(B) Problems in use of words in communication and interpreting                             COM 311: Interviewing Principles and Practices
meaning. Analysis of semantic breakdowns which lead to misun-                              (B) Analysis of principles, techniques of interviewing in various
derstanding and conflict. Prerequisites: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■                            contexts including selection, appraisal and persuasive interviews.
                                                                                           Emphasis is on communication between two people. Includes
COM 230: Statistical Methods
                                                                                           assessment of interviewing preparation, questioning techniques,
(A) Basic concepts of probability, descriptive and inferential statistics
                                                                                           post interview evaluation, and bases of interpersonal communica-
including central tendency, variability, correlation, regression,
                                                                                           tion of special significance within this context. Prerequisite:
parametric tests. Mathematics majors may take course only as a free
                                                                                           COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■
elective. (Also listed as MAT/PSY 201; ECO 221.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           COM 312: Radio and Television Performance
COM 240: Parliamentary Procedure
                                                                                           (C) A practical introduction to the various modes of media
(O) Theory, practice of handling all categories of motions in
                                                                                           performance. Students work on voice, articulation and style
conducting meetings. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           through an array of exercises. (3 cr. hr.)
COM 241: Argumentation and Debate
                                                                                           COM 320: Organizational Communication
(B) Techniques of evidence and reasoning; application through use
                                                                                           (S) Study and application of fundamental concepts and principles of
in various forms of debate. Not open to students having credit for
                                                                                           communication in formal organizations. Provides opportunities for
PHI 110. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           developing essential skills in methods for understanding and analyzing
COM 242: Audio Production                                                                  communication problems in organizations and devising appropriate
(B) Fundamentals in studio operations and procedures; develop-                             corrective actions. Emphasis is on making communication more
ment, production of radio commercials, public service announce-                            efficient and effective for organization growth and development.
ments, drama, interviews, news reporting and actualities. One                              Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■
lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: COM 100,
                                                                                           COM 322: Intermediate Writing for Radio and Television
consent of department. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           (B) An intermediate-level course designed to build on the content
COM 243: Studio Television Production                                                      of COM 203 and offer students extended experience in preparing
(B) Basic techniques in studio operations and procedures; develop-                         longer format scripts for radio and television as well as in-depth
ment, production of television programs. One lecture, one three-                           research reports for documentaries and advertising campaigns.
hour laboratory. Prerequisite: COM 100, consent of department.                             Students will gain practical knowledge of script preparation and
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              useful information about the business of writing for the media.
                                                                                           Prerequisite: COM 201 or 203. (3 cr. hr.)
COM 300: Interpersonal Communication
(A) Application of communication principles and concepts to two-                           COM 323: Intermediate News Writing and Reporting
person and small group situations; discussion of processes in relational                   (B) Intermediate level course reinforcing techniques utilized in
development and disintegration; skills for improving interpersonal                         print news reporting. Focus on polishing writing skills, and honing
relationships, self-awareness, assertiveness, listening, and value                         application of news values and principles, research and reporting,
clarification are included. Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■                           editing skills, and news analysis. Prerequisite: COM 202 or 203.
                                                                                           (3 cr. hr.)
COM 301: Mass Media and Society
(A) Mass communication in United States; organization, role,                               COM 330: Semiotics and Structuralism in Communication
content, effects; emphasis on radio, television. Prerequisite: COM                         (S) Application of linguistic concepts and principles to analysis of
100. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                         meanings and messages which underlie various systems of signs
                                                                                           and symbols. Consideration of communicative nature of those
COM 302: Intercultural Communication
(B) Analysis of relationship between culture and communication                             systems and type of relationships which they define. Prerequisite:
and its relative influence on perception, information processing                           COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■
and behavior. Emphasis is on systems of signification and their                            COM 331: Issues in News
                                                                                                                                                                                     S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




relative social issues, and considerations for practical applications                      (A) Critical view of television news and procedures. Systems and policies
in international business, politics, negotiations, missionary work,                        at network and local station level. Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.)
small group activities and planned social change. Prerequisite:
                                                                                           COM 332: Readings in Journalism
COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           (F) Students will critically read contemporary journalism to
COM 303: International Communication                                                       examine professional methodologies and cultural contexts that help
(B) Designed to provide an analysis and understanding of                                   to shape such texts. Prerequisites: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.)
communication and related issues in today’s complex world both
within and across national and cultural boundaries. Prerequisite:
COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■

 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS      85
 C                                                              COM 333: Critical and Cultural Analysis in Communication Studies                           COM 349: Multimedia Production
                                                                (F) Examine critical positions that have emerged in recent years                           (C) Use of multimedia production computer technology to
                                                                to redefine communication studies. Emphasizes rigorous thinking                            converge multiple modes of mediated communication to teach,
                                                                in challenging cultural and critical assumptions in the field.                             persuade, distribute, entertain, research, archive, or otherwise store
                                                                Prerequisites: CPN 101 or 103 and COM 301. (3 cr. hr.)                                     information. Interactive software is used to guide the access and
                                                                                                                                                           articulation of sounds, images, motions, and text used to commu-
                                                                COM 335: Issues in Digital Culture
                                                                                                                                                           nicate to the user. Effective preparation and practical exercises in
                                                                (C) Ongoing developments of digital culture and its effects on
                                                                                                                                                           the production of multimedia projects, making use of a wide
                                                                society. Critical and cultural theories applied to a wide variety of
                                                                                                                                                           variety of mediated communication modes, purposes, and
                                                                practical, societal, legal, and ethical issues. Emphasis on critical
                                                                                                                                                           authoring systems. Prerequisites: COM 243 or COM 342.
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S T U D I E S




                                                                thinking, research, writing, and computer skills. Prerequisite:
                                                                                                                                                           (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                COM 100. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                           COM 350: New Communication Media
                                                                COM 338: Media and Politics
                                                                                                                                                           (F) Survey of emerging electronic communication media such as
                                                                (O) Focus on political interactions of electronic and print media
                                                                                                                                                           satellites, wireless communication, cable television and presenta-
                                                                with political system in America and elsewhere. How medium
                                                                                                                                                           tion programs, and their applications in business, education, and
                                                                affects the message, via sender and receiver. (Also listed as POL
                                                                                                                                                           research. A review and analysis of historical development, and
                                                                338.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                           effects on professions, society, other cultures, and traditional
                                                                COM 339: Political Communication                                                           communication media such as television, radio, newspaper and
                                                                (G) Use of communication theory and research to investigate the                            magazines. Study of new communication principles and practices.
                                                                role of interpersonal and mass communication in the political                              Prerequisites: COM 100 and CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                process. Prerequisites: COM 100, POL 100. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                           COM 360: Sports Broadcasting
                                                                COM 340: Small Group Communication                                                         (G) Introduction to the history, techniques, and practice of sports
                                                                (B) Study and application of communication theory, concepts, and                           broadcasting. Program analysis and field exercises in both radio
                                                                principles in small group contexts including committees, class-                            and television coverage. Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                room, families, formal organizations and public forums. Analysis
                                                                                                                                                           COM 390: Participation in Student Newspaper
                                                                of messages, communication barriers and breakdowns, interper-
                                                                                                                                                           (A) Participation in management board of student weekly
                                                                sonal communication processes and influences, communication
                                                                                                                                                           newspaper, The Dragon Chronicle. Elective credit only. S, U
                                                                networks and group development, composition, standards and
                                                                                                                                                           grading only. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                goals. Emphasis is on making communication more efficient and
                                                                effective in small group activities. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                         COM 391: Participation in Yearbook
                                                                                                                                                           (A) Participation in yearly production of the student yearbook,
                                                                COM 341: Nonverbal Communication
                                                                                                                                                           Didascaleion. Open only to editor(s) and section editors. For
                                                                (C) Analysis of theories and empirical research on nonverbal
                                                                                                                                                           elective credit only. S, U grading only. Prerequisite: Consent of
                                                                communication with implications for application. Topics include
                                                                                                                                                           department. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                paralinguistics, proxemics, kinesics, chronemics, and semantics
                                                                and their use in various interpersonal and intercultural contexts.                         COM 392: Participation in Literary Magazine
                                                                (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              (A) Participation in production of Transition, the student literary
                                                                                                                                                           magazine. Open only to editor(s). For elective credit only. S, U
                                                                COM 342: Field Television Production
                                                                                                                                                           grading only. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                (B) Advanced techniques in television production emphasizing
                                                                field operations, directing, writing, and producing news and public                        COM 393: Participation in Television
                                                                affairs programs. One lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequi-                        (A) Participation in the College television station, CSTV. For
                                                                site: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                 elective credit only. Prerequisite: Consent of department. S, U
                                                                                                                                                           grading. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                COM 343: Broadcast Journalism
                                                                (A) Theories, principles of television journalism; practical experi-                       COM 394: Participation in Radio
                                                                ence in writing, producing news programs for television. Two                               (A) Participation in the College radio station, WSUC-FM. For
                                                                lectures, one three-hour studio. (3 cr. hr.)                                               elective credit only. Prerequisite: Consent of department. S, U
                                                                                                                                                           grading only. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                COM 344: Photojournalism
                                                                (A) Techniques of journalistic photography; camera work,                                   COM 395: Participation in Debate
                                                                composition, lighting, use of photographic materials. Critical                             (A) Participation in intercollegiate debate. For elective credit only.
                                                                examination of work of contemporary photographers; production                              S, U grading only. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (2 cr. hr.)
                                                                and critique of student work. Two lectures, two-hour studio.
                                                                                                                                                           COM 396: Participation in Individual Forensic Events
                                                                Prerequisite: Consent of department. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                           (A) Participation in intercollegiate oratory, extemporaneous events,
       S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                COM 345: News Editing and Design                                                           after-dinner speaking, other events. For elective credit only. S, U
                                                                (B) Basic skills in professional news package preparation combin-                          grading only. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                ing expertise in writing and editing with an understanding of
                                                                                                                                                           COM 398: Independent Study in Communication
                                                                computer-assisted graphic design. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                           (O) Faculty-supervised individual study of a specific topic in any
                                                                COM 346: Advanced News Reporting                                                           communication area. Designed for students wishing to acquire
                                                                (B) Techniques, principles of news reporting with emphasis on                              specific knowledge and/or technical skills not offered in other
                                                                varieties of news reporting, writing, editing. Covers investigative,                       courses in communication studies. May be taken more than once
                                                                background, interpretive news writing for various print media.                             for a maximum of six hours. S, U grading available. Prerequisites:
                                                                Some coverage of broadcast writing principles. Prerequisite:                               COM 100, junior standing, consent of department. (1-6 cr. hr.)
                                                                COM 202. (3 cr. hr.) ■

     86                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
COM 399: Internship in Communication Studies                                                presumptions that combine to create what is known as “gender
                                                                                                                                                                             C
(A) Supervised on-the-job training experiences combined with                                speak.” Prerequisites: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■
appropriate readings, writing, and seminar sessions. A portfolio in
the area of major concentration is expected. Prerequisites: COM                             COM 436: Films of Spike Lee
100, junior standing, consent of department. S, U grading.                                  (B) Analysis and critique of films of Spike Lee emphasizing directing
(1-3 cr. hr.)                                                                               style, structure, and production design on selected films. A thematic
                                                                                            analysis of major works and an examination of critical reaction from
COM 400: Communication Law and Ethics                                                       feminists, black nationalists, film critics and theoreticians. Prerequi-
(A) Case approach to libel, privacy, news gathering, freedom of                             site: CPN 101 or 103. (Also listed as AAS 436.) (3 cr. hr.)
information and other legal topics; treatment of ethical concerns




                                                                                                                                                                            C O M M U N I C AT I O N S T U D I E S
for current media. Prerequisites: COM 301. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                    COM 441: Persuasion
                                                                                            (B) Theory, application of changing attitudes, opinions, beliefs in all
COM 410: Communication in Social Change                                                     forms of oral communication. Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■
(B) Application of communication principles and analysis of
research traditions underlying diffusion of ideas, information, and                         COM 442: Rhetorical Criticism
parameters in acceptance of innovations and change. Emphasis is                             (O) Principles, practice in writing reviews of books, plays, concerts,
on strategies for introduction of change through the use of                                 films, art exhibition. Prerequisites: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.)
communication in rural, urban, and formal organizational settings.                          COM 443: Rhetorical Theory
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                               (O) Principles of speech: Historical overview, with emphasis on
COM 412: Computer-Assisted Reporting
                                                                                            such rhetoricians as Aristotle, Cicero, Quintilian, Campbell,
(F) Application of specialized journalism skills in professional                            Whately. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.)
preparation of news and feature stories utilizing electronic sources.                       COM 444: Advanced Interpersonal Communication
Prerequisites: COM 202 or 203. (3 cr. hr.)                                                  (O) Readings and experiences in selected areas of interpersonal
COM 420: Broadcast Programming and Management
                                                                                            relations; emphasis on practical application of theory. Prerequisites:
(F) Survey of organizational structure of broadcasting stations,                            COM 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■
including responsibilities of various departments. Analysis of                              COM 450: Health Communication
management decision-making process with emphasis on program                                 (F) Study and application of communication principles and
policies, sales, personnel administration, government regulations.                          strategies in formal health delivery systems; analysis of information
Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                        and messages between health professionals, patient and family.
COM 421: Mass Media Advertising
                                                                                            Emphasis is on efficient and effective communication in health
(S) Survey of advertising in broadcasting and print media with                              delivery. Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.)
attention to history and government regulations. Analysis of                                COM 451: Environmental Communication
advertising theories, issues, problems, effects. Prerequisite:                              (F) Study and application of communication concepts and principles
COM 301. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                      to awareness and management of the environment. A survey and
COM 422: Public Relations
                                                                                            analysis of the nature and sources of environmental issues and related
(B) Survey of principles and practices of public relations with an                          educational programs. Topics include risk, cost-benefit analysis,
emphasis on applied research and practical application. Analysis of                         experts-lay conflict, and global concerns. Emphasis is on how
theories, issues, problems, and effects. Prerequisite: COM 100.                             communication media and pressure groups set the agenda for
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                               environmental issues, influence public perception, and government
                                                                                            policy. Prerequisites: COM 100 and EST 100. (3 cr. hr.)
COM 430: Media Criticism
(B) Critical examination of a variety of media forms. Application of                        COM 452: Risk Communication
current theories and deep analysis of issues, problems and effects.                         (F) Study and application of communication concepts and
Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103 and COM 301. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                     principles in risk perception and management. A survey and
                                                                                            analysis of the nature and sources of risk hazards to personal health
COM 431: Communication and Prejudice                                                        and safety, and to the environment. Topics in risk, cost-benefit
(B) Examination of roles played by intrapersonal, interpersonal,                            analysis, expert-lay conflict, and risk consequences. Emphasis is on
group, organizational, political, and mass or mediated communica-                           risk perception, language, and management. Prerequisite: COM
tion in relation to prejudice. Analysis of theories, issues, problems,                      100. (3 cr. hr.)
and practices. Prerequisite: COM 100. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            COM 498: Senior Seminar
COM 432: African Americans in Television and Film                                           (O) Variable topic seminar dealing with current issues in communica-
(B) Historical and critical examination of the evolution of African                         tion studies. Course may be repeated as topic changes. Prerequisites:
American images in screen and TV from the early 1900s to the                                Junior standing, consent of department. (3 cr. hr.)
present. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (Also listed as AAS 432 and
                                                                                            COM 499: Senior Thesis
                                                                                                                                                                                    S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




CIN 432.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            (O) Research for the advanced student on a research question of
COM 433: Literary Journalism                                                                interest. A senior thesis paper is expected. Prerequisite: Consent of
(C) Students study the richness of narrative journalistic accounts                          department. (3-6 cr. hr.) ■
that speak compellingly to the human condition and its society.
Students explore linguistic and social strategies literary journalists                      COM 590: Advanced Independent Study in Communication Studies
employ for interpreting our social world. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                     (O) Faculty-supervised individual study of a specific topic in any
                                                                                            communication studies area. May be taken more than once for a
COM 434: Gender Communication                                                               maximum of six hours. (1-6 cr. hr.)
(C) Explores the effects of gender and culture on communication.
Students examine the characteristics, dynamics, patterns and

 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS     87
 C
                                                                Computer Applications                                                                                          Memorial Library, Room B-117
                                                                                                                                                                               (607) 753-2629
                                                                                                                                                                               E-mail: mcgovernt@cortland.edu
                                                                INTERDISCIPLINARY MINOR                                                                                        www.cortland.edu/cap/




                                                                SCHOOL                                                                                        PED 434: Statistics and Assessment in Physical Education
                                                                                                                                                              POL 312: Methods of Political Analysis
C O M P U T E R A P P L I C AT I O N S




                                                                Arts and Sciences
                                                                                                                                                              PSY 201: Statistical Methods
                                                                F A C U LT Y                                                                                  MAT 201: Statistical Methods
                                                                Terrence J. McGovern (Coordinator), Mark Connell,                                             ECO 221: Economic Statistics
                                                                Gretchen Douglas                                                                              COM 230: Statistical Methods
                                                                                                                                                              GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Science
                                                                MINOR OFFERED
                                                                                                                                                              EDU 430: Measurement and Evaluation in Education
                                                                Computer Applications                                                                      Total credit hours required: 3
                                                                DESCRIPTION                                                                                Category 5: Advanced Computer Applications 3-4 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                              CAP 350: Database Management
                                                                The interdisciplinary minor in computer applications is designed
                                                                                                                                                              ATS 207: Printmaking II
                                                                to complement any academic major and focuses on the develop-
                                                                                                                                                              CAP 327: Computer Mapping (also listed as GRY 327)
                                                                ment of applications within various academic disciplines. Students
                                                                                                                                                              COM 345: News Editing and Design
                                                                completing the minor will have been exposed to the skills and
                                                                                                                                                              CAP 351: Advanced Web Page Design
                                                                knowledge needed to use a variety of computers and packaged
                                                                                                                                                              CAP 330: Advanced GIS Techniques (also listed as GRY 330)
                                                                software as tools to solve problems in their respective disciplines.
                                                                                                                                                              ECO 421: Econometrics
                                                                    SUNY Cortland offers interdisciplinary courses in computer
                                                                                                                                                              SPM 335: Information Technology in Sport
                                                                applications so that all students in liberal arts or professional
                                                                                                                                                              SPM 435: Applied Information Technology in Sport
                                                                studies programs will have the opportunity to become familiar
                                                                                                                                                           Total credit hours required: 3 credits
                                                                with the use of computers. Applications courses are described in
                                                                this section.                                                                              TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR MINOR: 18

                                                                Computer Applications Minor [CAP]
                                                                Courses in five categories totaling 18 credit hours are required for
                                                                the minor in computer applications. Requirements include:
                                                                Category 1: Introduction to Computers (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                           Computer
                                                                   CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications or
                                                                               equivalent and
                                                                   CAP 104: Computers and Society
                                                                                                                                                           Applications
                                                                Total credit hours required: 6                                                             COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                Category 2: Computer Programming (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                   CAP 201: C Programming                                                                  CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications
                                                                   CAP 204: Visual Basic                                                                   (A) Computing applications in various academic disciplines; topics
                                                                   CAP 205:Object Oriented Programming                                                     include operating systems, word processing, spreadsheets, graphics,
                                                                   PHY 325: Programming                                                                    database, communications, the Internet, current topics, and a brief
                                                                   MCS 186: Introductory Programming                                                       introduction to computers and their impact on society. Not open
                                                                Total credit hours required: 3                                                             to students with credit for CAP 110 or CAP 111. Lecture and
                                                                Category 3: Beginning Software Applications (1 cr. hr.)                                    laboratory required. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                   CAP 230: Introduction to SPSS
                                                                                                                                                           CAP 104: Computers and Society
                                                                   CAP 231: Introduction to Data Base Management                                           (B) Examination of the social, political, ethical, and economic
                                                                   CAP 233: Computerized Information Retrieval                                             implications of living in a computer-dominated world. Emphasis
                                                                   CAP 235: Presentation Software                                                          on assessing the impact of technology and developing an under-
                                                                   CAP 236: Desktop Publishing                                                             standing of its future role. Topics include computer crime,
                                                                   CAP 238: Web Page Design                                                                computer and information ethics, computers and the Constitution,
                                                                Total credit hours required: 3
       S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                                           privacy and Artificial Intelligence. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                Category 4: Applied Data Analysis with Computers (1-4 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                           CAP 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Computer Applications
                                                                   CAP 328: Geographic Information Systems
                                                                              (also listed as GRY 328)                                                     Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
                                                                   MGT 423: Computer Applications in Economics                                             Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
                                                                              and Management.                                                              and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
                                                                   GRY 400: Geographic Analysis
                                                                   CHE 470: Advanced Lab




     88                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
CAP 201: C Programming                                                                      CAP 327: Computer Mapping
                                                                                                                                                                             C
(O) Programming in C using programming examples encountered                                 (O) Introduction to desktop computer mapping. Practical
in the physical and social sciences. Three lecture hours. Prerequisite:                     experience in using computer mapping techniques to create
CAP 100. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                        thematic maps that graphically display data. Database organiza-
                                                                                            tion, manipulation and analysis for efficient production of
CAP 204: Visual Basic
                                                                                            publication quality maps for communicating spatial information.
(C) Introduction to computer programming using the Visual Basic
                                                                                            Three lectures and/or demonstrations, one two-hour laboratory.
computer language and its integrated development environment.
                                                                                            (Also listed as GRY 327.) Prerequisites: CAP 100. (4 cr. hr.)
Topics to be studied include event-driven programming, user
interface design, data validation and error handling, modular                               CAP 328: Geographic Information Systems




                                                                                                                                                                            C O M P U T E R A P P L I C AT I O N S
programming using the control structures of the Visual Basic                                (S) Desktop computer-based Geographic Information System
language, an introduction to data structures, and file operations.                          (GIS) Applications. Practical experience using GIS software to
Prerequisite: CAP 100. (3 cr. hr.)                                                          learn geographic data management, thematic mapping, basic map
                                                                                            and database querying, as well as map creation and report writing.
CAP 205: Object Oriented Programming
                                                                                            Three lectures and/or demonstrations, one two-hour lab. (Also
(C) Introduction to object oriented programming and the Java
                                                                                            listed as GRY 328.) Prerequisite: CAP 100. (4 cr. hr.)
programming language. Topics include object-oriented analysis
and design strategies; abstract data typing, inheritance, and                               CAP 330: Advanced GIS Techniques
polymorphism; program portability and the Java virtual machine;                             (S-C) Planning, execution, and delivery of a GIS- and CAP-based
the Java class hierarchy and Java language control structures;                              project, which demonstrates mastery of tools of GIS in a substan-
graphical user interface programming in Java; Internet program-                             tive application tailored to a field of interest. (Also listed as GRY
ming and applets. Prerequisite: CAP 100. (3 cr. hr.)                                        330.) Prerequisite: GRY/CAP 327 or GRY/CAP 328. (4 cr. hr.)
CAP 230: Introduction to SPSS                                                               CAP 350: Data Base Management Systems
(O) Introduces statistical procedures available to computer users in                        (O) Developing data base applications using integrated data base
Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS). Weekly labora-                          management tools. Survey of data base structures and methodolo-
tory. Prerequisite: CAP 100. (1 cr. hr.)                                                    gies. Generation of custom reports and graphics displays. Selected
                                                                                            advanced data base features such as screen design, macros and
CAP 231: Introduction to Data Base Management
                                                                                            procedures introduced. Prerequisites: CAP 100. (3 cr. hr.)
(O) Familiarization with form, function and use of data base
management programs common to microcomputer. Course is                                      CAP 351: Advanced Web Page Design
designed to enable student to apply commonly available data base                            (B) Advanced Web page design features such as tables, frames, and
management packages to simplify tasks involving information                                 forms as well as interactive applications such as animation and
storage, retrieval and manipulation. Prerequisite: CAP 100. (1 cr. hr.)                     Javascript. Prerequisite: CAP 238. (3 cr. hr.)
CAP 233: Computerized Information Retrieval                                                 CAP 358: Digital Logic Systems
(B) Introduction to retrieving information from commercial,                                 (O) The design of digital logic circuits using small- and medium-
computerized data bases containing bibliographic, numeric and                               scale logic elements. Topics include integrated circuitry, Boolean
full text documents. Students will learn how data bases are                                 algebra, Karnaugh mapping, flip-flops, shift registers, and memory
organized and documented; how information is retrieved using                                elements. Two three-hour laboratories. Prerequisite: Consent of
command languages and communications software. Prerequisite:                                department. (Also listed as PHY 358.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
CAP 100. (1 cr. hr.)
CAP 235: Presentation Software
(O) Using the computer to create graphic representations of
information and enhance print and non-print communication.
Prerequisite: CAP 00 or consent of instructor. (1 cr. hr.)
CAP 236: Desktop Publishing
(B) Using the computer to create desktop publishing layouts of
newspapers, newsletters, and resumes. Prerequisite: CAP 100 or
consent of instructor. (1 cr. hr.)
CAP 238: Web Page Design
(A) Skills to design and create Web pages consisting of text and
graphics. Prerequisites: CAP 100. (1 cr. hr.)
CAP 250: Computer Practicum
(A) For students who are resource assistants in computer applica-
                                                                                                                                                                                    S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




tions courses. Prerequisites: CAP 100 or equivalent and consent of
instructor. (1-2 cr. hr.)




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS     89
E
                                                          Economics                                                                                 Old Main, Room 136
                                                                                                                                                    (607) 753-4109
                                                                                                                                                    E-mail: prus@cortland.edu
                                                          D E PA R T M E N T                                                                        www.cortland.edu/economics/



                                                          SCHOOL                                                                Requirements
                                                          Arts and Sciences                                                     1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
ECONOMICS




                                                                                                                                   to the following majors.
                                                          F A C U LT Y
                                                                                                                                2. Liberal Arts Requirements: B.A. – 90 credit hours;
                                                          Mark Prus (Chair), Howard Botwinick, Kathleen Burke, Katherine           B.S. – 75 credit hours
                                                          Graham, Ric Keller, Lisi Krall, Mary Leonard, Joel Maxcy, Tim
                                                          Phillips, Susanne Polley, John Shirley, Deborah Spencer, German       Major in Economics [ECO]
                                                          A. Zarate                                                             The economics major emphasizes critical thinking and creative
                                                          PROGRAMS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                problem-solving skills, in addition to providing technical training
                                                                                                                                in the economics discipline. Students are encouraged to apply
                                                          Bachelor of Arts in Economics                                         analytical techniques to real world problems that are developed in
                                                          Bachelor of Arts in Business Economics                                elective courses within the major.
                                                          Bachelor of Science in Business Economics
                                                          Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: Social Studies and         CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                            Economics (7-12)                                                    • Banker                           • Consultant
                                                          MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                • Economist                        • Financial analyst
                                                          Economics                                                             A. Required Courses: 18 credit hours
                                                          Business Economics                                                       ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
                                                          Adolescence Education: Social Studies and Economics (7-12)               ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
                                                                                                                                   ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics
                                                          C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D                                 ECO 221: Economic Statistics or
                                                          Environmental Management, Financial Management, Human                    ECO 222: Mathematical Economics
                                                          Resource Management, International Business, International               ECO 300: Macroeconomic Theory
                                                          Political Economy and Public Policy                                      ECO 301: Economics of the Firm
                                                                                                                                B. Other: 15 additional credit hours of economics (ECO) courses
                                                          MINORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                at the 300 level or above.
                                                          Economics, Management, Political Economy and Public Policy
                                                                                                                                TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                          DESCRIPTION
                                                          The Economics Department offers both an economics major and a
                                                          business economics major. Students may select courses from a wide     Major in Economics with a concentration in
                                                          variety of areas, including international trade and finance,          International Political Economy and Public Policy
                                                          economic development, fiscal economics, money and banking,            [ECO/IPEP]
                                                          labor economics, the political economy of race and class, the         This concentration is designed to give students a solid grounding
                                                          political economy of women, environmental economics and sports        in the analysis of the contemporary international economy and the
                                                          economics.                                                            key issues that face policy makers on the local, state, national and
                                                              The department offers two different concentrations that lead to   international levels.
                                                          the B.A. in economics: one leads to a traditional economics degree,
                                                          the other emphasizes international political economy and public       CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                          policy. Moreover, courses in the economics major may be com-          • City planner                     • Labor activist
                                                          bined with a professional sequence leading to qualification for       • Country analyst,                 • Nonprofit project manager
                                                          provisional certification as a teacher of secondary social studies.     import/export bank
                                                              The major in business economics allows students with career       A. Required Courses: 9 credit hours
                                                          goals in various management-related fields to acquire the skills         ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
                                                          necessary for such careers. The major leads to the award of the          ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
                                                          bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree.                          ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                          S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S                                          B. Required Core in Political Economy: 6 credit hours
                                                          • Internships/Cooperative Education • Economics Club                      ECO 303: History of Economic Thought
                                                          • Women in Economics Club           • Study abroad opportunities          ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems
                                                          • Omicron Delta Epsilon,            • 4+1 MBA program with                ECO 306: Comparative Approaches in Political Economy
                                                             Economics Honor Society             Clarkson University                ECO 307: Marxian Economics
                                                                                                                                    ECO 402: Seminar in Economics




 90
C. International Political Economy and Public Policy – Applied           B. Required Core in Management: 18 credit hours
                                                                                                                                               E
    Courses: 18 credit hours (nine hours to be selected from each            CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications
    of the following two categories*):                                       MGT 250: Principles of Management
Public Policy in the Global Economy: 9 credit hours                          MGT 253: Principles of Marketing or ECO 385 or COM
    ECO 300: Macroeconomic Theory                                            302 or COM 303 or COM 320 or COM 421 or COM 422
    ECO 306: Comparative Approaches in Political Economy**                   MGT 254: Principles of Accounting I
    ECO 325: Political Economy of Women                                      MGT 423: Computer Applications in Economics and Management
    ECO 326: Political Economy of Race and Class                             MGT 454: Strategic Management
    ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics                        C. Elective Courses: 12 credit hours
    ECO 383: Labor Economics




                                                                                                                                               ECONOMICS
    ECO 393: Urban Economics                                             The requirements for this section may be met by either:
    ECO 432: Fiscal Economics                                            A semester of study abroad or
    ECO 482: Labor Market Analysis                                       12 credit hours of MGT 456: Co-op Education/Internship in
    ECO 494: Regional Economics                                             Management or
    ECO 400: Advanced Topics (in fields related to public policy)        12 credit hours to be divided among the following three broad
    ECO 401: Coop Education/Internship in Economics                         perspective categories as described below:
International Political Economy: 9 credit hours                          Three credit hours in Alternate Economic Theory selected from the
    ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems**                              following courses:
    ECO 311: Economic Development                                            ECO 303: History of Economic Thought
    ECO 312: Economic Development in Latin America                           ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems
    ECO 313: Economic Development of Asia                                    ECO 306: American Political Economy
    ECO 441: International Trade                                             ECO 307: Marxian Economics
    ECO 443: International Finance                                           ECO 311: Economic Development
    ECO 400: Advanced Topics (in fields relating to                          ECO 325: Political Economy of Women
               international political economy)                              ECO 326: Political Economy of Race and Class
    ECO 401: Co-op Education/Internship in Economics                         ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics
                                                                             ECO 383: Labor Economics
* Appropriate alternative courses, of a technical or interdisciplinary
                                                                         Three credit hours in International Economics selected from the
   nature, may be substituted for up to two of the six applied
                                                                         following courses:
   courses (one in each category), in consultation with and with
                                                                             ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems
   the consent of the student’s advisor. Such courses may be
                                                                             ECO 311: Economic Development
   offered by the economics, geography, history, international
                                                                             ECO 312: Economic Development of Latin America
   studies, philosophy, political science, sociology, and other
                                                                             ECO 313: Economic Development of Asia
   departments.
                                                                             ECO 441: International Trade
** These courses may be taken to fulfill the requirements for                ECO 443: International Finance
   applied courses (C) if they are not taken to satisfy the compara-     Three credit hours in Applied and Policy Perspectives selected from
   tive approaches (B) requirements                                      the following courses:
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                              ECO 300: Macroeconomic Theory
                                                                             ECO 325: Political Economy of Women
                                                                             ECO 326: Political Economy of Race and Class
Major in Business Economics [BUSE]                                           ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics
The major in business economics leads to the award of the                    ECO 366: The Economics of Sport
bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree. The major is unique          ECO 383: Labor Economics
among SUNY institutions in its emphasis on the development of                ECO 385: Human Resource Management
both technical and analytical skills in a strong liberal arts context.       ECO 393: Urban Economics
    Students may focus on one of the four concentrations de-                 ECO 401: Coop Education/Internship in Economics
scribed below or may choose a different combination of electives             ECO 421: Econometrics
which will provide them with a broad perspective of important                ECO 431: Money and Banking
issues.                                                                      ECO 432: Fiscal Economics
                                                                             ECO 441: International Trade
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                             ECO 443: International Finance
• Economic consultant               • Entrepreneur                           ECO 452: Advanced Finance
• Management                        • Policy analyst                         ECO 455: Asset Markets
                                                                             ECO 460: Industrial Organization and Public Policy
                                                                                                                                                 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




A. Required Core in Economics: 21 credit hours
   ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                             ECO 482: Labor Market Analysis
   ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics                                     ECO 494: Regional Economics
   ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics                                 Three additional credit hours in any one of the above categories
   ECO 221: Economic Statistics
                                                                         TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
   ECO 222: Mathematical Economics or
   MAT 121 and MAT 122: Calculus A and B or
   MAT 125 and MAT 126: Calculus I and II
   ECO 301: Economics of the Firm
   ECO 352: Finance

                                                                                                                                               91
E                                                             As an alternative to the study abroad or the broad perspective    Major in Business Economics with a concentration
                                                          approach described on the previous page, students may choose a        in Financial Management [BUSE/FMGT]
                                                          major in business economics that concentrates their study in one of   The financial management concentration allows interested students
                                                          the following four fields of management.                              to pursue courses that will allow them to function well in any area
                                                                                                                                of finance. Proper financial management is an essential function of
                                                          Major in Business Economics with a concentration                      organizations and an important skill for individuals as well.
                                                          in Environmental Management [BUSE/ENMG]
                                                          The concentration in environmental management provides                CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                          students with the opportunity to immerse themselves in the            • Banker                          • Financial planner
ECONOMICS




                                                          various environmental issues that confront society.                   • Mortgage analyst                • Stock broker
                                                          CAREER POTENTIAL                                                      A. Required Core in Economics: 21 credit hours
                                                                                                                                   ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
                                                          • Cost benefit analyst            • Environmental consultant
                                                                                                                                   ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
                                                          • EPA economist                   • Waste manager
                                                                                                                                   ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics
                                                          A. Required Core in Economics: 21 credit hours                           ECO 221: Economic Statistics
                                                             ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                         ECO 222: Mathematical Economics or
                                                             ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics                                 MAT 121 and MAT 122: Calculus A and B or
                                                             ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics                                 MAT 125 and MAT 126: Calculus I and II
                                                             ECO 221: Economic Statistics                                          ECO 301: Economics of the Firm
                                                             ECO 222: Mathematical Economics or                                    ECO 352: Finance
                                                             MAT 121 and MAT 122: Calculus A and B or
                                                                                                                                B. Required Core in Management: 18 credit hours
                                                             MAT 125 and MAT 126: Calculus I and II
                                                                                                                                    CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications
                                                             ECO 301: Economics of the Firm
                                                                                                                                    MGT 250: Principles of Management
                                                             ECO 352: Finance
                                                                                                                                    MGT 253: Principles of Marketing or ECO 385 or
                                                          B. Required Core in Management: 18 credit hours                           COM 302 or COM 303 or COM 320 or COM 421 or
                                                              CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications                        COM 422
                                                              MGT 250: Principles of Management                                     MGT 254 Principles of Accounting I
                                                              MGT 253: Principles of Marketing or ECO 385 or                        MGT 423 Computer Applications in Economics and Management
                                                              COM 302 or COM 303 or COM 320 or COM 421or                            MGT 454 Strategic Management
                                                              COM 422
                                                                                                                                C. Elective Courses: 12 credit hours
                                                              MGT 254: Principles of Accounting I
                                                                                                                                   MGT 255 Principles of Accounting II
                                                              MGT 423: Computer Applications in Economics and Management
                                                              MGT 454: Strategic Management                                        And nine credit hours selected from the following courses:
                                                          C. Elective Courses: 15 credit hours                                     ECO 300: Macroeconomic Theory
                                                             Nine credit hours:                                                    ECO 401: Co-op Education/Internship in Economics
                                                             EST 100: Introduction to Environmental Studies                        ECO 421: Econometrics
                                                             ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics                         ECO 431: Money and Banking
                                                             ENS 486: Seminar in Environmental Science                             ECO 443: International Finance
                                                                                                                                   ECO 452: Advanced Finance
                                                             Six credit hours selected from the following courses:                 ECO 455: Asset Markets
                                                             BIO 102: Ecology and Human Environment
                                                             GRY 110: Physical Geography                                        TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                             GLY 160: Geology and the Human Environment
                                                             CHE 125: Chemistry and the Environment                             Major in Business Economics with a concentration
                                                             POL 242: Environmental Policy                                      in Human Resource Management [BUSE/HRM]
                                                             GLY 292: Land Use and Planning
                                                                                                                                The increased realization of the importance and diversity of the
                                                             SCI 300: Science and its Social Context
                                                                                                                                employees of an organization is captured in the concentration in
                                                             SCI 304: Plants and People
                                                                                                                                human resource management.
                                                             BIO 307: Field Natural History
                                                             POL 308: Environmental Law                                         CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                             REC 310: Wilderness and American Culture                           • Affirmative action officer      • Benefits administrator
                                                             SCI 320: Science, Technology, Culture                              • Compensation analyst            • Human resource manager
                                                             GRY 328: Geographic Information Systems
                                                             SCI 330: Science and the Public                                    A. Required Core in Economics: 21 credit hours
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                             SCI 350: Science in the Social World                                  ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
                                                             REC 402: Management of Recreation Resources                           ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
                                                             ANT 410: Cultural Ecology                                             ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics
                                                             GRY 470: Resource Geography                                           ECO 221: Economic Statistics
                                                             ECO 401: Co-op Education/Internship in Economics                      ECO 222: Mathematical Economics or
                                                             ECO 421: Econometrics                                                 MAT 121 and MAT 122: Calculus A and B or
                                                                                                                                   MAT 125 and MAT 126: Calculus I and II
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                          ECO 301: Economics of the Firm
                                                                                                                                   ECO 352: Finance


 92
B. Required Core in Management: 18 credit hours                     Dual major in Adolescence Education: Social
                                                                                                                                         E
    CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications                  Studies and Economics (7-12) [SSA & ECO]
    MGT 250: Principles of Management
    MGT 253: Principles of Marketing or ECO 385 or COM 302          CAREER POTENTIAL
    or COM 303 or COM 320 or COM 421 or COM 422                     • High school teacher              • Consultant
    MGT 254: Principles of Accounting I                             • Economist                        • Financial analyst
    MGT 423: Computer Applications in Economics and
              Management                                            This program allows students who major in economics to qualify
    MGT 454: Strategic Management                                   for certification to teach adolescence education in social studies
                                                                    (grades 7-12). It combines a major in economics with a profes-




                                                                                                                                         ECONOMICS
C. Elective Courses: 12 credit hours selected from the following:
                                                                    sional semester that consists of professional preparation and
   ECO 325: Political Economy of Women
                                                                    student teaching.
   ECO 326: Political Economy of Race and Class
   ECO 383: Labor Economics                                         A. Required Courses in Economics: 18 credit hours
   ECO 385: Human Resource Management                                  ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
   ECO 401: Co-op Education/Internship in Economics                    ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
   ECO 421: Econometrics                                               ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics
   ECO 482: Labor Market Analysis                                      ECO 221: Economic Statistics or
                                                                       ECO 222: Mathematical Economics
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                        ECO 300: Macroeconomic Theory
                                                                       ECO 301: Economics of the Firm
Major in Business Economics with a                                  B. Other: 15 additional credit hours of economics (ECO) at the
concentration in International Business                                300 level or above
and Economics [BUSE/IBE]                                            C. Additional Requirements: 24 credit hours
The concentration in international business and economics              GRY 425: Geography in the Classroom or
addresses the complexity of the economy through a variety of           GRY 520: Maps in the Classroom
international course offerings, including course work in economic      GRY 480: United States
development, international trade and finance, and comparative          POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics
analysis of different economies.                                       HIS 100: The World to 1500 and HIS 101: The World Since
                                                                                 1500 or
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                       HIS 110: Western Civilization to 1715 and HIS 111: Western
• Exchange rate risk manager       • Foreign exchange trader                     Civilization Since 1715 and
• Import/export manager            • International law and             HIS 200: The United States to 1877 and HIS 201: The United
                                      business                                   States Since 1877
A. Required Core in Economics: 21 credit hours                         Nine hours of HIS courses at the 300 level, three of which
   ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                       must be in U.S. history, and three of which must be in
   ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics                               European history or non-Western history
   ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics                            D. Other Professional Courses: 33 credit hours
   ECO 221: Economic Statistics                                        PSY 101: General Psychology I
   ECO 222: Mathematical Economics or                                  PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology or
   MAT 121 and MAT 122: Calculus A and B or                            PSY 332 Educational Psychology
   MAT 125 and MAT 126: Calculus I and II                              SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies
   ECO 301: Economics of the Firm                                      SHH 300: Normal Language Development or
   ECO 352: Finance                                                    PSY 350: Psychology of Language
B. Required Core in Management: 18 credit hours                        SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar
    CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications                     SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar
    MGT 250: Principles of Management                                  AED 310: Grammar and the Writing Process
    MGT 253: Principles of Marketing or ECO 385 or                               (pending approval) or
    COM 302 or COM 303 or COM 320 or COM 421 or                        EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle & Secondary School
    COM 422                                                            AED 400: Student Teaching
    MGT 254: Principles of Accounting I                             TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
    MGT 423: Computer Applications in Economics and
              Management
                                                                    Minor in Economics [ECO]
    MGT 454: Strategic Management
                                                                                                                                           S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                    A. Required Courses: 9 credit hours
C. Elective Courses: 12 credit hours from the following courses:
                                                                       ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
   ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems
                                                                       ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
   ECO 311: Economic Development
                                                                       ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics
   ECO 312: Economic Development of Latin America
   ECO 313: Economic Development of Asia                            B. Elective Courses: 6 credit hours
   ECO 401: Co-op Education/ Internship in Economics                    Two economics electives (300 level or above).
   ECO 421: Econometrics                                                Note: MGT courses do not count toward the minor in economics
   ECO 441: International Trade
                                                                    TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 15
   ECO 443: International Finance
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                                                                                         93
E                                                         Minor in Management [MGT]                                                                  Example of the undergraduate degree in Business
                                                          A. Required Courses: 12 credit hours                                                       Economics over four years
                                                             ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                                           This is just a model, and does not reflect the expectations for all of
                                                             MGT 250: Principles of Management                                                       our programs.
                                                             MGT 254: Principles of Accounting I
                                                             ECO 352: Finance                                                                                   First Year                              Second Year
                                                          B. Other Courses: 6 credit hours selected from the following:                              Fall                                      Fall
                                                             CAP elective above CAP 100
                                                             ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics                                                   COR 101                                   ECO 111
ECONOMICS




                                                             PHI 233: Management Ethics                                                              CPN 100 or 102                            MGT 250
                                                             MGT 253: Principles of Marketing                                                        ECO 105 (GE 1)                            MGT 254
                                                             MGT 254: Principles of Accounting II                                                    Foreign language                          GE 6
                                                             MGT 265: Business Law                                                                   GE 3                                      GE 8a
                                                             COM 302: Intercultural Communication or                                                 Elective
                                                             COM 303: International Communication or                                                 Total credit hours: 16                    Total credit hours: 16
                                                             COM 320: Organizational Communication or                                                Spring                                    Spring
                                                             COM 421: Mass Media Advertising or
                                                             COM 422: Public Relations                                                               CPN 101                                   CAP 100
                                                             ECO 385: Human Resource Management                                                      ECO 110                                   ECO 222
                                                                                                                                                     GE 4                                      ECO 352
                                                          Note: Economics majors pursuing a management minor cannot count                            GE 5                                      GE 8b
                                                          ECO 111 and ECO 385 toward both the economics major and the                                Elective                                  Elective
                                                          management minor. ECO 111 will count toward the major, and ECO                             Total credit hours: 15                    Total credit hours: 15
                                                          385 may count toward either the major or the minor.
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18
                                                                                                                                                               Third Year                               Fourth Year
                                                                                                                                                     Fall                                      Fall
                                                          Minor in Political Economy and Public Policy [PEPP]                                        ECO 221                                   ECO elective
                                                          A. Required Course: 3 credit hours                                                         ECO 301                                   ECO elective
                                                             ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                                           MGT 253                                   Elective or minor
                                                                                                                                                     GE 7                                      Elective or minor
                                                          B. Other Courses: 6 credit hours from the following:                                       Elective or minor                         Elective
                                                             ECO 303: History of Economic Thought                                                    Total credit hours: 15                    Total credit hours: 15
                                                             ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems
                                                             ECO 306: Comparative Approaches in Political Economy                                    Spring                                    Spring
                                                             ECO 307: Marxian Economics                                                              MGT 423                                   MGT 454 WI
                                                             ECO 402: Seminar in Economics                                                           GE 2                                      Internship or ECO elective
                                                          C. Other Courses: 3 credit hours from the following:                                       ECO elective                              Elective/minor
                                                             ECO 300: Macroeconomic Theory                                                           Elective                                  Elective/minor
                                                             ECO 306: Comparative Approaches in Political Economy                                    Elective or minor                         Elective
                                                             ECO 325: Political Economy of Women                                                     Total credit hours: 18                    Total credit hours: 15
                                                             ECO 326: Political Economy of Race and Class
                                                             ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics
                                                             ECO 383: Labor Economics
                                                             ECO 393: Urban Economics
                                                             ECO 432: Fiscal Economics
                                                                                                                                                     Economics
                                                             ECO 482: Labor Market Analysis                                                          COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                             ECO 494: Regional Economics
                                                             ECO 400: Advanced Topics (in fields related to public policy)
                                                                                                                                                     ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought
                                                          D. Other Courses: 3 credit hours from the following:                                       (A) Introduction to key controversies within history of economic
                                                             ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems                                                   and social thought which provide basis for ongoing debates on role
                                                             ECO 311: Economic Development                                                           of government, private enterprise and community within capitalist
                                                             ECO 312: Economic Development in Latin America                                          economies. Topics include: historical overview of the rise of
                                                             ECO 313: Economic Development of Asia                                                   capitalism and the evolution of economic thought, classical
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                             ECO 441: International Trade                                                            liberalism and radical critiques; Great Depression and the New
                                                             ECO 443: International Finance                                                          Deal; Neoliberalism and the modern global economy; poverty and
                                                             ECO 400: Advanced Topics (in fields relating to                                         income distribution, welfare reform, minimum wage, unemploy-
                                                                       international political economy)                                              ment, class, race and gender inequality. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                             ECO 401: Co-op Education/Internship in Economics
                                                                                                                                                     ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
                                                          Note: MGT courses do not count toward the minor in political                               (A) Principles which govern economic behavior; full employment,
                                                          economy and public policy.                                                                 price stability and economic growth. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 15


 94                                                          Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics                                                       ECO 313: Economic Development of Asia
                                                                                                                                                                            E
(A) Analysis of behavior of individual economic units such as                               (C) Overview of economic history and current economic concerns
households and firms, pricing of goods and services under different                         of different subregions of Asia (East, Southeast, South Asia in
market structures and applications to real-world microeconomic                              particular). One or more countries will be emphasized, and specific
phenomena. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                    economic issues of current interest will be analyzed. Prerequisite:
                                                                                            ECO 105. (3 cr. hr.) ■
ECO 129, 229, 329, 429: Special Topics in Economics
Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.                           ECO 325: Political Economy of Women
Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content                          (C) Political economic analysis of participation and status of
and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)                                                 women in the economy. Special emphasis is placed on analyzing




                                                                                                                                                                            ECONOMICS
                                                                                            labor force participation rates over time, historical trends in
ECO 221: Economic Statistics
                                                                                            occupational sex segregation, wage differences based on sex, and
(B) Estimation, measurement in economic research; probability,
                                                                                            women’s struggle for economic equality. Additionally, interna-
sampling, hypothesis testing, regression, index numbers, seasonal
                                                                                            tional, racial, and ethnic differences in the economic status of
and trend analysis. (Also listed as MAT 201, PSY 201, and COM
                                                                                            women are covered. Prerequisites: ECO 105 and 111. (3 cr. hr.) ■
230.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            ECO 326: Political Economy of Race and Class
ECO 222: Mathematical Economics
                                                                                            (C) Examines the economic, historical and institutional forces that
(B) Mathematical formulation of economic theories. Prerequisites:
                                                                                            have seriously undermined the promise of equal opportunity for all
ECO 110, 111; working knowledge of college algebra. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            people within the U.S. Topics include: contrasting views on
ECO 300: Macroeconomic Theory                                                               discrimination in the labor market; racial and ethnic conflicts in
(B) Analysis of factors determining national income, employment                             the labor movement; de-industrialization and urban poverty;
and production levels. Social accounting, comparative study of                              current debates on race and class in America. Prerequisite: ECO
Keynesian and classical macrotheories, monetary and fiscal policy,                          105. (3 cr. hr.) ■
and economic growth. Prerequisite: ECO 110. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics
ECO 301: Economics of the Firm                                                              (C) Course explores relationship between our modern market
(A) Description and analysis of economics of firms, markets and                             economy and present ecological and environmental problems.
competitive behavior. Stresses many microeconomic concepts                                  Students are introduced to models of steady state and ecological
discussed in context of profit and nonprofit organizations.                                 economics in addition to more traditional approaches to issues of
Prerequisite: ECO 111. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                        depletion (conservation) and allocation of renewable and nonre-
                                                                                            newable resources, pollution, population and food production.
ECO 303: History of Economic Thought
(O) Origins of contemporary economic thought. These origins are                             Prerequisite: ECO 111. (3 cr. hr.) ■
to be studied with particular reference to their historical and                             ECO 340: Government and Business: Regulation and Public Policy
philosophic context. Prerequisite: ECO 105. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                   (C) Structure, conduct, performance of American industry;
                                                                                            antitrust legislation, other aspects of public regulation and control;
ECO 304: Comparative Economic Systems
(C) Analysis of differences in economic organization, public policy,                        economic analysis of selected legal cases. Prerequisites: ECO 110,
and performance across countries. Differences in economic                                   111 and 301. (3 cr. hr.) ■
performance are discussed in terms of economic theory and actual                            ECO 352: Finance
outcomes. Emphasis on the differences among capitalist economic                             (A) Fundamentals of finance emphasizing the financing, investing,
systems and between capitalist and non-capitalist systems.                                  and financial management decisions made by businesses. Topics
Problems with the evolution and transition of economies are                                 include financial markets and financial analysis, time value of
discussed with examples from the former Soviet Union, China, and                            money, asset valuation, risk and return, capital budgeting.
other socialist countries. Prerequisite: ECO 105, 110 or 111.                               Prerequisites: MGT 254. (3 cr. hr.) ■
3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            ECO 366: The Economics of Sport
ECO 306: Comparative Approaches in Political Economy                                        (B) Application of economic theory to professional and amateur
(C) Analysis of differing approaches to key issues of concern to the                        sports. Topics include analysis of sports institutions, labor relations,
U.S. and other economies within the emerging global economy.                                and the role of in government in sports markets. Prerequisites:
Course will build on the theoretical and empirical base introduced                          ECO 111 and ECO 221, MAT 201, PSY 201, or COM 230.
in ECO 105, and will address themes in political economy from                               (3 cr. hr.) ■
several vantage points. Prerequisite: ECO 105. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                            ECO 383: Labor Economics
ECO 307: Marxian Economics                                                                  (C) Introduction to contemporary issues in labor relations. Topics
(C) Principles of Marxian economic analysis from Das Kapital to                             include: modern dynamics of capitalist labor process, economic
present. Prerequisites: ECO 105; and junior standing (or consent                            and social consequences of mechanization, wages determination,
                                                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




of department). (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                               role of trade unions. Prerequisites: ECO 105 and ECO 110 or
                                                                                            111. (3 cr. hr.) ■
ECO 311: Economic Development
(C) Alternative roads to economic growth and development.                                   ECO 385: Human Resource Management
Prerequisite: ECO 105. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                        (C) Strategic role and functional responsibilities of human resource
                                                                                            management in a multicultural society. Prerequisites: ECO 105,
ECO 312: Economic Development of Latin America
(C) Introduction to social, economic problems associated with                               MGT 250. (3 cr. hr.) ■
process of economic development (or “underdevelopment”) in
Latin America from perspectives of economic history and analysis
of current economic issues. Prerequisite: ECO 105. (3 cr. hr.) ■

 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   95
E                                                         ECO 393: Urban Economics                                                                   ECO 494: Regional Economics
                                                          (O) Description and analysis of urban economy; urban location,                             (O) Process of regional economic growth: location theory,
                                                          land use theory; goals, processes, problems, policy in urban                               techniques of regional analysis; regional economic development
                                                          economic development. Prerequisites: ECO 110, 111. (3 cr. hr.) ■                           problems and policies. Prerequisites: ECO 110, 111, 300, 301.
                                                                                                                                                     (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ECO 401: Co-op Education/Internship in Economics
                                                          (A) Field study program covering off-campus experiences in the                             ECO 501: Workshop in Economics
                                                          area of applied economics. Open to economics majors or business                            (O) Discussion of economic problems with special attention
                                                          economics majors only. Students must be in good academic standing                          to needs of social science teachers. Prerequisite: Consent of
                                                          and initiate the process through the Internships and Volunteer                             department. (3 cr. hr.) ■
ECONOMICS




                                                          Office. Course offered on S, U grading system only. Prerequisite:
                                                          Consent of department. (3 cr. hr.)                                                         Management Courses
                                                          ECO 402: Seminar in Economics                                                              MGT 250: Principles of Management
                                                          (O) Examination, discussion of selected economic problems. (3 cr. hr.)                     (A) Management essentials of planning, organizing, staffing,
                                                                                                                                                     controlling and leading; structure, functioning of organizations.
                                                          ECO 421: Econometrics
                                                          (C) Application of statistical techniques to analysis of economic                          (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          data. Simple and multiple regression; structure of econometric                             MGT 253: Principles of Marketing
                                                          models; distributed lags; forecasting. Prerequisite: ECO 221.                              (A) Introduction to marketing system; marketing principles and
                                                          (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              practice; application of marketing techniques. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ECO 431: Money and Banking                                                                 MGT 254: Principles of Accounting I
                                                          (C) Money and economic activity: money and capital markets;                                (A) Introduction to basic accounting concepts and procedures.
                                                          monetary, income theory; central banking; elements of interna-                             Topics include preparation of financial statements, depreciation
                                                          tional finance; public policy issues. Prerequisites: ECO 110, 111,                         policies, payroll accounting, present value theory. Does not fulfill
                                                          300, 352, or consent of department. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                          requirements for economics major or minor. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          ECO 432: Fiscal Economics                                                                  MGT 255: Principles of Accounting II
                                                          (C) Development and structure of modern public economy:                                    (S) Corporate accounting practice. Topics include stock and bond
                                                          economics of government taxation; spending, debt management;                               transactions, working capital, financial and break-even analysis,
                                                          intergovernmental fiscal relations; fiscal theory; public policies,                        and inflation-adjusted statements. Note: Not open to freshmen.
                                                          issues. Prerequisites: ECO 110, 111, 300. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                    Does not fulfill requirements for economics major or minor.
                                                                                                                                                     Prerequisite: MGT 254. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          ECO 441: International Trade
                                                          (C) Examination and discussion of why nations trade, barriers to                           MGT 265: Business Law
                                                          trade, commodity composition, trade problems of developed and                              (A) Basic legal considerations in starting a business, acquiring
                                                          developing nations, selected topics. Prerequisites: ECO 111, and                           assets, making contracts with suppliers and customers; applications
                                                          either ECO 105 or ECO 110. ECO 301 recommended.                                            in selected case studies. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     MGT 360: Sport Marketing
                                                          ECO 443: International Finance                                                             (B) Application of marketing and market analysis techniques to
                                                          (C) Examination and discussion of exchange rate determination                              sports. Topics include sport consumer behavior, demand analysis,
                                                          and adjustment; international monetary institutions and systems,                           strategic market planning, and sponsorship. Prerequisite:
                                                          balance of payments accounts, national income determination in                             MGT 253. (Also listed as SPM 360.) (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          open economy, selected topics. Prerequisites: ECO 110, and either
                                                                                                                                                     MGT 373: Sport Law and Organization
                                                          ECO 105 or 111. ECO 300 is recommended. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     (A) Examination of the legal environment in which professional
                                                          ECO 452: Advanced Finance                                                                  and amateur sports presently operate. Included will be aspects of
                                                          (C) Examination and discussion of concepts introduced in ECO                               contract law, labor law, constitutional law and antitrust law as they
                                                          352 and enhanced development of topics such as: capital budget-                            apply to the sport industry. Prerequisites: SPM 275 and MGT
                                                          ing, financial statement analysis, cash flow management, dividend                          250. (Also listed as SPM 373). (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          policy, capital structure, working capital management, current asset
                                                                                                                                                     MGT 423: Computer Applications in Economics and Management
                                                          management, mergers, acquisitions, divestiture and bankruptcy.
                                                                                                                                                     (B) Problem-solving oriented course using spreadsheet and
                                                          Prerequisites: ECO 352. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     statistical software to analyze and solve economics and manage-
                                                          ECO 455: Asset Markets                                                                     ment problems. Prerequisites: ECO 110, 111, CAP 100. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          (C) Analysis of stock, bond, option and commodity markets and
                                                                                                                                                     MGT 454: Strategic Management
                                                          the federal tax treatment of gains and losses. Students learn
                                                                                                                                                     (A) Integrative study of strategic decision making in organizations.
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                          relationships between different markets, between risks and rates of
                                                                                                                                                     Application of economic and management concepts developed in
                                                          return, and between level of interest rates and level of asset prices.
                                                                                                                                                     prior course work; in addition, an intensive use of case studies will be
                                                          Prerequisites: ECO 111 and 352. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     incorporated. Prerequisites: senior status; ECO 352. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ECO 482: Labor Market Analysis
                                                          (C) Advanced course in labor economics, including in-depth
                                                          analysis of supply and demand for labor, competitive wage
                                                          determination, wage differentials, labor market segmentation.
                                                          Contrasting perspectives are presented. Prerequisites: ECO 111
                                                          and either 301 or 383. (3 cr. hr.) ■


 96                                                          Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
MGT 456: Co-op Education/Internship in Management                                           familiarizes students with the social studies learning standards, and
                                                                                                                                                                             E
(A) Field study program covering off-campus experiences in area of                          makes comparisons between middle school and high school
management. Open to business economics majors only. Student is                              teaching. Includes 100-hour field experience. (3 cr. hr.)
required to have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 and obtain
a job with significant responsibilities. Student must initiate the                          SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar
process through the Internships and Volunteer Office. Course                                (F) Integrated study of A.) Introduction to Secondary Education;
offered on S, U grading system only. Prerequisite: Consent of                               B.) Introduction to Methods of Teaching Social Studies; C.)
department. (3-16 cr. hr.)                                                                  Introduction to Contemporary Secondary School Issues; D.)
                                                                                            Preparation for specific practice teaching assignment. S, U grades
Related Education Courses                                                                   assigned. (11 cr. hr.)




                                                                                                                                                                            E D U C AT I O N
                                                                                            SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar
AED 400: Student Teaching
(F) Full-time supervised social studies teaching in public schools                          (F) Problem approach drawing upon experience of students
for ten weeks (6 cr. hr.)                                                                   during practice teaching. Designed to focus on contemporary
                                                                                            educational issues, beginning the job search and application
SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies                                           process, teaching and learning at the middle school level and
This course introduces students to unit and lesson planning, focuses                        exploring the history and philosophy of teaching. S, U grades
on the history of American education as it relates to social studies,                       assigned. (1 cr. hr.)




Education                                                                                                      Van Hoesen Hall, Room B-134
                                                                                                               (607) 753-2705
                                                                                                               E-mail: crandalll@cortland.edu
D E PA R T M E N T                                                                                             http://www.education.cortland.edu


The Education Department has been reorganized into four separate                            MAJORS OFFERED
departments. The departments and their faculty are listed below.                            Childhood Education (1-6)
SCHOOL
                                                                                            Early Childhood Education (Birth-2)
                                                                                            Early Childhood/Childhood Education (Birth-6)
Professional Studies                                                                        Special Education/Childhood Education (1-6)
F A C U LT Y                                                                                DESCRIPTION
Childhood/Early Childhood                                                                   A major in the various certification programs offers a foundation
Heather Bridge, Susana Davidenko, Cynthia Benton DeCorse,                                   for building an enriching life as an educator and can also be
Virginia Dudgeon, Daniel Farsaci, Kristi Fragnoli, Beth Klein,                              applied toward careers within the education field and in areas as
Emilie Kudela, Andrea Lachance, Thomas Lickona, Joy Mosher,                                 diverse as law, industrial training or social work.
Ellen Newman, Margaret Richardson, Rita Rosenberg, Judith                                       Professional education courses are offered by the Education
Schillo, Timothy Slekar, Gail Tooker, Kimberly Williams                                     Department. Courses in the student’s minor are offered by the
Educational Administration (C.A.S.)                                                         appropriate departments in the School of Arts and Sciences.
Richard Castallo, Mary Kinsella, Jerry Rice                                                 S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
Foundations and Social Advocacy                                                             • Resident Student Teaching Centers in urban and suburban settings
  (Special Education and Urban Education)                                                   • Study abroad
Janet Duncan, Micahel Friga, William Griffen, Michelle Kelly, Sue                           • Student teaching at the University of North London, England
Lehr, Mary Lee Martens, Joseph Rayle, Harry Sydow, Mary Ware                                • Rural and urban partnership programs
Literacy                                                                                    • National Honor Society in Education (Phi Delta Kappa)
Bill Buxton, Sheila Cohen, Barbara Combs, Michele Irvin                                     • Cortland’s Urban Recruitment of Educators (C.U.R.E.) Scholarship
Gonzalez, Ellen Jampole, Pamela Summers, Dorothy Troike                                     • Outdoor education opportunities at Camp Huntington,
                                                                                              Raquette Lake
IMPORTANT: Teacher education programs are currently in transition.                          • College and community projects
Transfer students with 50 or more transfer credits who are enrolling in
a program leading to teacher certification must contact the program                         Requirements
coordinator/representative of their respective department for specific                      1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
degree requirements.                                                                            to all education majors.
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




PROGRAMS OFFERED                                                                            2. Liberal Arts Requirements: B.A. – 90 credit hours;
                                                                                                B.S. – 66 credit hours
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in Childhood Education
                                                                                            3. Foreign Language: All students must have proficiency in a
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood
                                                                                                foreign language. For the B.S. degree, students complete one
  Education
                                                                                                year of a foreign language (7 credit hours) or its equivalent
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood
                                                                                                (through the 102 level). For the B.A. degree, students complete
  and Childhood Education
                                                                                                two years of a foreign language (13 credit hours) or its equiva-
Bachelor of Science in Special Education/Childhood Education
                                                                                                lent (through the 202 level).



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS    97
 E                                                          MINOR IN LIBERAL ARTS                                                         General Education Program
                                                            The minor provides depth of study in a field that will support at             GE 1:
                                                            least one of the New York State Learning Standards (State Education           ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or
                                                            Department). Approved minors include: African American studies,               POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics
                                                            anthropology, biology, English, French, geography, geology, history,          GE 2: Any GE 2 course
                                                            international studies, Latin American studies, mathematics, music,            EDU 103 or GRY 221 are recommended
                                                            Spanish, and urban studies. Special education/childhood dual major
                                                            students minor in psychology of exceptionality.                               GE 3:
                                                                                                                                          GRY 120: Cultural Geography or
                                                            E N R O L L M E N T I N T H E E D U C AT I O N M A J O R S
E D U C AT I O N




                                                                                                                                          GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development
                                                            Enrollment in the education majors are limited. Admission to any
                                                            of the programs is competitive, based on cumulative grade point               GE 4: Any GE 4 course
                                                            average. Admission to the College does not guarantee admission to             GE 5: Any GE 5 course
                                                            an education major.                                                           HIS 101: The World Since 1500 is recommended
                                                                Students who begin as freshmen at Cortland may apply to an
                                                            education major after completing at least 30 credit hours. To be              GE 6:
                                                            accepted as an Education major, students must have a cumulative               ENG 200: Introduction to Literature or
                                                            Cortland grade point average of at least 2.5, and at least 2.7 for the        ENG 202: Introduction to Fiction or
                                                            special education/childhood education major. Application is made              ENG 203: Introduction to Poetry or
                                                            during the college-wide change of major period. There is a separate           ENG 204: Introduction to Drama
                                                            application process for the special education/childhood education             GE 7: Any GE 7 course
                                                            major available through the Education Department office.                      SCI 320: Science, Technology and Culture or
                                                                Transfers who have completed a minimum of 30 hours with a                 GRY 370: Will the World Provide? are recommended
                                                            minimum grade point average of 2.5 may be admitted directly to the
                                                            major. Transfers not meeting these requirements may apply to the              GE 8: One life science and one earth science
                                                            major after completing a total of 30 hours, 15 of which must be               SCI 141: Integrated Earth Science and Biology and
                                                            completed at Cortland with a cumulative Cortland grade point                  SCI 142: Integrated Physics and Chemistry
                                                            average of at least 2.5. Application to the Teacher Education              B. Content Core: 31 credit hours
                                                            Program will be required.                                                     MAT 102: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics II
                                                                Application to the major must be made at admission to the                 PSY 101: General Psychology I
                                                            College, if eligible, or during the college-wide change of major period.      PSY 231: Child Psychology or
                                                                                                                                          PSY 332: Educational Psychology
                                                            ELIGIBILITY FOR STUDENT TEACHING
                                                                                                                                          ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or
                                                            To be eligible for student teaching, students must be in good                 POL 100: Introduction to American Government and
                                                            academic standing, have no incompletes, complete all prerequisite                        Politics (whichever not taken as GE 1)
                                                            education courses, have an overall Cortland grade point average of            HLH 265: Health for the Child
                                                            2.5 (2.7 for special education), have completed at least two-thirds of        HIS 200: The United States to 1877
                                                            the course work in the minor, and have no grade lower than a C- in            HIS 201: The United States since 1877
                                                            required education courses. Students must be eligible at the time of          ENG 302: Advanced Writing or
                                                            application, and if ineligible, reapply when eligibility is achieved.         ENG 306: Advanced Writing Workshop
                                                            ADVISEMENT MANUAL                                                             PED 245: Activities for Children
                                                                                                                                          INT 270: Exploring Education
                                                            Advisement manuals for education majors are available in the                  SPE 270: Introduction to Special Education
                                                            Education Department. Students must follow the manual in place
                                                            at the time of their matriculation. Students should study the manual       C. Pedagogy Courses: 40 credit hours
                                                            carefully since it supplements the information provided in this catalog.   Methodology Block I: 11 credit hours
                                                                                                                                          EDU 314: Teaching with Computers in Elementary and
                                                            Major in Childhood Education (1-6) [CED]                                                 Middle School
                                                            The childhood education major prepares students to become                     EDU 371: Teaching Elementary School Reading and
                                                            elementary school teachers in grades 1-6. Students learn to develop                      Language Arts I
                                                            curriculum in all areas of the New York State Learning Standards.             EDU 373: Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
                                                            CAREER POTENTIAL                                                              EDU 374: Teaching Elementary School Science
                                                            • Elementary school teacher                                                Methodology Block II: 13 credit hours
                                                            • Educational resource coordinator                                            EDU 372: Teaching Elementary School Reading and
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            • Sales representative in training and educational programs                              Language Arts II
                                                                                                                                          EDU 375: Teaching Elementary School Social Studies
                                                            A. College-wide and General Education Courses: 38 credithours                 EDU 430: Measurement and Evaluation in Education
                                                               (plus foreign language)                                                    EDU 478: Classroom Discipline for Personal and Social
                                                               COR 101: The Cortland Experience                                                      Responsibility
                                                               CPN 100 or 102: Academic Writing I                                         EDU 477: Elementary School Practicum
                                                               CPN 101 or 103: Academic Writing II
                                                               MAT 101: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics I
                                                               Foreign Language (0 to 13 credit hours)


  98
Application and Reflection on Teaching: 16 credit hours                  GE 7: Any GE 7 course
                                                                                                                                             E
   EDU 490: Student Teaching I                                           SCI 320: Science, Technology and Culture or
   EDU 491: Student Teaching II                                          GRY 370: Will the World Provide? are recommended
   EDU 492: Seminar in Student Teaching
                                                                         GE 8: One life science and one earth science
   EDU 400: Foundations of Education: The School in
                                                                         SCI 141: Integrated Earth Science and Biology and
               American Society
                                                                         SCI 142: Integrated Physics and Chemistry
D. Minor in an Approved Liberal Arts Area: 15 to 24 credit hours      B. Content Core: 28 credit hours
   Credit hours vary depending on area chosen. Requirements in           MAT 102: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics II
   General Education and Content Core may reduce the number              PSY 101: General Psychology I




                                                                                                                                            E D U C AT I O N
   of credit hours in a minor. Approved minors are listed above.         PSY 231: Child Psychology
E. Elective Courses: 0 to 10 credit hours                                ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or
   Free Electives to complete the minimum of 128 credit hours            POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics
                                                                                    (whichever not taken as GE 1)
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 128-133 *                    HLH 265: Health for the Child
                                                                         HIS 200: The United States to 1877
* Foreign language requirement (0-13 credit hours) may increase the      HIS 201: The United States Since 1877
total hours.                                                             ENG 302: Advanced Writing or
                                                                         ENG 306: Advanced Writing Workshop
Major in Early Childhood Education                                       PED 245: Activities for Children
(Birth-2) [ECE]                                                          SPE 270: Introduction to Special Education
The early childhood education major prepares students to become
                                                                      C. Pedagogy Courses: 42 credit hours
early childhood education teachers in preschool settings through
                                                                         ECE 270: Introduction to Early Childhood Education
grade two. Students learn to create high quality environments that
                                                                         ECE 330: Observation and Assessment of Young Children
respect children and their families, are developmentally appropri-
                                                                         ECE 331: Curriculum Development I
ate, and are child centered.
                                                                         ECE 332: Preschool Practicum
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                         ECE 333: Children, Families, and Their Community
•   Teacher of Preschool through Grade 2 (birth to 8 years old)          EDU 371: Teaching Elementary School Reading and
•   Child care provider                                                            Language Arts I
•   Child care center director                                           ECE 431: Curriculum Development II
•   Resource and referral counselor                                      ECE 435: Children’s Literacy Across the Curriculum
                                                                         EDU 477: Elementary School Practicum
A. College-wide and General Education Courses: 38 credithours            EDU 478: Classroom Discipline for Personal and Social
   (plus foreign language)                                                         Responsibility
   COR 101: The Cortland Experience
   CPN 100 or 102: Academic Writing I                                 Application and Reflection on Teaching: 16 credit hours
   CPN 101 or 103: Academic Writing II                                   ECE 490: Student Teaching I
   MAT 101: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics I                  ECE 491: Student Teaching II
   Foreign Language (0 to 13 credit hours)                               ECE 492: Seminar in Student Teaching
                                                                         EDU 400: Foundations of Education: The School in
     General Education Program                                                       American Society
     GE 1:
     ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or                 D. Minor in an Approved Liberal Arts Area: 15-24 credit hours
     POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics           Credit hours vary depending on area chosen. Requirements in
                                                                         General Education and Content Core may reduce the number
     GE 2:                                                               of credit hours in a minor. Approved minors are listed above.
     Any GE 2 course
     EDU 103 or GRY 221 are recommended                               E. Elective Courses: 0 to 11 credit hours
                                                                         Free Electives to complete the minimum of 128 credit hours
     GE 3:
     GRY 120: Cultural Geography or                                   TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 128-132*
     GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development                  * Foreign language requirement (0-13 credit hours) may increase the
     GE 4: Any GE 4 course                                            total hours.

     GE 5: Any GE 5 course                                            Major in Early Childhood Education/Childhood
     HIS 101: The World Since 1500 is recommended
                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                      Education (Birth-6) [ECC]
     GE 6:                                                            This major prepares students to have dual certification in early
     ENG 200: Introduction to Literature or                           childhood education and childhood education for teaching from
     ENG 202: Introduction to Fiction or                              birth through grade six. Refer to these majors and the career
     ENG 203: Introduction to Poetry or                               potential as described above.
     ENG 204: Introduction to Drama                                   A. College-wide and General Education Courses: 38 credithours
                                                                         (plus foreign language)
                                                                         COR 101: The Cortland Experience
                                                                         CPN 100 or 102: Academic Writing I


                                                                                                                                             99
 E                                                             CPN 101 or 103: Academic Writing II                              EDU 375: Teaching Elementary School Social Studies
                                                               MAT 101: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics I             EDU 478: Classroom Discipline for Personal and Social
                                                               Foreign Language – 0 to 13 credit hours                                   Responsibility
                                                                                                                                EDU 477: Elementary School Practicum
                                                               General Education Program
                                                               GE 1:                                                       Application and Reflection on Teaching: 16 [+] credit hours
                                                               ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or               ECE 490: Student Teaching I
                                                               POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics      ECE 491: Student Teaching II
                                                                                                                              ECE 492: Seminar in Student Teaching
                                                               GE 2: Any GE 2 course
                                                                                                                              EDU 400: Foundations of Education: The School in American
E D U C AT I O N




                                                               EDU 103 or GRY 221 are recommended
                                                                                                                                          Society
                                                               GE 3:                                                       D. Minor in an Approved Liberal Arts Area: 15 to 24 credit hours
                                                               GRY 120: Cultural Geography or                                 Credit hours vary depending on area chosen. Requirements
                                                               GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development                in General Education and Content Core may reduce the
                                                               GE 4: Any GE 4 course                                          number of credit hours in a minor. Approved minors are
                                                                                                                              listed above.
                                                               GE 5: Any GE 5 course.
                                                               HIS 101: The World Since 1500 is recommended                TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 128-143 *

                                                               GE 6:                                                       * Foreign language requirements (0-13 credit hours) may increase the
                                                               ENG 200: Introduction to Literature or                      total hours.
                                                               ENG 202: Introduction to Fiction or
                                                               ENG 203: Introduction to Poetry or                          Major in Special Education/Childhood Education
                                                               ENG 204: Introduction to Drama                              (1-6) [SPC]
                                                                                                                           The special education/childhood education major prepares
                                                               GE 7: Any GE 7 course.                                      students to have dual certification in childhood education and
                                                               SCI 320: Science, Technology and Culture or                 teaching children with disabilities in grades one through six.
                                                               GRY 370: Will the World Provide? are recommended
                                                                                                                           CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                               GE 8: One life science and one earth science.
                                                               SCI 141: Integrated Earth Science and Biology and           •   Elementary education teacher, Grades 1-6
                                                               SCI 142: Integrated Physics and Chemistry                   •   Special education teacher, Grades 1-6
                                                                                                                           •   Inclusive curriculum specialist
                                                            B. Content Core: 31 credit hours                               •   Inclusion consultant
                                                               MAT 102: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics II       •   Developmental disabilities provider/caregiver
                                                               PSY 101: General Psychology I
                                                               PSY 231: Child Psychology                                   A. College-wide and General Education Courses: 38 credit
                                                               ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or               hours (plus foreign language)
                                                               POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics      COR 101: The Cortland Experience
                                                                          (whichever not taken as GE 1)                       CPN 100 or 102: Academic Writing I
                                                               HLH 265: Health for the Child                                  CPN 101 or 103: Academic Writing II
                                                               HIS 200: The United States to 1877                             MAT 101: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics I
                                                               HIS 201: The United States since 1877                          Foreign Language – 0 to 13 credit hours
                                                               ENG 302: Advanced Writing or
                                                                                                                                General Education Program
                                                               ENG 306: Advanced Writing Workshop
                                                                                                                                GE 1:
                                                               PED 245: Activities for Children
                                                                                                                                ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or
                                                               ECE 270: Introduction to Early Childhood Education
                                                                                                                                POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics
                                                               SPE 270: Introduction to Special Education
                                                            C. Pedagogy Courses: 50 [+] credit hours                            GE 2: Any GE 2 course
                                                               ECE 330: Observation and Assessment of Young Children            EDU 103 or GRY 221 are recommended
                                                               ECE 331: Curriculum Development I                                GE 3:
                                                               ECE 332: Preschool Practicum                                     GRY 120: Cultural Geography or
                                                               ECE 333: Children, Families, and Their Community                 GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development
                                                               ECE 435: Children’s Literacy Across the Curriculum
                                                               EDU 314: Teaching with Computers in Elementary and               GE 4: Any GE 4 course
                                                                         Middle School                                          GE 5: Any GE 5 course
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                               EDU 371: Teaching Elementary School Reading and                  HIS 101: The World Since 1500 is recommended
                                                                         Language Arts I
                                                               EDU 372: Teaching Elementary School Reading and                  GE 6:
                                                                         Language Arts II                                       ENG 200: Introduction to Literature or
                                                               EDU 373: Teaching Elementary School Mathematics                  ENG 202: Introduction to Fiction or
                                                               EDU 374: Teaching Elementary School Science                      ENG 203: Introduction to Poetry or
                                                                                                                                ENG 204: Introduction to Drama




100
    GE 7: Any GE 7 course.                                                      Example of the undergraduate degree in Special
                                                                                                                                   E
    SCI 320: Science, Technology and Culture or                                 Education/Childhood Education (B.S.) with a
    GRY 370: Will the World Provide? are recommended
                                                                                minor in Psychology of Exceptionality over four
    GE 8: One life science and one earth science.                               and one half years
    SCI 141: Integrated Earth Science and Biology and
    SCI 142: Integrated Physics and Chemistry
B. Content Core: 25 credit hours
                                                                                         First Year               Second Year
   MAT 102: Concepts of Elementary School Mathematics II                        Fall                       Fall
   PSY 101: General Psychology I




                                                                                                                                  E D U C AT I O N
                                                                                COR 101                    SCI 141
   PSY 231: Child Psychology                                                    CPN 100 or 102             MAT 102
   ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought or                             GRY 120 or 125             HLH 265
   POL 100: Introduction to American Government and                             HIS 200                    ECO 105
             Politics (whichever not taken as GE 1)                             PSY 101                    SPE 270
   HLH 265: Health for the Child                                                Foreign language           PED 245
   HIS 200: The United States to 1877
   HIS 201: The United States since 1877                                        Spring                     Spring
   ENG 302: Advanced Writing or
                                                                                CPN 101 or 103             SCI 142
   ENG 306: Advanced Writing Workshop
                                                                                PSY 231                    GE 2
   PED 245: Activities for Children
                                                                                MAT 101                    POL 101
C. Special Education Courses: 20.5 credit hours                                 HIS 201                    SPE 280
   SHH 270: Introduction to Communication Disorders                             Foreign language           SHH 270
   SPE 270: Introduction to Special Education                                                              PSY 332
   SPE 280: Perspectives on Disabilities: Child, Family,
             School, and Community
   SPE 315: Assistive and Adaptive Technology                                            Third Year               Fourth Year
   SPE 360: Measurement and Evaluation in Education
   SPE 436: Assessment and Instruction of Learners with Special                 Fall                       Fall
             Needs                                                              ENG 200, 202, 203 or 204   EDU 371
   SPE 476: Adaptations and Accommodations for Learners                         GE 7                       EDU 373
             with Special Needs                                                 HIS 100, 101, 110 or 111   EDU 374
                                                                                PSY 331                    PSY 360
D. Minor in Psychology of Exceptionality: 21 credit hours
                                                                                EDU 314                    SPE 436
   Completion of the Minor in Psychology of the Exceptional
                                                                                SPE 315
   Child, including the following courses:
   PSY 331: Psychology of Exceptional Children
   PSY 332: Educational Psychology                                              Spring                     Spring
   PSY 360: Applied Behavior Analysis I                                         ENG 302 or 306             EDU 375
   PSY 432: Psychology of Learning Disabilities                                 PSY 433                    EDU 372
   PSY 433: Behavior Disorders in Educational Settings                          PSY 432                    EDU 478
   (PSY 231 and SHH 270 fulfilled in B and C)                                   SPE 360                    EDU 477
E. Pedagogy Courses: 36 credit hours                                            GE 4                       EDU 400
    EDU 314: Teaching with Computers in Elementary and                                                     SPE 476
              Middle School
    EDU 371: Teaching Elementary School Reading and Language
              Arts I                                                                     Fifth Year
    EDU 372: Teaching Elementary School Reading and Language                    Fall
              Arts II                                                           SPE 490
    EDU 373: Teaching Elementary School Mathematics                             SPE 491
    EDU 374: Teaching Elementary School Science                                 SPE 492
    EDU 375: Teaching Elementary School Social Studies
    EDU 477: Elementary School Practicum
    EDU 478: Classroom Discipline for Personal and Social
              Responsibility
                                                                                                                                     S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




Application and Reflection on Teaching: 16 credit hours
   SPE 490: Student Teaching I
   SPE 491: Student Teaching II
   SPE 492: Seminar in Student Teaching
   EDU 400: Foundations of Education: The School in American
               Society
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 135.5-142.5 *

* Foreign language requirement (0-13 credit hours) may increase total hours.:


                                                                                                                                  101
 E                                                          Example of the undergraduate degree in Early                            Example of the undergraduate degree in Early
                                                            Childhood Education (B.S.) with a minor in History                      Childhood/Childhood Education (B.S.) with a
                                                            over four years                                                         minor in History and only one course in foreign
                                                                                                                                    language over four years
                                                                     First Year                     Second Year
                                                            Fall                             Fall                                            First Year                    Second Year
                                                            COR 101                          HIS 100, 101, 110 or 111               Fall                            Fall
                                                            CPN 100 or 102                   SCI 141
E D U C AT I O N




                                                            GRY 120 or 125                   MAT 101                                COR 101                         HIS 100, 101, 110 or 111
                                                            HIS 200                          ENG 200, 202, 203 or 204               CPN 100 or 102                  SCI 141
                                                            PSY 101                          Foreign language/elective              GRY 120 or 125                  MAT 101
                                                            HLH 265                                                                 HIS 200                         ENG 200, 202, 203 or 204
                                                                                                                                    PSY 101                         Foreign language/elective
                                                            Spring                           Spring                                 HLH 265
                                                            CPN 101                          SCI 142                                Spring                          Spring
                                                            POL 100                          MAT 102
                                                            GE 4                             ECO 105                                CPN 101 or 103                  SCI 142
                                                            HIS 201                          ENG 302 or 306                         POL 100                         MAT 102
                                                            PSY 231                          GE 7                                   GE 4                            ECO 105
                                                            GE 2                             Foreign language/elective              HIS 201                         ENG 302 or 306
                                                                                                                                    PSY 231                         ECE 270
                                                                                                                                    GE 2                            Minor
                                                                     Third Year                     Fourth Year
                                                            Fall                             Fall                                            Third Year                    Fourth Year
                                                            ECE 270                          ECE 333                                Fall                            Fall
                                                            PED 245                          ECE 431
                                                            SPE 270                          ECE 435                                ECE 330                         EDU 372
                                                            Minor                            EDU 477                                ECE 331                         EDU 435
                                                            Elective                         EDU 478                                ECE 332                         EDU 477
                                                                                             EDU 400                                ECE 333                         EDU 478
                                                                                                                                    SPE 270                         EDU 400
                                                                                                                                    GE 7                            PED 245
                                                            Spring                           Spring                                                                 Minor
                                                            ECE 330                          ECE 490                                Spring                          Spring
                                                            ECE 331                          ECE 491
                                                            ECE 332                          ECE 492                                EDU 314                         ECE 490
                                                            EDU 371                                                                 EDU 371                         ECE 491
                                                            Minor                                                                   EDU 373                         ECE 492
                                                            Elective                                                                EDU 374
                                                                                                                                    EDU 375
                                                                                                                                    Minor




                                                            Education
                                                            COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

                                                            Interdisciplinary Courses                                               Early Childhood Education Courses
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            INT 270: Exploring Education                                            ECE 270: Introduction to Early Childhood Education
                                                            (A) Introduction to education and teaching through the perspec-         (A) This course is an orientation to the issues, challenges and
                                                            tives of a variety of disciplines such as psychology, history,          opportunities of early childhood education. It provides an
                                                            sociology, philosophy, and political science. Open to students in all   overview of the history and philosophy of early care and education
                                                            major fields. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                             to the current system of early care and education in the United
                                                                                                                                    States. Criteria for developing, operating and evaluating early
                                                                                                                                    childhood programs will be introduced. Students will be intro-
                                                                                                                                    duced to the early childhood education program’s conceptual
                                                                                                                                    framework, program plan, technological and other resources, and
                                                                                                                                    will observe early childhood programs and classrooms. (3 cr. hr.)

102
ECE 330: Observation and Assessment of Young Children                                       ECE 490: Student Teaching I
                                                                                                                                                                             E
(B) This course will acquaint students with the observation and                             (A) First half of student teaching in early childhood classroom;
assessment techniques that they will need to understand young                               supervised by college faculty. Prerequisites: Consent of department,
children’s growth and development in order to meet the                                      ECE 270, ECE 330, ECE 331, ECE 332, ECE 333, ECE 435,
individual needs of children while building on their strengths.                             EDU 371, EDU 477, EDU 478; ECE 431 or EDU 314, EDU
Students will examine formal and informal assessments of                                    372, EDU 373, EDU 374, EDU 375; no outstanding
physical, cognitive, language and social/emotional development.                             incompletes; an overall grade point average of 2.5; no grade lower
Critical issues in early childhood developmental assessment will                            than a C- in required education courses. (6 cr. hr.)
be addressed. Students will practice the techniques and assess-
                                                                                            ECE 491: Student Teaching II
ments throughout the semester. Prerequisites: ECE 270 and PSY




                                                                                                                                                                            E D U C AT I O N
                                                                                            (A) Second half of student teaching in early childhood class-
231. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            rooms; supervised by college faculty. Prerequisites: Consent of
ECE 331: Curriculum Development I                                                           department, ECE 270, ECE 330, ECE 331, ECE 332, 333, ECE
(B) This course focuses on curriculum development for children                              435, ECE 490, EDU 477, EDU 478; ECE 431 or EDU 314,
from birth to grade 3 with an emphasis on the preschool age                                 EDU 372, EDU 373, EDU 374 and EDU 375; no outstanding
child. The planning of developmentally appropriate learning                                 incompletes; an overall grade point average of 2.5; no grade lower
experiences, the design of learning environments and the use of                             than a C- in education courses. (6 cr. hr.)
play and exploration for the purpose of expanding the young
                                                                                            ECE 492: Seminar in Student Teaching
child’s social, emotional, cognitive, linguistic, physical, and
                                                                                            (A) Semester-long seminar for discussion and analysis of issues
aesthetic growth and development will be explored. Students will
                                                                                            related to preservice classroom teaching. Taken concurrently with
develop methods and materials that address the content areas
                                                                                            student teaching, ECE 490/491 (withdrawal from ECE 490 or
associated with the domains of early childhood growth and
                                                                                            ECE 491 requires withdrawal from ECE 492). Prerequisites: ECE
development, and develop awareness of cultural values of
                                                                                            270, ECE 330, ECE 331, ECE 332, ECE 333, ECE 435, EDU
different families. Taken concurrently with ECE 332 (field
                                                                                            371, EDU 477, EDU 478; ECE 431 or EDU 314, EDU 372, EDU
component). Prerequisite: ECE 270. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            373, EDU 374 and EDU 375. (1 cr. hr.)
ECE 332: Pre-School Practicum
(B) This course provides students with hands-on field experience                            Education Courses
in an early childhood preschool setting. Each student will work
                                                                                            EDU 103: Gender, Race and Class Issues in Education
with an experienced early childhood professional as their
                                                                                            (O) Examine prejudice and discrimination (on the basis of class,
cooperating teacher for a minimum of 75 hours during the
                                                                                            race and gender) as these are institutionalized by schools, both in
semester. S, U grades are assigned. This course is taken concur-
                                                                                            the United States and elsewhere in the world. The course will
rently with ECE 331. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            examine the school both as an agent of socialization which can be
ECE 333: Children, Families, and Their Community                                            used to combat prejudice and discrimination and as an agent of
(B) This course explores the nature of families and communities                             socialization which can perpetuate prejudice and discrimination.
as dynamic systems. The course focuses on current theories of                               (3 cr. hr.) ■
family interactions, family patterns and communication and
                                                                                            EDU 129, 229, 329, 429, 559: Special Topics in Education
problem solving between early childhood programs and families.
                                                                                            Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
It is an ecological approach to understanding children, families
                                                                                            Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
and their communities for the purpose of supporting the
                                                                                            and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
developing child and their family. Community resources for
families and models of support programs will be considered.                                 EDU 302: Practice Teaching
Prerequisite: ECE 270. (3 cr. hr.)                                                          (F) Full-time supervised teaching in public schools for eight weeks.
                                                                                            (6 cr. hr.)
ECE 431: Curriculum Development II
(B) This course will emphasize developing instructional tech-                               EDU 314: Teaching With Computers in Elementary and Middle School
niques, methods, and materials in primary grade classrooms                                  (A) Content and methods for teaching with computers and related
(kindergarten – grade 3). The focus will be on developing an                                technologies in the elementary and middle school. (2 cr. hr.)
integrated curriculum that includes all content areas with an
                                                                                            EDU 341: Teaching English Language Arts in Secondary Schools I:
emphasis on developing methods for the teaching of mathemat-                                Literature Methods and Practicum
ics, science and social studies. Prerequisites: ECE 331 and 332.                            Course emphasizes the teaching of literature. instructional
(3 cr. hr.)                                                                                 strategies, lesson planning, and teaching with educational stan-
ECE 435: Children’s Literacy Across the Curriculum                                          dards are also stressed, as are working with ESL and special needs
(B) This course builds on knowledge of speech and language                                  students in included classrooms. Two lectures and one two-hour
patterns and literacy development in young children, constructed                            lab experience per week. Prerequisites: 2.5 grade point average in
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




in previous classes. Various models for literacy development are                            both the major and all other courses. (3 cr. hr.)
examined. Students will examine language environment and the                                EDU 351: Strategies for Coping With Individual Differences
role of language experience, play, integrated arts and literature in                        (O) Identifying, coping in classroom with educationally important
fostering all children’s literacy, and knowledge of self and the                            individual differences in cognitive characteristics, social-emotional
world. Practical skills derived from each model are demonstrated,                           functioning, perceptual-motor skills, and behaviors related to sex
practiced by students and integrated into an early childhood                                role and family background. Focus varies (early childhood,
classroom field experience. Prerequisite: ECE 331 and PSY 231.                              intermediate, secondary) depending upon instructor. (3 cr. hr.)
(3 cr. hr.)



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   103
 E                                                          EDU 371: Teaching Elementary School Reading and Language Arts I                            EDU 434: Content and Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Middle/
                                                            (A) Part I of integrated approach to teaching reading, writing,                            Junior High School
                                                            speaking and listening in elementary school. (3 cr. hr.)                                   (S) Prerequisite: INT 270. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            EDU 372: Teaching Elementary School Reading and Language Arts II                           EDU 435: Content and Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Middle/
                                                            (A) Part II of integrated approach to teaching reading, writing,                           Junior High School
                                                            speaking and listening in elementary school. Strategies for teaching                       (S) Prerequisite: INT 270. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            special needs of children included. Prerequisite: EDU 371. (3 cr. hr.)                     EDU 441: Teaching English Language Arts in Secondary Schools II:
                                                                                                                                                       Integrated Methods and Practicum
                                                            EDU 373: Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
                                                                                                                                                       Course brings together literature, composition, language, and
                                                            (A) Content and methods for teaching mathematics in the
E D U C AT I O N




                                                                                                                                                       general material on teaching methods. Progress toward an
                                                            elementary school program focusing on problem solving, math-
                                                                                                                                                       integrated knowledge of teaching practices and preparation for
                                                            ematical reasoning and communication in mathematics. Special
                                                                                                                                                       student teaching are among its goals. (3 cr. hr. — two lectures plus
                                                            attention will be given to integrating mathematics with other areas
                                                                                                                                                       one lab contact hour per week)
                                                            of the curriculum helping students see the connection among
                                                            mathematics and other areas of study. (3 cr. hr.)                                          EDU 442: Methods of Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School
                                                                                                                                                       (A) Prerequisite: EDU 391. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            EDU 374: Teaching Elementary School Science
                                                            (A) Content and methods for teaching inquiry science in the                                EDU 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and
                                                            elementary school. Special attention is given to how children learn                        Secondary Schools
                                                            science, interpretation of science education research, and integrating                     Students will participate in the development of sample course
                                                            science across the curriculum. (3 cr. hr.)                                                 syllabi, a comprehensive laboratory safety plan, field trip proposal,
                                                                                                                                                       and strategies for facilitating parental/community involvement.
                                                            EDU 375: Teaching Elementary School Social Studies                                         Students will design and implement classroom demonstrations and
                                                            (A) Content and methods of teaching elementary school social                               laboratory exercises. Alignment of lesson plans with state and
                                                            studies focusing upon how children learn social studies, problem                           national learning standards and state core curriculum guides,
                                                            solving, social issues and social action, recent trends and programs,                      strategies for motivation of students with diverse needs and
                                                            and the integration of social studies with other areas of the                              learning styles, and development of assessment tools that parallel
                                                            elementary school curriculum. (3 cr. hr.)                                                  those of Regents examinations will be emphasized. Students will
                                                            EDU 392: Student Teaching: Secondary Education — Mathematics                               explore the uses of technology to enhance the teaching-learning
                                                            (A) One-half semester. S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisite: EDU                         environment in the science classroom. The course will conclude
                                                            442. (7 cr. hr.)                                                                           with a discussion of the importance of continuing self-evaluation
                                                                                                                                                       and professional growth and development. Twenty-five hours of
                                                            EDU 393: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education — Science                                 field experience in middle and secondary schools. WI. Prerequisite:
                                                            (A) Full semester of student teaching. Prerequisites: PSY 232 or                           AED 442. Corequisite: EDU 423. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            332, EDU 423, EDU 443. See major department for eligibility
                                                            criteria. S, U grades are assigned. (6-14 cr. hr.)                                         EDU 444: Methods of Teaching Philosophy in Secondary School
                                                                                                                                                       (O) Prerequisite: Consent of Philosophy Department. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            EDU 394: Student Teaching: Secondary Education — Social Studies
                                                            (O) One-half semester. S, U grades are assigned. (6 cr. hr.)                               EDU 446: Individual or Independent Study
                                                                                                                                                       (A) Curriculum or other aspects of elementary education. Purpose,
                                                            EDU 400: Foundations of Education: The School in American Society                          design of study determined by instructor-advisor. Weekly confer-
                                                            (A) Investigation of foundations of American educational system.                           ences. S, U grades are assigned. (1-3 cr. hr.)
                                                            Readings and discussion designed to enable students to reason,
                                                            speak and write about purposes and practices of American                                   EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School
                                                            education. Prerequisite: 371. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                (F) Methods, materials and assessment for fostering literacy at the
                                                                                                                                                       middle and secondary levels. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            EDU 423: Laboratory Practicum
                                                            This course is designed to provide a student with the opportunity to                       EDU 450: Issues and Trends in Special Education
                                                            work with an experienced teacher in the planning, preparation, and                         (O) Examination of current issues in field of special education.
                                                            implementation of laboratory exercises in an introductory, college                         Emphasis will be placed on practical relevance of this information
                                                            level lab course. Additionally, students will assist in one-on-one and                     to students’ professional careers. Prerequisite: EDU 490. (2 cr. hr.)
                                                            in small group activities within the laboratory setting. It includes                       EDU 470: Foundations and Organization of Modern Education
                                                            25 hours of field experience. Corequisite: EDU 443. (1 cr. hr.)                            Pending SUNY/NYSED approval.
                                                            EDU 430: Measurement and Evaluation in Education                                           (A) Principles, practices in education, physical education viewed
                                                            (A) Nature and use of measurement, assessment, evaluation and                              from historical and philosophical point of view. Administration,
                                                            testing in educational settings. Construction of teacher-made tests,                       organization of schools at federal, state, local levels; teacher rights
                                                            examination of professionally prepared standardized tests and                              and responsibilities. Prerequisite: EDU 300 or EDU255/EDU256.
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            consideration of alternative forms of assessment, including                                (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            portfolios. Prerequisite: EDU 371. (3 cr. hr.)                                             EDU 471: Foundations of Modern Education
                                                            EDU 431: Content and Methods of Teaching English in Middle/Junior                          (A) Social, historical, philosophical. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                            High School
                                                                                                                                                       EDU 477: Elementary School Practicum
                                                            (S) Prerequisite: INT 270. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                       (A) 75-hour practicum experience in an elementary school, one
                                                            EDU 433: Content and Methods of Teaching Science in Middle/Junior                          day or two half-days each week. Reflective analysis and assignments
                                                            High School                                                                                in on-campus seminars. Must be taken in conjunction with EDU
                                                            (S) Prerequisite: INT 270. (3 cr. hr.)                                                     478. S, U grades are assigned. Corequisite: EDU 478. (1 cr. hr.)


104                                                             Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
EDU 478: Classroom Discipline for Personal and Social Responsibility                        modeled and expected in students’ lesson plans. By completing
                                                                                                                                                                             E
(A) Various models for effective classroom management are                                   class readings, course assignments, and observations of children in
examined in the light of their effect on the growth of children as                          classrooms, students will develop a multitude of techniques and
persons and as members of a pluralistic, democratic society.                                strategies for providing mathematics instruction to diverse learners.
Practical skills derived from each model are demonstrated,                                  Prerequisite: Admission to the MST Program. (Undergraduates
practiced by students and integrated into overall philosophy.                               restricted.) (3 cr. hr.)
Relevant field experiences concurrent with EDU 477. Prerequisites:
EDU 371 and 477 or junior standing. (3 cr. hr)                                              EDU 513: Teaching Elementary School Science
                                                                                            (B) This course will provide hands-on activities that enable
EDU 487: Urban Education                                                                    students to experience inquiry and learning science in a




                                                                                                                                                                            E D U C AT I O N
(O) Understanding inner city children in their total environment                            constructivist manner. Through reflection of these experiences and
as it affects their school years, learning. (2 cr. hr.)                                     on structured interactions with children, students will participate
EDU 490: Student Teaching I
                                                                                            in action research as they simultaneously engage in real life
(A) First half of student teaching in elementary schools; supervised                        applications of the National Science Standards and the New York
by college faculty. Prerequisites: consent of department, INT 270                           State Math/Science Technology Learning Standards. Prerequisite:
or EDU 270, and SPE 270, EDU 314, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375,                                  Admission to the MST Program. (Undergraduates restricted.)
430, 477 and 478; must be taken concurrently with EDU 492; no                               (3 cr. hr.)
outstanding incompletes; an overall grade point average of 2.5; no                          EDU 514: Teaching Elementary School Social Studies
grade lower than a C- in required education courses. (6 cr. hr.)                            (B) This course investigates innovative and traditional approaches
EDU 491: Student Teaching II
                                                                                            to teaching social studies concepts for children preK-6. It empha-
(A) Second half of student teaching in elementary schools;                                  sizes the objectives (including adaptation for diverse and excep-
supervised by college faculty. Prerequisites: consent of department,                        tional children), curriculum content, materials and resources to
INT 270 or EDU 270, and EDU 314, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375,                                   engage in historical, social and citizenship understanding and
430, 477, 478 and SPE 270; must be taken concurrently with                                  activities at the appropriate developmental level. Experiences are
EDU 492; no outstanding incompletes; an overall grade point                                 provided to develop National Standards and State Learning
average of 2.5; no grade lower than a C- in required education                              Frameworks. Prerequisite: EDU 510, 511, 512 and 513. (3 cr. hr.)
courses. (6 cr. hr.)                                                                        EDU 516: Teaching Literacy in the Intermediate Grades
EDU 492: Seminar in Student Teaching
                                                                                            (B) The purpose of this course is to emphasize reading, writing,
(A) Semester-long seminar for discussion and analysis of issues                             listening, and speaking at the intermediate school level. Students
related to preservice classroom teaching. Taken concurrently with                           will learn to assess and instruct an intermediate grade student
student teaching, EDU 490 and 491 (withdrawal from EDU 490 or                               through class and tutoring sessions. In addition, students will
EDU 491 requires withdrawal from EDU 492). Prerequisites: INT                               examine their philosophy of reading, related research, special
270, SPE 270, EDU 314, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 430, 477, 478.                              needs, multicultural issues, the use of technology in tutoring, and
(1 cr. hr.)                                                                                 integrating content areas. Prerequisite: EDU 514. (3 cr. hr.)

EDU 510: Inquiry into Teaching, Technology and Research                                     EDU 521: Elementary School Language Arts
(B) This course will introduce students to the field of teaching,                           (B) Guiding children in written, oral communication. Prerequisite:
which will include an exploration of teachers’ practices, the                               Student teaching. (3 cr. hr.)
structure of schools, student diversity, current initiatives in                             EDU 522: Readings, Research and Teaching Innovations in
education in New York State, and other general areas related to                             Mathematics and Science Education
education. The course will also examine the uses of technology in                           (A) This course will examine issues related to the teaching and
the public schools and ethical issues in using technology. Finally,                         integration of math, science and technology in elementary school
students will learn how to be consumers and creators of research as                         classrooms. Students will examine theory and classroom-based
preparation for the research they will be reading and/or conducting                         research to construct an understanding of how these subject areas
in future semesters. Classroom observations required throughout                             can be made accessible to all learners. (3 cr. hr.)
the semester. (Undergraduates restricted.) (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            EDU 523: Elementary School Science
EDU 511: Teaching Literacy in the Primary Grades                                            (B) Objectives, content of science programs for children in pre-
(A) The purpose of this course is to emphasize reading, writing,                            kindergarten through middle school. Planning pupil activities,
listening, and speaking at the primary school level. Students will                          utilizing teaching aids, materials. Prerequisite: Student teaching.
learn to assess and instruct primary grade students through class                           (3 cr. hr.)
and tutoring sessions. In addition, students will investigate
                                                                                            EDU 524: Democracy and Social Education
philosophy of literacy, related research, students with special needs,
                                                                                            (A) This course will be conducted through research-based and self-
multicultural issues, the use of technology in tutoring, and
                                                                                            reflective-oriented inquiry. Students will analyze and define
integrating content areas. Undergraduates restricted. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                            democracy and social education in the context of American public
EDU 512: Teaching Elementary School Mathematics                                             schools. Students will confront the antidemocratic forces of greed,
(B) The goal of this course is to prepare preservice teachers in the                        individualism, and intolerance in today’s society and be challenged
MST Program to teach mathematics to elementary school students                              to implement the study of social education with the goal of social
in an effective, constructivist, and equitable manner. In class                             justice. Students will be exposed to a theoretical and historical
meetings, the instructor will use hands-on mathematics activities to                        analysis of education and society. The course will also provide a
model appropriate strategies for teaching mathematics in a                                  practical analysis of classroom pedagogy and school organization.
student-centered classroom and to build preservice teachers’                                (3 cr. hr.)
understandings of mathematics. Inquiry teaching will be also


 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   105
 E                                                          EDU 525: Teaching the Inner City Child                                                     EDU 549: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School
                                                            (F) Challenge of educating urban youngsters; objectives, ap-                               (A, M) Problems, learning theories related to reading and adoles-
                                                            proaches, and procedures to meet this need. Includes disciplinary                          cence, causes of reading disabilities, diagnostic procedures,
                                                            approaches, multicultural concerns, methods for involving students                         organizing developmental reading program. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            directly in their learning, and background information for teaching
                                                                                                                                                       EDU 550: Current Practices in Literacy Assessment and Instruction of
                                                            multicultural social studies. (3 cr. hr.)                                                  Learners in Grades 5-12
                                                            EDU 528: Language and Literacy Development                                                 (A) Understanding the role of comprehension for all middle and
                                                            (A) Explores connections between overall language development                              secondary students will be emphasized through research, strategies,
                                                            and the specific development of print literacy. Studies theoretical                        metacognition, and assessment. Topics include background, vocabu-
E D U C AT I O N




                                                            perspectives of language development and examines how they are                             lary, graphic organizers, purposes, questioning, study skills, and
                                                            applied to learning environments. Prerequisite: Student teaching.                          writing. Evaluating, selecting, and using textbooks will also be
                                                            (3 cr. hr.)                                                                                examined. A field experience equal to one credit hour is required.
                                                                                                                                                       Prerequisite: EDU 528. (4 cr. hr.)
                                                            EDU 529: Elementary School Reading
                                                            (A, M) Developmental reading concepts. Trends, research studies.                           EDU 551: e-Learning and the American Classroom
                                                            Prerequisite: Student Teaching. (3 cr. hr.)                                                (A) This course is designed for practicing educators and teachers
                                                                                                                                                       and will cover emerging educational technologies that are increas-
                                                            EDU 531: Developing Creative Elementary School Experiences                                 ingly changing the way teachers perform their tasks. The emphasis
                                                            (O) Research, objectives and procedures related to creativity in                           of this course will be a hands-on approach to using new digital
                                                            elementary school programs are examined. Emphasis is given to                              tools to enhance teaching, learning, and communication, not only
                                                            the development, implementation and evaluation of selected                                 within the classroom, but also to the larger contexts of schools,
                                                            activities which integrate with various curriculum areas, enrich                           communities, and the world. Previous experience with personal
                                                            learning experiences and nurture the creative processes. Prerequi-                         computers is suggested but is not required. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            site: Consent of department. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                       EDU 552: Gender Issues in Education
                                                            EDU 532: Elementary School Mathematics II                                                  (F) Seminar integrating recent scholarship on women and women’s
                                                            (B) Extension of EDU 522, introduces additional math concepts                              ways of knowing into a broader study of gender issues in education
                                                            including informal geometry, metrics, number patterns, probability.                        including socialization of men and women through education;
                                                            (3 cr. hr.)                                                                                socialization of women and men teachers and administrators and
                                                            EDU 533: Introduction to Middle Childhood Education                                        the costs and benefits of these structures for men and women. The
                                                            (A) Content and methods for integration of curricula for language                          course will focus upon application of these issues to policy and practice
                                                            arts, mathematics, social studies, and science in grades 5-8.                              in education today. Prerequisites: Junior, senior or graduate level;
                                                            Development of interdisciplinary models and assessments aligned                            education methods course. (Also listed as WST 552.) (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            with New York State Learning Standards for each of the disciplines                         EDU 568: Environmental and Outdoor Education
                                                            and implemented through thematic team teaching and collabora-                              (S) Development of program materials for various age, grade levels
                                                            tive student projects, appropriate for the intermediate level.                             in public school. Policies, procedures, practices in supervision,
                                                            Prerequisites: EDU 441 or EDU 442 or EDU 443, or                                           administration of outdoor education. (Also listed as REC 568.)
                                                            SSS 301-302. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                   (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            EDU 538: Discipline and Classroom Behavior in the Elementary School
                                                                                                                                                       EDU 570: Character Education
                                                            (B) Identifying various behavior problems; alternative strategies for                      (B) Character education is defined as helping students understand,
                                                            dealing with inappropriate behavior; discipline, classroom                                 care about, and act upon on widely shared ethical values such as
                                                            management as preventive measure; cognitive and affective                                  respect, responsibility, honesty, fairness, caring, and civic virtue.
                                                            approaches for resolving behavior problems. Not open to under-                             Emphasis on a comprehensive approach that integrates character
                                                            graduates having credit for EDU 478. (3 cr. hr.)                                           development into every phase of school life — including academics
                                                            EDU 539: Reading and Writing Across the Curriculum                                         and behavior — and develops the classroom and school into caring
                                                            (A) This course is intended to provide graduate students with a                            communities that embody good character. Prerequisite: Student
                                                            firm understanding of how reading and writing can be developed                             teaching. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            through content area subjects. (3 cr. hr.)                                                 EDU 575: Teaching Health Education
                                                            EDU 540: Current Practices in Literacy Assessment and Instruction of                       (B) The goal of this course is to prepare the advanced preservice
                                                            Learners from Birth-Grade 6                                                                school health educator with the competencies to teach school
                                                            (A) This course will explore developmental reading concepts.                               health education. An examination of school health content, state
                                                            Students will explore trends and research in the field of literacy. A                      and national curricula and standards, teaching resources and
                                                            field experience equal to one credit hour is required. Prerequisite/                       pedagogy will form the focus of the course. School health
                                                            corequisite: EDU 528. (4 cr. hr.)                                                          observations included. Health Education majors only. (3 cr. hr.)
   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                            EDU 541: Teaching Literature in the Secondary School: Critical Theory                      EDU 580: Literacy and Society
                                                            and Classroom Practice                                                                     (A) Explores connections between literacy and practices of the
                                                            (F) Instructional strategies and curriculum planning for the                               larger society. Readings cover a wide range of theories and
                                                            teaching of literature in secondary school. Prerequisite: Graduate                         perspectives. Introduces important theories in the field of literacy.
                                                            status. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                        Classic authors and works form the majority of course content.
                                                            EDU 544: Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools                           Prerequisite: Student teaching. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                            (O) (3 cr. hr.)




106                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
Special Education Courses                                                                   SPE 490: Student Teaching I (Special Education)
                                                                                                                                                                             E
                                                                                            (A) Prerequisites: SPE 270, 315, 436, EDU 314, 372, 373, 374,
SPE 270: Introduction to Special Education                                                  375, and 477. (6 cr. hr.)
(A) Course meets all SED teacher certification requirements for
childhood and early childhood teachers to teach students with                               SPE 492: Seminar in Student Teaching
disabilities in inclusive classrooms. Introductory course for                               (A) Semester-long seminar for discussion and analysis of issues
students in the Teaching Students with Disabilities in Childhood                            related to preservice classroom teaching in inclusive classrooms
Education Program, intended to orient general education and                                 where students with and without disabilities are educated together.
special education preservice teachers to special education, the                             Taken concurrently with student teaching, SPE or EDU 490 and
characteristics of students with special needs, strategies to work                          491 (withdrawal from SPE or EDU 490 or SPE or EDU 491




                                                                                                                                                                            E D U C AT I O N
effectively with diverse student populations, and techniques for                            requires withdrawal form SPE 492). Prerequisites: SPE 270, 436;
forming partnerships with each other and other professionals and                            EDU 314, 372, 373, 374, 375, 477, 478. (1 cr. hr.)
parents. Prerequisites: PSY 231 or PSY 332. (3 cr. hr.)                                     SPE 510: Teaching the Special Education Learner in the General
                                                                                            Education Classroom
SPE 280: Perspectives on Disabilities – The Child, Family, School, and
Community
                                                                                            (O) This course provides a knowledge of special education to
(B) Introductory course to assist special education majors to                               teachers who are seeking to accommodate students with disabilities
develop a deeper understanding of the child with a disability and                           more effectively in their classrooms and schools. (3 cr. hr.)
his/her family at home and in the school and community.
Includes 25 hours of field experience with a family and child and
issues of family support, advocacy, respite, financing of services,
and futures planning to understand the role of the special educa-
tion teacher in enabling the family to access necessary services.
Prerequisite: SPE 270. (3 cr. hr.)
SPE 315: The Use of Assistive/Adaptive Technology
(B) This course will cover the use of assistive technology in the
classroom to maximize the participation of students identified as
having special needs. Students will begin to pinpoint the need for
assistive technology, participate in locating or adapting the device,
and will be able to train the student, paraprofessional, parent, or
others in the use of frequently used devices. Prerequisite: SPE 270.
(1.5 cr. hr.)
SPE 360: Measurement and Evaluation for Special Education and
General Education
(B) Examination of current trends and practices in measurement
and evaluation for both special education and general education.
Emphasis will be placed on practical relevance to students’ professional
careers. Prerequisites: Students in the dual certification program may
take this course concurrently with SPE 270 or other EDU/SPE
coursework. It may not be taken before SPE 270, however. (3 cr. hr.)
SPE 436: Assessment and Instruction of Learners with Special Needs
(F) This course will provide the student preparing for dual
certification in special education (K-12) and childhood education
(1-6) with the skills necessary to participate in the identification
and instruction of children with special needs. Directed field
experiences will lead participants to increase their awareness of the
learning needs of these groups through methods and practices
applicable to all students in an inclusive environment. Prerequisites:
Acceptance into dual major program. Completion of SPE 270 and a
minimum of nine hours of psychology. (4 cr. hr.)
SPE 476: Adaptations and Accommodations for Learners with Special
Needs
(B) Analysis, evaluation, and application of a variety of curriculum
modification strategies, environmental and curricular adaptations
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




and accommodations, as they apply to the academic content
material in elementary education, and in compliance with
individualized educational planning goals (IEP) for students with
special educational needs. This course must be taken in conjunc-
tion with Block Two courses. Ten hours of fieldwork is included in
this class. Prerequisites: SPE 270, SPE 315. (3 cr. hr.)




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   107
E
                                                          English                                                                          Old Main, Room 112
                                                                                                                                           (607) 753-4307
                                                                                                                                           E-mail: knappk@cortland.edu
                                                          D E PA R T M E N T                                                               www.cortland.edu/english


                                                          SCHOOL                                                                A. Required Courses: 21 credit hours
                                                          Arts and Sciences                                                        ENG 203: Introduction to Poetry *
                                                                                                                                   ENG 302: Writing About Literature*
ENGLISH




                                                          F A C U LT Y                                                             ENG 325: American Literature before 1900
                                                          Bruce Atkins (Chair), Karla Alwes, Ronald Ashcroft, Ross Borden,         ENG 326: American Literature since 1900
                                                          Victoria Boynton, Debra Brown, Amy Burtner, Wesley Clymer,               ENG 355: Major Figures in British Literature to 1780
                                                          Vaugh Copey, Bernie Early, Tim Emerson, David Faulkner, Yvonne           ENG 356: Major Figures in British Literature 1780-Present
                                                          Fish-Kalland, David Franke, Marni Gauthier, Ann Gebhard,                 One course in literature before 1800 from the following (the
                                                          Alexander Gonzalez, Alan Hager, Letha Henry, T. Ellen Hill, Del          English Department strongly urges students to take ENG 433:
                                                          Janik, Clark Jones, Mary Lynch Kennedy, Denise Knight, Kathy             Shakespeare to fulfill this requirement)
                                                          Lattimore, Christine Lemchak, Gailanne Mackenzie, Andrew                 ENG 433: Shakespeare
                                                          Martino, Noralyn Masselink, William McCleary, Edward                     ENG 438: Seventeenth-Century Poetry and Prose
                                                          McCorduck, Homer Mitchell, Nicole Moss, Peg Murphy,                      ENG 440: The Age of Satire
                                                          Emmanuel Nelson, Lisa Neville, Robert Patterson, Alex Reid,              ENG 441: The Age of Sensibility
                                                          Rhonda Reid, Jane Richards, Linda Rosekrans, Joel Shatzky, John          ENG 442: Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama
                                                          Suarez, Arnold Talentino, Victoria Warren, Laureen Wells, Anne
                                                          Wiegard, Janet Wolf.                                                     For those who meet eligibility requirements, this requirement
                                                                                                                                   may also be met with one of the following 500-level courses:
                                                          PROGRAMS OFFERED                                                         ENG 530: Chaucer
                                                          Bachelor of Arts in English                                              ENG 538: Studies in Seventeenth-Century English Literature
                                                          Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: English (7-12)                ENG 539: Milton
                                                          Bachelor of Arts in Professional Writing                              B. Other English Courses: 15 credit hours of literature courses
                                                                                                                                   with at least 12 credit hours at the 400 level
                                                          MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                * English majors must pass ENG 203 and ENG 302 with a C- or
                                                          English
                                                                                                                                better grade.
                                                          Adolescence Education: English (7-12)
                                                          Professional Writing                                                  TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124

                                                          MINORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                Major in Adolescence Education: English (7-12)
                                                          English with emphasis areas in: Literature, Language and              [AEE]
                                                          Literature, Literature and Writing, Professional Writing
                                                                                                                                This program is currently under review by the New York State Education
                                                          DESCRIPTION                                                           Department and is subject to modification pending final approval.
                                                          English study involves an exploration of human values and the         This major leads to New York State certification to teach English
                                                          nature of their literary expression, and of the use of the language   in grades 7-12. The bachelor of arts degree requires proficiency in a
                                                          and the cultural background that shapes it. Courses in English are    foreign language.
                                                          intended to help students read with understanding and enjoyment
                                                          and write with skill and grace.                                       CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                                                • High school teacher              • Educational researcher
                                                          Requirements
                                                                                                                                • Junior high school teacher
                                                          1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
                                                             to all of the following majors.                                    A. Required Content Courses: 36 credit hours
                                                                                                                                   ENG 203: Introduction to Poetry
                                                          2. Liberal Arts Requirements: 90 credit hours.                           ENG 307: Computer Technology in the Classroom
                                                                                                                                   ENG 325: American Literature Before 1900
                                                          Major in English [ENG]                                                   ENG 326: American Literature Since 1900
                                                          The following courses meet the College’s requirement for the             ENG 355: Major Figures in British Literature to 1780
                                                          bachelor of arts degree and the major in English. The bachelor of        ENG 356: Major Figures in British Literature 1780 to Present
                                                          arts degree requires proficiency in a foreign language.
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                   ENG 374: Literature for Adolescents
                                                          CAREER POTENTIAL                                                         ENG 411: World Literature
                                                                                                                                   ENG 407: Study of the English Language
                                                          •   Teacher                        •   Lawyer                            ENG 433: Shakespeare
                                                          •   Librarian                      •   Researcher
                                                          •   Data Analyst                   •   Speech Writer                     Additional course in literature before 1800
                                                          •   Editor                         •   Publisher                         Choose one from the following:
                                                          •   Administrator                                                        ENG 438: Seventeenth-Century Poetry and Prose
                                                                                                                                   ENG 440: The Age of Satire
                                                                                                                                   ENG 441: The Age of Sensibility
                                                                                                                                   ENG 442: Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama

108
   An elective in ethnic or multicultural literature                        year. Students failing to meet this standard are ineligible to
                                                                                                                                               E
   Choose one from the following:                                           take junior year courses with attached early fieldwork.
   ENG 251: Introduction to African-American Literature                     Candidates acquire 30 hours of early fieldwork in conjunction
   ENG 252: Introduction to Modern American Multicultural                   with the following courses:
                Literature                                                   AED 311 taken in conjunction with AED 310
   ENG 256: Introduction to American Indian Literature                      AED 385 requires candidates to acquire their final 40 hours of
   ENG 261: Introduction to Women in Literature                             fieldwork at their first practicum by acting as a participant/
   ENG 352: Early African-American Literature                               observer for eight days, five hours per day, and by meeting all
   ENG 353: Recent African-American Literature                              published NYSED criteria.
   ENG 421: African-American Autobiography




                                                                                                                                               ENGLISH
                                                                             AED 404
   ENG 422: American Women Writers
   ENG 423: American Fiction Since 1940                                  E. Student Teaching Policy
   ENG 425: African-American Women Novelists                                To be eligible for the professional semester, which includes
   ENG 475: American Multicultural Literature                               AED 385 and is offered for undergraduates only in the fall
                                                                            (unless granted departmental approval), students must
   One course in American literature with emphasis on women                 complete the following requirements:
   authors and authors of color (This category is met by required
   courses ENG 325 or ENG 326.)                                             21 hours of English including
                                                                            ENG 203, 325, 326, 355, 356, 374, 433
   One course in literature before 1800 (This category is met by            PSY 101
   required course before 1800.)                                            PSY 232 or 332
   One course in British and/or Irish literature (This category is          HLH 110, 199, or 510
   met by required courses ENG 355 or ENG 356.)                             AED 310, AED 311, AED 404, AED 341, AED 441, and
   One course in World literature emphasizing women authors                 both Child Abuse Recognition and Reporting and School
   and authors of color (This category is met by required course            Violence Prevention and Intervention workshops
   ENG 411.)                                                                Required grade point average: Students must have a cumula-
   One course in literature for young adults emphasizing women              tive grade point average of 2.75 in required courses (including
   authors and authors of color (This category is met by required           AED 341 and AED 441) to be able to student teach during
   course ENG 374.)                                                         fall of senior year. Students must meet all requirements for
                                                                            eligibility to student teach by the end of the semester prior to
   One course in English and technology (This category is met by
                                                                            the semester they are scheduled to student teach. Additional
   required course ENG 307.)
                                                                            work in summer school or independent study cannot be used
B. Required Professional Courses: 40-41 credit hours                        to remedy deficiencies. Students with incompletes at the end
    PSY 101: General Psychology I                                           of the semester prior to student teaching will be ineligible to
    PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology or                                       student teach. If they meet all requirements at end of next
    PSY 332: Educational Psychology                                         semester, they can reapply for eligibility and be put on a wait-
    HLH 110: Personal and Community Health or                               list to student teach.
    HLH 199: Critical School Health Issues or
                                                                         F. Departmental Policy on Retaking Required Courses
    HLH 510: ProSeminar in Health Foundations
    AED 310: Grammar and the Writing Process                                Students may retake no more than two required courses. They
    AED 311: Participant-Observer Experience: Writing Process               may retake these courses only once.
    AED 341: Introduction to English Language Arts*                      TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
    AED 404: Teaching Writing
    AED 441: Methods of Teaching Literature and Critical Literacy*
    AED 385: Participant/Observer Experience**                           Major in Professional Writing [PWRT]
    AED 386: Student Teaching in the Middle School
    AED 387: Student Teaching in the Secondary School                    CAREER POTENTIAL
    EDU 471: Foundations of Modern Education                             • Technical writer                 • Publications writer
    Child Abuse Recognition and Reporting (CAR) workshop                 • Lawyer                           • Freelance writer
               (no credit)                                               A. Required Courses: 33 credit hours
    School Violence Prevention and Intervention (SAVE)                      Five required core courses
               workshop (no credit)                                         ENG 205: Introduction to Professional Writing
*AED 341 and 441 taken only in sequence fall and spring of                  ENG 303: Technical Writing
junior year                                                                 ENG 410: Revising and Editing
** AED 385 provides 40 hours of fieldwork on site at start of first         ENG 495: Internship in Professional Writing
                                                                                                                                                S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




student teaching placement.                                                 (May be repeated as CPV 400 for a total of 15 hours of
                                                                            internship credit. ENG 495 and CPV 400 can be taken
C. AEE Coding Policy                                                        concurrently or in subsequent semesters.)
   Students will be coded as AEE-W until they have achieved a 2.75          ENG 497: Senior Seminar in Professional Writing
   overall grade point average or better and are ready to begin junior
   year, at which point they need to apply to the director of               Cluster One (three courses required)
   adolescence education: English (7-12) for candidacy.                     ENG 299: Rhetoric: The Art of Influence
                                                                            ENG 300: Writing in Cyberspace
D. 100 Hours Early/Pre-Student Teaching Fieldwork Policy
                                                                            ENG 307: Computer Technology in the English Classroom
   Candidates must have achieved a 2.75 or better overall grade
                                                                            ENG 308: Business Writing
   point average by the end of the semester prior to the junior
                                                                            ENG 309: Electronic Writing
                                                                                                                                               109
E                                                             Cluster Two (three courses required)                                Example of the undergraduate degree in English
                                                              ENG 212: Fiction Writing                                            over four years
                                                              ENG 213: Poetry Writing
                                                              ENG 323: Writing Children's Literature
                                                              ENG 413: Contemporary Poetics                                              First Year                  Second Year
                                                              ENG 415: Experiments in Creative Writing                            Fall                        Fall
                                                          B. Additional Requirements: One elective course in literature at        CPN 100 or 102 or           Foreign language
                                                             the 300 level or above.                                              CPN 102                     ENG 325
                                                                                                                                  Foreign language            ENG 355
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
ENGLISH




                                                                                                                                  GE 1                        ENG 302
                                                                                                                                  GE 4                        GE 8
                                                          Minor in English with an emphasis in Literature                         Free elective
                                                          (LIT)                                                                   COR 101
                                                                                                                                  Spring                      Spring
                                                          Eighteen hours of courses in literature with at least nine at the
                                                                                                                                  CPN 101 or 103 or CPN       Foreign language
                                                          400 level, selected in consultation with an advisor.
                                                                                                                                  103                         ENG 326
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18                           Foreign language            ENG 356
                                                                                                                                  GE 3                        GE 7
                                                          Minor in English with an emphasis in Language                           MAT (Quantitative Skills)   GE 8
                                                                                                                                  ENG 203 (GE 6)
                                                          and Literature (LANG)
                                                          Required Courses: 6 credit hours
                                                             ENG 201 Introduction to Language Studies
                                                                                                                                         Third Year                  Fourth Year
                                                             ENG 402 Grammar                                                      Fall                        Fall
                                                             Twelve elective credit hours in literature with at least six hours   ENG (400 level)             ENG (400 level)
                                                             at the 400 level                                                     ENG elective                Course in minor
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18                           GE 5                        Course in minor
                                                                                                                                  Course in minor             Elective
                                                                                                                                  Elective                    Elective
                                                          Minor in English with an emphasis in Literature
                                                          and Writing (WRIT)                                                      Spring                      Spring
                                                          At least six hours in literature and at least six hours selected from
                                                                                                                                  ENG literature              ENG (400 level)
                                                              ENG 301: Creative Writing
                                                                                                                                    before 1800               Course in minor
                                                              ENG 302: Writing About Literature
                                                                                                                                  ENG (400 level)             Course in minor
                                                              ENG 303: Technical Writing
                                                                                                                                  Course in minor             Elective
                                                              ENG 304: Introduction to Play and Script Writing
                                                                                                                                  GE 2                        Elective
                                                              ENG 305: Film Criticism
                                                                                                                                  Elective
                                                              ENG 306: Advanced Writing Workshop
                                                              Six hours of electives
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18


                                                          Minor in Professional Writing (PWRT)
                                                          Required Courses: 9 credit hours
                                                             ENG 205: Introduction to Professional Writing
                                                             ENG 303: Technical Writing
                                                             ENG 410: Revising and Editing
                                                             Cluster One: 3-6 credit hours
                                                             ENG 299: Rhetoric: The Art of Influence
                                                             ENG 300: Writing in Cyberspace
                                                             ENG 309: Electronic Writing
                                                             ENG 307: Computer Technology in the English Classroom
                                                             ENG 308: Business Writing
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                             Cluster Two: 3-6 credit hours
                                                             ENG 212: Fiction Writing
                                                             ENG 213: Poetry Writing
                                                             ENG 323: Writing Children's Literature
                                                             ENG 413: Contemporary Poetics
                                                             ENG 415: Experiments in Creative Writing
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18




110
Example of Bachelor of Arts: Adolescence                          Example of the undergraduate degree in
                                                                                                                    E
Education: English (7-12) over four years                         Professional Writing over four years

          First Year                      Second Year                    First Year               Second Year
Fall                             Fall                             Fall                     Fall
CPN 100 or 102                   PSY 101                          Foreign language         Foreign language
GE 1                             ENG 325                          CPN 100 or 102           GE 4
GE 3                             ENG 355                          GE 1                     GE 5




                                                                                                                    ENGLISH
GE 4                             GE 5                             CAP                      GE 6
Foreign language or elective     Foreign language or              COR 101                  Elective or minor
  (if foreign language             ENG elective                   MAT (quantative skills   Elective or minor
  requirement is satisfied)                                         requirement)
Total credit hours: 15           Total credit hours: 15
                                                                  Spring                   Spring
Spring                           Spring
                                                                  Foreign language         Foreign language
CPN 101 or 103                   Elective                         CPN 101 or 103           ENG 205
MAT (Quantitative Skills)        ENG 326                          GE 2                     ENG (PWRT cluster two)
GE 8                             ENG 356                          GE 3                     Elective or minor
ENG 203 (GE 6)                   GE 2                             Elective or minor        Elective or minor
Foreign language or elective     Foreign language or
                                   ENG elective
                                 HLH elective                            Third Year               Fourth Year
Total credit hours: 16           Total credit hours: 17-18
                                                                  Fall                     Fall
                                                                  ENG (PWRT cluster one)   ENG (PWRT cluster one)
         Third Year*                      Fourth Year             ENG 303                  ENG 495 (internship)
                                                                  ENG (literature at 300   ENG 495 (internship)
Fall                             Fall                               level or higher)       GE 7
AED 310                          AED 385                          English elective         Elective or minor
AED 311                          AED 386                          GE 8
ENG 433                          AED 387
AED 341                                                           Spring                   Spring
PSY 232 or PSY 332                                                ENG (PWRT cluster one)   ENG (PWRT cluster two)
GE 8                                                              ENG 410                  ENG 497
Total credit hours: 16           Total credit hours: 15           Elective or minor        ENG (PWRT cluster two)
                                                                  Elective or minor        Elective or minor
Spring                           Spring                           GE 8                     Elective or minor
AED 404                          ENG 411
ENG 374                          EDU 471
AED 441                          ENG elective in ethnic or
GE 7                              multicultural literature
ENG 407                          ENG 4__ additional course
Child Abuse Recognition           in literature before 1800
  and Reporting workshop         ENG 307
School Violence Prevention
  and Intervention workshop
Total credit hours: 16           Total credit hours: 15



Minimum credit hours for BA: AEE is 124
                                                                                                                     S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




* Prerequisite for third year courses and student teaching:
   2.75 overall grade point average
Note: All ENG and AED/EDU courses listed above are required and
must be taken during the semester indicated.




                                                                                                                    111
E
                                                          English                                                                                    ENG 213: Writing Poetry
                                                                                                                                                     (B) In a workshop environment, students will practice techniques
                                                                                                                                                     and strategies for making poetry a personal form of discourse.
                                                                                                                                                     Prerequisite: ENG 203. ■
                                                          COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 220: Introduction to Western Literature I
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Major phases of literary heritage of Western World from
                                                          CPN 100: Academic Writing I
                                                                                                                                                     Classical Age to Renaissance. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (A) Introduction to college writing. Students learn basic expository
                                                          strategies for writing thoughtful papers based on ideas they have                          ENG 221: Introduction to Western Literature II
                                                          developed themselves and information they have obtained from                               (O) Major phases of literary heritage of Western World from
ENGLISH




                                                          reading sources. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                             Enlightenment to Modern Period. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          CPN 101: Academic Writing II                                                               ENG 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in English
                                                          (A) Focuses on analysis, synthesis, argument, and research.                                Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
                                                          Students learn to analyze and critique readings, produce essays                            Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
                                                          based on multiple sources, and conduct library research. Prerequi-                         and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
                                                          site: CPN 100 or 102. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                        ENG 250: Introduction to Jewish Authors
                                                          CPN 102: Academic Writing in the Community I                                               (B) Introduction to Jewish themes in American literature and in
                                                          (A) Introduction to college writing with a service learning                                translation from Yiddish. (Also listed as JST 250.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          internship. Students learn expository strategies for writing                               ENG 251: Introduction to African-American Literature
                                                          thoughtful papers based on ideas they have developed themselves                            (O) Survey of African-American literature: representative novels,
                                                          and information they have obtained from reading sources. Not                               poetry, drama from various time periods. (Also listed as AAS 251.)
                                                          open to students with credit for CPN 100. Three lectures, one                              (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          two-hour field experience. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 252: Introduction to Modern American Multicultural Literature
                                                          CPN 103: Academic Writing in the Community II                                              (O) Introduction to prose, poetry, and drama that reflects the
                                                          (A) Focuses on analysis, synthesis, and research with a service                            diverse ethnic, cultural, and social worlds of North America and
                                                          learning internship. Not open to students with credit for CPN                              the Caribbean today. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          101. Three lectures, one two-hour field experience. Prerequisite:
                                                          CPN 100 or 102. (4 cr. hr.) ■                                                              ENG 256: Introduction to American Indian Literature
                                                                                                                                                     (C) Introduction to “Native American” culture through analytical
                                                          Note: Successful completion of CPN 100 or CPN 102 is                                       appreciation of its oral and written literature. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          prerequisite to all courses in English. CPN 101 or CPN 103
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 257: Introduction to Irish Literature
                                                          may be taken concurrently with any 200-level literature course.
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Introduction to Irish writers and their themes. Readings
                                                          For English and adolescence education majors, ENG 203 is
                                                                                                                                                     include some translations from Irish to English. Poetry, fiction, and
                                                          prerequisite for 300-level literature courses.
                                                                                                                                                     drama will be included. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ENG 200: Introduction to Literature
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 260: Literature of Sports
                                                          (A) Introduction to systematic study of literature. Emphasis on
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Philosophical, psychological, sociological ideas and problems
                                                          fiction, with attention to poetry and drama. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     associated with growing emphasis on sport in modern life.
                                                          ENG 201: Introduction to Language Study                                                    (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (B) Concepts, scope, methodology of science of language.
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 261: Introduction to Women in Literature
                                                          Principles of descriptive and historical linguistics. Geographical,
                                                                                                                                                     (B) Study of literary portrayal of women by female and male
                                                          historical, social dialects of English. (Also listed as ANT 251 and
                                                                                                                                                     authors of different periods and nationalities. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          COM 211.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 262: War in Literature
                                                          ENG 202: Introduction to Fiction
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Literary portrayal of war in Western literature from antiquity
                                                          (A) Introduction to reading and analysis of short story, novella,
                                                                                                                                                     to present. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          novel. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 263: Ethical Issues in Literature
                                                          ENG 203: Introduction to Poetry
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Issues concerning moral and social law as reflected in the
                                                          (A) Introduction to reading and analysis of poetry. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     literature of various western cultures and historical backgrounds.
                                                          ENG 204: Introduction to Drama                                                             (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (B) Introduction to basics of theatrical literature. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 278: Introduction to Film and Short Fiction
                                                          ENG 205: Introduction to Professional Writing                                              (O) Introduction to analysis, interpretation of films and short
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                          (B) Introduces students to the principles of writing in a range of                         fiction through study of selected short stories, novelettes, film
                                                          professional genres and presents options that they may pursue in                           scripts, films. (Also listed as CIN 278.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          future course work and careers. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 280: Introduction to Mythology and the Bible
                                                          ENG 212: Introduction to Fiction Writing                                                   (O) Survey of major characters and events in classical mythology
                                                          (C) In a workshop environment, students practice writing skills                            and the Bible. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          with an emphasis on the short story. Prerequisite: ENG 200 or
                                                          ENG 202. (3 cr. hr.) ■




112                                                           Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
ENG 299: Rhetoric: The Art of Influence                                                    ENG 323: Writing Children’s Literature
                                                                                                                                                                           E
(O) Provides fundamental theory about how writing exerts                                   (O) Writing and illustrating children’s literature. (3 cr. hr.) ■
powerful influences on audiences. Students will explore the
                                                                                           ENG 325: American Literature Before 1900
situations and purposes that writing serves and the voices and
                                                                                           (A) Representative works of major writers of the Puritan Age, the
genres that historically have defined written texts. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           Age of Reason, the Romantic Age, and the Age of Realism and
Note: For non-majors successful completion of a 200-level English                          Regionalism. (3 cr. hr.) ■
course is prerequisite to all 300- and 400-level courses. For Eglish                       ENG 326: American Literature Since 1900
and adolescence education majors, three credit hours in ENG 325,                           (A) Representative works of major writers of the Age of Natural-
326, 355, or 356 are prerequisite to 400-level literature courses.                         ism, the Age of Modernism, and the Postmodern Age. (3 cr. hr.) ■




                                                                                                                                                                           ENGLISH
Specific prerequisites to professional writing courses are listed
                                                                                           ENG 352: Early African-American Literature
with catalog course descriptions.
                                                                                           (O) African-American writing before World War II. Emphasis on
ENG 300: Writing in Cyberspace                                                             critical reactions, analysis. Slave narrative, autobiography, rhetoric,
(B) Application of effective rhetorical principles and effective writing                   fiction, poetry included. Prerequisite: AAS251 or ENG 251. (Also
techniques for composing and revising multimedia texts in this hands-                      listed as AAS 352.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
on lab oriented class. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           ENG 353: Recent African-American Literature
ENG 301: Creative Writing                                                                  (O) African-American experience in America as reflected since
(O) Study and writing assigned according to students’ interest in one                      World War II in works of outstanding Black American writers:
or both genres of poetry and the short story. May be repeated once                         fiction, nonfiction, poetry, drama. Prerequisite: AAS 251 or ENG
with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■                    251. (Also listed as AAS 353.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
ENG 302: Writing About Literature                                                          ENG 355: Major Figures in British Literature to 1780
(A) Strategies for writing about fiction, poetry and drama.                                (A) From Chaucer to the Romantics, including Spenser,
Introduction to various critical perspectives for contextualizing                          Shakespeare, Donne, Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Fielding.
literature. Emphasis on understanding, summarizing, evaluating,                            (3 cr. hr.) ■
and synthesizing critical arguments. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           ENG 356: Major Figures in British Literature 1780-Present
ENG 303: Technical Writing                                                                 (A) From Blake to the present including such writers as
(B) Strategies for effective technical communication. Prerequisite:                        Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, Browning, Hardy, Yeats, Joyce,
CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                              Woolf, Auden. Prerequisite: ENG 355. (3 cr. hr.) ■
ENG 304: Introduction to Play and Script Writing                                           ENG 373: Literature for Children
(O) Practical and theoretical instruction in basics of play and script                     (A) Understanding, critical appreciation of books for elementary
writing. (Also listed as CIN 304.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                                           school pupils. (3 cr. hr.) ■
ENG 305: Film Criticism                                                                    ENG 374: Literature for Adolescents
(O) Close study of a number of selected films, domestic and foreign,                       (B) Critical study, examination and evaluation of literature written
from aesthetic, technical perspectives. Extensive writing of reviews,                      specifically for and about adolescents, including the canon of
critiques aimed at different media. High level of writing proficiency                      young adult literature. (3 cr. hr.) ■
expected. Consent of instructor. (Also listed as CIN 305.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           ENG 402: Grammar
ENG 306: Advanced Writing Workshop                                                         (B) Intensive study of grammar, focusing on phonology, morphol-
(A) Advanced writing course focusing on genres of literary                                 ogy, and syntax; understanding of language acquisition; and
nonfiction, fiction, poetry, and modes of exposition and argument.                         development of instructional strategies. Prerequisites: ENG 325,
Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                326, 355 or 356, junior standing. (3 cr. hr.) ■
ENG 307: Computer Technology in the Classroom                                              ENG 407: Study of English Language
(B) Students will study the application of computer technology to                          (S) Study of language and literacy acquisition and development;
the composing process and assist English instructors in composi-                           diversity in language use, historical and social influences on
tion classes. Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                  language, and second language and bilingual learning (3 cr. hr.) ■
ENG 308: Business Writing                                                                  ENG 410: Revising and Editing
(C) Principles of effective communication, focusing on how to                              (B) Students will examine theories of revising and editing. In
choose appropriate organizational plans for a variety of messages,                         workshops students will learn strategies for revision, effective
how to write from a “you” perspective and understand audience                              editing and proofreading. (3 cr. hr.) ■
psychology, and how to format messages for effective visual impact.
                                                                                           ENG 411: World Literature
Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           (B) Survey of the writing of World literature from the beginning to
                                                                                                                                                                            S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




ENG 309: Electronic Writing                                                                the present day (3 cr. hr.) ■
(B) Students learn to apply rhetorical principles and effective
writing techniques in the context of desktop publishing and
electronic publishing via the Internet and the World Wide Web.
Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103. (3 cr. hr.) ■




Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   113
E                                                         ENG 413: Contemporary Poetics                                                              ENG 445: The Romantic Age
                                                          (C) Students respond to critical texts on poetic inspiration and                           (O) Major writers of Romantic period of England. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          creation working toward their own theory of the sources of poetry.
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 446: The Victorian Age
                                                          Prerequisites: A 300-level writing course and a 400-level literature
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Selected works of Victorian writers studied in relation to
                                                          class. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     intellectual movements of period. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ENG 415: Experiments in Creative Writing
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 455: The English Novel to 1900
                                                          (C) Students will, in a workshop setting, compose, share and
                                                                                                                                                     (O) From the beginnings to 1900. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          critique cross-genre and experimental works—prose, poems, short
                                                          shorts, experimental texts and multimedia and performance works.                           ENG 456: Modern Irish Drama
ENGLISH




                                                          Prerequisite: ENG 212, 213, or 214 and 325, 326, 355 or 356.                               (O) Representative works of selected modern Irish playwrights
                                                          (3 cr. hr.)                                                                                such as Synge, Yeats, O’Casey, Johnston, Carroll, Beckett, Behan,
                                                                                                                                                     Friel and Murphy. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ENG 417: The Romantic Age in American Literature
                                                          (O) Such writers as Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson,                             ENG 457: Modern Irish Fiction
                                                          Thoreau and Whitman. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                         (O) Representative works of selected modern Irish novelists and
                                                                                                                                                     short-story writers — for example: Moore, O’Kelly, Stephens,
                                                          ENG 418: Realism and Naturalism in American Literature
                                                                                                                                                     Joyce, O’Connor, O’Faolain, Murdoch, Trevor. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (O) From Civil War to Twenties. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 458: Modern Irish Poetry
                                                          ENG 419: American Fiction of the Twenties and Thirties
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Representative works of selected modern Irish poets, such as
                                                          (O) Studies in important American prose writers from the
                                                                                                                                                     Yeats, Heaney, Boland, and McGuckian. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          Twenties to World War II. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 464: Modern Russian Literature 1860-1960
                                                          ENG 420: Modern American Poetry
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Representative works in translation of selected Russian writers;
                                                          (O) Important poets from 1914 to present. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     novel, short story, drama; Tolstoy, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Chekhov,
                                                          ENG 421: African-American Autobiography                                                    Pasternak. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (O) Autobiographical narratives of Douglass, Washington, Hughes,
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 470: Modern British Poetry
                                                          Wright, Baldwin, Malcolm X, Moody, Angelou. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Poetry since 1890 written in England and Ireland. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ENG 422: American Women Writers
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 471: The Modern English Novel
                                                          (O) Representative works, from the late 18th Century to the
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Important English novels since 1900. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          present. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 472: Modern Drama
                                                          ENG 423: American Fiction Since 1940
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Important plays since 1875 written in America, England,
                                                          (O) Important American prose writers from the forties to present.
                                                                                                                                                     Ireland and Europe. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 475: American Multicultural Literature
                                                          ENG 425: African-American Women Novelists
                                                                                                                                                     (C) Close readings of representative texts by major twentieth-
                                                          (O) Study of African-American women’s tradition in American
                                                                                                                                                     century American writers of color. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          literature. Focus on the representative works of Wilson, Harper,
                                                          Hurston, Larson, Petry, Morrison, Naylor, Walker. (Also listed as                          ENG 495: Internship in Professional Writing
                                                          AAS 425.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                    (O) Supervised experience in the professional work force in areas
                                                                                                                                                     such as publishing, multi media, public relations, advertising and
                                                          ENG 433: Shakespeare
                                                                                                                                                     management. Prerequisite: 2.75 grade point average, computer
                                                          (A) Dramatic effectiveness, structure, characterization, and poetry
                                                                                                                                                     literacy, nine credit hours of writing courses (300 level or higher),
                                                          in selected group of Shakespeare plays. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     permission of English Department internship coordinator.
                                                          ENG 438: Seventeenth-Century Poetry and Prose                                              (3-15 cr. hr.)
                                                          (C) Literature of the late Renaissance, 1590-1660; selected works
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 497: Senior Seminar in Professional Writing
                                                          of metaphysical (Donne, Herbert, Vaughan) and/or cavalier
                                                                                                                                                     (B) Students will produce a Senior Writer’s Project that provides
                                                          (Jonson, Herrick, Marvell) writers and their contemporaries.
                                                                                                                                                     evidence of writing and editing skills through publication of a
                                                          (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     finished work and compile a portfolio of works. Prerequisite:
                                                          ENG 440: The Age of Satire                                                                 Senior standing or permission of instructor. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          (O) Restoration and Augustan prose, poetry, drama; Dryden,
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 498: Independent Study
                                                          Swift, Pope, and their contemporaries with attention to precursors
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Prerequisite: Approval of English Department Honors
                                                          and subsequent developments. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     Committee. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          ENG 441: The Age of Sensibility
                                                                                                                                                     ENG 499: Senior Thesis
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                          (O) Pre-Romantic poetry: Thomson, Gray, Collins; Sentimental-
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Prerequisites: Completion of at least three credits in Honors
                                                          ism in the novel and drama; Sterne, Sheridan, Goldsmith; criticism
                                                                                                                                                     studies, approval of English Department Honors Committee.
                                                          and biography of Johnson, Boswell. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          ENG 442: Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama
                                                          (O) Drama written and performed in England from 1660
                                                          to 1800. (3 cr. hr.) ■




114                                                          Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
ENG 500: Old English                                                                       Related Education Courses
                                                                                                                                                                           E
(O) Phonemic and grammatical structures of Old English;
translation and analyses of selected West-Saxon tests; general                             AED 310: Grammar and the Writing Process
background reading in history of English language, major trends in                         (A) Engagement in the various stages of the writing process while
Old English literature. (3 cr. hr.)                                                        determining the appropriate role of grammar in the Language Arts
                                                                                           Curriculum through readings and practice. Prerequisite: CPN 101
ENG 502: Seminar in the Composing Process: Rhetoric and Analysis                           or 103; 2.75 grade point average for AEE majors; corequisite for
(F) The seminar is an experiential and theoretical approach to the                         AEE majors: AED 311. (3 cr. hr.) ■
teaching of writing, focusing on research, theory and practice.
(3 cr. hr.)                                                                                AED 311: Participant-Observer Experience: Writing Process




                                                                                                                                                                           ENGLISH
                                                                                           (F) A 30-hour field experience supervised by the course instructor.
ENG 503: Participant-Observer Experience: Composing Process                                Prerequisite: CPN 101 or 103; 2.75 grade point average; corequisite:
(F) A 30-hour field experience, supervised by the course instructor.                       AED 310. (1 cr. hr.)
Students must be concurrently enrolled in ENG 502. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           AED 341: Introduction to English Language Arts
ENG 506: Computers and the Study of English                                                (F) This course brings together literature, composition, language
(B) Introduces graduate students, particularly students who plan to                        and general material on teaching methods. Course goals include
teach or are currently teaching English at middle school, secondary                        progress towards an integrated knowledge of constructivist learning
school, or adult levels, to computer tools and environments that                           theory, related teaching practices, and preparation for student
complement the study of literature, language, rhetoric, and                                teaching, as well as up-to- date approaches for working with ESL
composition. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                   and special needs students in inclusive classrooms. Prerequisite:
ENG 530: Chaucer                                                                           2.75 grade point average in English. (3 cr. hr.)
(O) Poetry of Chaucer in Middle English; emphasis upon literary                            AED 385: Participant-Observer Experience
rather than linguistic aspect of his work. (3 cr. hr.)                                     (F) Students will systematically observe the main components of
ENG 538: Studies in Seventeenth-Century English Literature                                 the teaching and learning process in order to develop the reflective
(O) Intensive study of a few authors or literary movement from                             disposition needed to make wise instructional decisions, and to
roughly 1600 to 1660. May be repeated as subtitle changes.                                 complete the 40 remaining hours of the pre-service fieldwork
(3 cr. hr.)                                                                                requirements. S, U grades are assigned. Corequisites: AED 386,
                                                                                           387. (1 cr. hr.)
ENG 539: Milton
(O) Poetry and prose. (3 cr. hr.)                                                          AED 386: Student Teaching in English in the Middle Schools
                                                                                           (F) Supervised student teaching in the middle school. Corequisites:
ENG 547: 19th Century British Women Writers
                                                                                           AED 385, 387. S, U grades are assigned. (7 cr. hr.)
(O) Course will focus on the British Women Writers of the 19th
century, with attention to the genres of the era – novel, poetry,                          AED 387: Student Teaching in English in the High School
essay. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                         (F) Supervised student teaching in the high school. Prerequisites:
                                                                                           AED 441. Corequisites: AED 385, 386. S, U grades are assigned.
ENG 548: Studies in British Literature 1950-Present
                                                                                           (7 cr. hr.)
(O) Study of selected author(s), theme, genre or movement of the
period. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                        AED 404: Teaching Writing
                                                                                           (S) Instructional strategies, curriculum planning, and assessment
ENG 549: Studies in Irish Literature
                                                                                           techniques for the teaching of writing in middle and secondary
(O) Intensive study of a few authors or of literary movements in                           schools. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory/field experience.
Irish literature, such as the Irish Renaissance. May be repeated as                        Prerequisite: AED 310, 311, and 341; Combined grade point
subtitle changes. (3 cr. hr.)                                                              average of 2.75 in adolescence education and English. (4 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                           AED 441: Methods of Teaching Literature and Critical Literacy
                                                                                           (S) Integration of the teaching of literature and critical literacy.
                                                                                           Lesson planning, instructional strategies, and teaching with
                                                                                           Educational standards are emphasized, as are theory and related
                                                                                           strategies for helping students apply critical reading and writing
                                                                                           skills to a range of literacy genres and levels of interpretation..
                                                                                           Prerequisite: AED 310, 311, and 341; Combined grade point
                                                                                           average of 2.75 in adolescence education and English. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           AED 541: Teaching Literature and Critical Literacy
                                                                                           (F) This course integrates the teaching of literature and critical
                                                                                           literacy. Lesson planning, instructional strategies, and teaching
                                                                                                                                                                            S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                           with English Language Arts standards are emphasized, as are theory
                                                                                           and methods for helping students apply critical reading and
                                                                                           writing skills to a range of genres and levels of interpretation.
                                                                                           Prerequisite: 3.0 grade point average in the major. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           EDU 471: Foundations of Modern Education
                                                                                           (A) Social, historical, philosophical. (3 cr. hr.) ■




Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   115
     E
                                                                     Environmental and                                                                 Miller Building, Room 230
                                                                                                                                                       (607) 753-5488

                                                                     Outdoor Education
                                                                     CENTER
E N V I R O N M E N TA L A N D O U T D O O R E D U C AT I O N




                                                                     SCHOOL                                                                 Requirements for the Minor
                                                                     Arts and Sciences                                                      A. Core – 11 credit hours from the following:
                                                                                                                                               BIO 307: Field Natural History or
                                                                     F A C U LT Y
                                                                                                                                               BIO 310: Field Biology
                                                                     Jack C. Sheltmire (Director)                                              BIO 102: Ecology and the Human Environment or
                                                                     MINOR OFFERED                                                             BIO 412: General Ecology or
                                                                                                                                               GLY 160: Geology and the Human Environment or
                                                                     Environmental and Outdoor Education                                       GRY 110: Physical Geography
                                                                     C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D                                  EDU 462: Environmental and Outdoor Education
                                                                                                                                                           (Also listed as REC 462)
                                                                     Environmental Health (See requirements listed under Health
                                                                       Science)                                                                A practicum experience is required of all students. Students
                                                                     Environmental Management (See requirements listed under                   may meet this requirement by completing REC 370:
                                                                       Biology)                                                                Outdoor Education Practicum or by completing another
                                                                     Environmental Policy (See requirements listed under Political             practicum approved by the outdoor education minor advisor
                                                                       Science)                                                             B. Electives – specialization in one of the following tracks:
                                                                     Pre-Environmental Science and Forestry (See requirements
                                                                       listed under Environmental Science)                                  Environmental Education and Interpretation Track
                                                                                                                                            To be taken in addition to core group (8-9 credit hours by
                                                                     DESCRIPTION                                                              advisement):
                                                                     The Interdisciplinary Center for Environmental and Outdoor                ANT 300: Human Evolution and Survival
                                                                     Education was established to create and coordinate curricular and         ANT 305: Archaeology of Eastern United States
                                                                     extracurricular environmental and outdoor education programs                          (Prerequisite: ANT 102 or 300)
                                                                     that serve the needs of the College, regional educators, and the          BIO 310: Field Biology (Prerequisite: BIO 201-202)
                                                                     general public. Students enrolled in the Center’s programs benefit                    (Unless used in place of BIO 307)
                                                                     from SUNY Cortland’s long-standing commitment to environ-                 BIO 405: Conservation Biology
                                                                     mental and outdoor education. The College’s three field campuses,         BIO 411: Ornithology
                                                                     Brauer Field Station, Hoxie Gorge, and the Huntington Outdoor                         (Prerequisite: BIO 111 or 201)
                                                                     Education Center at Raquette Lake (established in 1948), offer            BIO 418: Fungi
                                                                     students a vast array of field study opportunities. The Center also       ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics
                                                                     hosts a national organization, The Coalition for Education in the                     (Prerequisite: ECO 301 or consent)
                                                                     Outdoors.                                                                 GRY 110: Physical Geography
                                                                                                                                               GRY 120: Cultural Geography
                                                                     S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                                                                                                               GRY 250: Urban Geography
                                                                     • The Huntington Outdoor Education Center                                 GRY 301: Science, Human Affairs and the Environment
                                                                     • Brauer Geological Field Station                                         GLY 261: Physical Geology
                                                                     • Hoxie Gorge Field Campus                                                GLY 292: Land Use and Planning
                                                                                                                                               GLY 371: Meteorology
                                                                     Minor in Environmental and Outdoor Education                              INT 201: Adirondack Winter Studies
                                                                     [EOE]                                                                     PHY 150: Astronomy
                                                                     Offered through the Center for Environmental and Outdoor                  REC 310: Wilderness and American Culture
                                                                     Education, this interdisciplinary minor is open to students in all        REC 360: Camp Counseling and Outdoor Education
                                                                     majors. It is valuable to students preparing for careers in elemen-                   (May not be counted for RLS majors)
                                                                     tary and secondary education, scouting, adventure programming,            REC 460/EDU 460: Environmental and Cultural Interpretation
            S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                     youth and community groups, nature centers, state and national            POL 345: Adirondack Park Policies and Issues
                                                                     parks and organized outdoor camping programs.                                         (Also listed as REC 345)
                                                                         The minor is organized around a core group of courses, and
                                                                     allows students to select one of the following specialized “tracks”:
                                                                     environmental education and interpretation, outdoor pursuits or
                                                                     organized camping.




116
Outdoor Pursuits Track                                                                      Organized Camping Track
                                                                                                                                                                                E
To be taken in addition to core group (9 credit hours):                                     To be taken in addition or core group (9 credit hours):
   HLH 325: Instructor’s First Aid or                                                          HLH 325: Instructor’s First Aid or
   HLH 120: Responding to Emergencies                                                          HLH 120: Responding to Emergencies
   HLH 430: CPR–Basic Life Support                                                             HLH 430: CPR–Basic Life Support
   PED 181: Adventure Activities                                                               PED 181: Adventure Activities
   REC 379: Outdoor Recreation Activities                                                      REC 360: Camp Counseling and Outdoor Education
   REC 474: Outdoor Pursuits Education                                                         REC 560: Camp Administration
Notes: A National Standard Course from the Wilderness                                       Notes: A SOLO or other approved wilderness first responder course
Education Association or the National Outdoor Leadership School                             may be substituted for HLH 325 and HLH 430.




                                                                                                                                                                            E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S / S C I E N C E
may be substituted for REC 379.                                                                With advisor approval, HLH 120: Responding to
    A SOLO or other approved wilderness first responder course may                          Emergencies, may be substituted for HLH 325 and HLH 430.
be substituted for HLH 325 and HLH 430.
    With advisor approval, HLH 120: Responding to Emergencies,
may be substituted for HLH 325 and HLH 430.




Environmental Studies
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EST 100: Introduction to Environmental Studies                                              EST 486: Seminar Environmental Studies
(B) History and development of contemporary western thought                                 (S) Directed readings, library research, and discussion of contem-
about relationship of human beings to natural world; analysis of                            porary environmental problems with emphasis on their social and
elemental character, patterns and processes of altercation and                              scientific aspects. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required.
impacts of humans on local environments; study of socioeconomic                             (Also listed as ENS 486.) (3 cr. hr.)
systems that give rise to and must ultimately solve environmental                           INT 201: Adirondack Winter Studies
problems. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                     This course is designed to provide students with background
EST 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Environmental Studies                        knowledge and experience in the physical, cultural, historical,
Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.                           environmental and aesthetic elements and issues of the
Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content                          Adirondacks. Prerequisite: Consent of coordinator. (2 cr. hr.) ■
and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)




Environmental Science                                                                                    Bowers Hall, Room 341
                                                                                                         (607) 753-2924
                                                                                                         E-mail: cirmoc@cortland.edu
C O N C E N T R AT I O N                                                                                 www.cortland.edu/environment/


SCHOOL                                                                                      environmental science professionals and to make career contacts
Arts and Sciences                                                                           with local, state and federal government agencies, industry, or
                                                                                            private consulting firms. Majors in the Biological Sciences,
F A C U LT Y
                                                                                            Chemistry, Geology and Physics Departments may choose the
Christopher P. Cirmo (Coordinator)                                                          environmental science concentration; requirements for the
                                                                                            concentration are listed with each of these departments.
C O N C E N T R AT I O N O F F E R E D
Environmental Science                                                                       S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                            • Internships with local and regional agencies
DESCRIPTION
                                                                                            • Courses at Raquette Lake, Hoxie Gorge, and Brauer
Environmental problems require solutions that draw from many                                   Field Station
academic areas. The environmental science concentration provides                            • Geographic Information Systems (GIS) facility
broad training in all of the sciences as well as in relevant social                         • Research with faculty
sciences. Students learn modern techniques for identifying and                              • Interdisciplinary courses and field experiences
resolving environmental problems. All students complete an                                  • Environmental Seminar Capstone Experience
internship which provides them with an opportunity to work with




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   117
  E
                                                               Environmental Science
                                                               COURSE DESCRIPTIONS


                                                               ENS 292: Land Use and Planning                                                             ENS 487: Environmental Science Internship
                                                               (B) Land as a natural resource; emphasis on geologic aspects that                          (A) Project-oriented internship with a government agency,
                                                               determine natural potentialities, restrictive conditions of land use.                      industry, other private or public enterprise, or faculty member.
EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES




                                                               Three lecture hours; field trips. (Also listed as GLY 292.) (3 cr. hr.)                    Supervised application of science knowledge and skills to an
                                                                                                                                                          environmental issue, project, or study. Prerequisites: junior or
                                                               ENS 310: Wetland Analysis
                                                                                                                                                          senior status in environmental science concentration; consent of
                                                               (F) Investigation of the hydrology, biogeochemistry, soils, classifi-
                                                                                                                                                          environmental science coordinator. (3-12 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               cation, delineation, and functional assessment of freshwater
                                                               wetlands. Two lecture hours, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequi-
                                                               site: Completion of GE-8 and junior status. (Also listed as GLY
                                                               310.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               ENS 486: Seminar in Environmental Science
                                                               (S) Directed readings, library research and discussion of contempo-
                                                               rary environmental problems with emphasis on their scientific and
                                                               social aspects. Required for environmental science concentration;
                                                               open to senior science majors; others by permission of instructor.
                                                               (Also listed as EST 486.) (3 cr. hr.)




                                                               Exercise Science                                                                                                           Studio West, Room 138
                                                                                                                                                                                          (607) 753-4300

                                                               and Sport Studies                                                                                                          www.cortland.edu/esss/



                                                               D E PA R T M E N T


                                                               SCHOOL                                                                                     MINORS OFFERED
                                                               Professional Studies                                                                       Sport Management
                                                                                                                                                          Exercise Science
                                                               F A C U LT Y
                                                               Jeff Bauer, Farron Bennett, Phil Buckenmeyer, John Cottone, Jack                           DESCRIPTION
                                                               Daniels, Alyson Dearie, Dan DePerno, Ted Fay, Joy Hendrick, Jim                            The B.S. programs are designed to increase general knowledge of
                                                               Hokanson, Yomee Lee, Peter McGinnis, Steve Meyer, Susan Rayl,                              the broad field of kinesiology and to prepare students for a wide
                                                               Dave Snyder                                                                                variety of professions related to physical activity and sport. Future
                                                                                                                                                          programs will be directed toward the study of the science and
                                                               MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                                          culture of exercise, sport and human movement.
                                                               Bachelor of Science in Physical Education (Not open to students                                In all programs, professional preparation is enhanced by the
                                                                 entering after 2000-2001)                                                                development of concentrations and minors that allow some
                                                               Bachelor of Science in Athletic Training                                                   specialization for those students who already have an interest in a
                                                               Bachelor of Science in Kinesiology: Exercise Science or                                    specific aspect of kinesiology. Some programs include theory and
                                                                 Sport Studies                                                                            activity courses while others involve practical internship experience
                                                               Bachelor of Science in Kinesiology: Fitness Development                                    and clinical experience. Elective hours may also be used to enroll in
                                                               Bachelor of Science in Sport Management                                                    a study abroad program.
      S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                               Bachelor of Arts in Sport Management
                                                                                                                                                          S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                               C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D
                                                                                                                                                          • Study abroad in England, Germany and Australia
                                                               Adult Fitness (Not open to students entering after 2000-2001)                              • The ARETE Program: as a member of this program, students
                                                               Exercise Science                                                                             take all their required theory courses together. Includes a
                                                               Sport Studies                                                                                semester of study at Deutsche Sporthochschule in Cologne,
                                                                                                                                                            Germany or University of Ballarat in Ballarat, Australia.




118                                                                Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
Requirements                                                           3. Students will verify that they understand the health require-
                                                                                                                                                     E
1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply         ments and the technical standards necessary for selection into
   to the following majors.                                                the program.
                                                                       4. A selection committee will evaluate the applications, evaluate the
2. Liberal Arts Requirements:                                              clinical abilities of the students, screen and interview students to
    B.A. — 90 credit hours                                                 determine acceptance into the program. Applicants will be
    B.S. in Athletic Training — 60 credit hours                            notified of the selection committee’s decision, which will be final
    B.S. in Physical Education — 75 credit hours                           for that year. (Students may reapply the following year.)
    B.S. in Sport Management — 75 credit hours                         5. Applications will be reviewed in January.
    B.S. in Kinesiology — 75 credit hours




                                                                                                                                                  EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES
    B.S. in Kinesiology: Fitness — 75 credit hours                     A. General Education and Liberal Arts: 37 credit hours
                                                                          CPN 100 or 102 Academic Writing
Major in Athletic Training [ATR]                                          CPN 101 or 103 Academic Writing II
Athletic training is an undergraduate program leading to a                Quantitative Skills
bachelor of science degree. The program is formally accredited by         General Education Requirements (28 cr. hr.)
the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education             B. Arts and Science: 12 credit hours
programs (CAAHEP).                                                         (A, B) BIO 301: Human Anatomy and Physiology I
    Students admitted to SUNY Cortland will be advised into                (B) BIO 302: Human Anatomy and Physiology II
course work appropriate to the degree. However, to remain in the           PSY 101: General Psychology
program and qualify for the clinical experience, students must             COM 210: Fundamentals of Public Speaking
complete an internal application review by the selection committee
which takes place during the fall of each semester.                    Note: Dual majors in biology may substitute BIO 324 for BIO 301
    At the completion of the program, students are eligible for        and BIO 414 for BIO 302.
National Athletic Trainers Association Board of Certification          C. Liberal Arts Electives: 5 credit hours
Examination. The program is also recognized by the New York
State Education Department for Registration as a license-qualify-      D. Professional Education: 15 credit hours
ing program for professional purposes.                                    HLH 110: Personnel and Community Health*
    The number of students admitted into the program is governed          HLH 323: Foods and Nutrition*
by the Joint Review Committee on Educational Programs in                  EXS 397: Exercise Physiology I
Athletic Training Standards and Guidelines. The ratio of students/        EXS 387: Biomechanics
instructor is maintained at approximately 8:1.                            EXS 287: Social/Psychological Aspects of Physical Education or
    Additional information regarding the selection process and the        EXS 345: Sport and Society or
technical standards which establish the essential qualities consid-       EXS 346: Sport Psychology
ered necessary for students admitted to the program are available      * Dual majors in health may substitute HLH 203 for HLH 110 and
from the athletic training program director or can be found at         HLH 232 for HLH 323.
www.cortland.edu/athtrain/.
                                                                       E. Athletic Training: 35 credit hours
                                                                           ATR 101: Foundations of Athletic Training
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
                                                                           ATR 221: Athletic Training: Theory and Methods
1. Candidates must have a minimum cumulative grade point                   ATR 222: Recognition and Evaluation of Injury
   average of 2.5.                                                         ATR 317: Acute Care of Injury and Illness
2. Candidates must have a minimum grade of C- in ATR 101 or                ATR 318: Advanced Athletic Training
   substitute.                                                             ATR 319: Organization and Administration in Athletic
3. Candidates must earn a minimum grade of 3.0 (B) in ATR 221                          Training
   and corresponding laboratory.                                           ATR 342: Therapeutic Exercise
4. Candidates must have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 in         ATR 343: Therapeutic Modalities
   the following courses: ATR 101 and 221, PSY 101, HLH 110,               ATR 352: Strength and Conditioning in Athletic Training
   BIO 301.                                                                            (3 cr. hr.)
5. Candidates must earn a minimum grade of C- in BIO 301 and               ATR 223: Clinical Education in Athletic Training I
   302.                                                                    ATR 323: Clinical Education in Athletic Training II
6. Candidates must show proof of current first aid and CPR                 ATR 324: Clinical Education in Athletic Training III
   certification at the time of application.                               ATR 423: Clinical Education in Athletic Training IV
                                                                           ATR 233: Field Experience in Athletic Training I
SELECTION PROCEDURES
                                                                           ATR 333: Field Experience in Athletic Training II
1. Candidates for the program must complete the internal                   ATR 334: Field Experience in Athletic Training III
                                                                                                                                                         S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




   application form, attaching a transcript (transfer students only)       ATR 434: Field Experience in Athletic Training IV
   of courses completed, and a statement of related experiences
   and future goals.                                                   F. Free Electives: 20 credit hours
2. Three recommendations from faculty members at Cortland or           TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
   prior college and/or high school faculty/staff should be
   attached.




                                                                                                                                                  119
      E                                                          Example of the undergraduate degree in                                    A. General Education and Liberal Arts: 75 credit hours
                                                                 Athletic Training over four years                                            CPN 100 or 102: Academic Writing I
                                                                                                                                              CPN 101 or 103: Academic Writing II
                                                                                                                                              PSY 101: General Psychology
                                                                       First Year                  Second Year                                BIO 301: Anatomy and Physiology I
                                                                                                                                              BIO 302: Anatomy and Physiology II
                                                                 CPN 100 or 102                Fall                                           CAP 100: Computer Applications
                                                                 CPN 101 or 103                Application for acceptance                     General Education Courses (28 cr. hr.)
                                                                 GE 8a                         into the athletic training program             Liberal Arts Electives (27 cr. hr.)
                                                                                               BIO 301
EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES




                                                                 GE 8b                                                                     B. Kinesiology Theory Core: 21 credit hours
                                                                 HLH 110                       ATR 221
                                                                                                                                              EXS 197: History and Philosophy of Physical Education +
                                                                 PSY 101                       COM 210
                                                                                                                                              EXS 287: Social Psychological Aspects of Physical Activity +
                                                                 ATR 101                       ESS 287
                                                                                                                                              EXS 297: Motor Behavior +
                                                                 General Education             General Education
                                                                                                                                              EXS 351: Philosophy of Sport +
                                                                                               Spring                                         EXS 387: Biomechanics +
                                                                                               After acceptance, the                          EXS 397: Exercise Physiology +
                                                                                               following athletic training courses            EXS 420: Sport in American Culture+
                                                                                               may be taken with special permission.       C. Concentration Requirements (must complete a concentration)
                                                                                               ATR 222
                                                                                               ATR 317                                     Sport Studies Concentration Requirements: 33 credit hours
                                                                                               ATR 223                                        ENG 260: Sport Literature +
                                                                                               ATR 233                                        EXS 345: Sport and Society +
                                                                                               ATR 343                                        EXS 346: Sport Psychology +
                                                                                               BIO 302 (permission not required)              EXS 410: Sport Ethics +
                                                                                               Quantitative Skills                            EXS 499: Special Study in Exercise Science and Sport Studies
                                                                 Total credit hours: 31        Total credit hours: 32                         Track (courses outside the major): 18 credit hours
                                                                                                                                           Exercise Science Concentration Requirements: 27 credit hours
                                                                                                                                              MAT 121: Calculus A or MAT 125: Calculus I +
                                                                      Third Year                      Fourth Year                             CHE 221: General Chemistry I +
                                                                                                                                              CHE 222: General Chemistry II +
                                                                 ATR 318                       ATR 319                                        PHY 201: Principles of Physics I + or
                                                                 ATR 342                       EXS 397                                        PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics, Heat and Matter +
                                                                 ATR 352                       HLH 323                                        CAP 200: Fortran Programming + or
                                                                 ATR 323                       ATR 423                                        CAP 201: C Programming or CAP 202: Basic Programming
                                                                 ATR 324                       ATR 433                                        PSY 201 or MAT 201 or COM 230 or
                                                                 ATR 333                       Liberal arts electives (9 cr. hr.)             ECO 221: Statistical Methods +
                                                                 ATR 334                       Free electives (10 cr. hr.)                    EXS 489: Exercise Science Research Methods
                                                                 EXS 387                                                                      EXS 490: Independent Research in Exercise Science
                                                                 General education/liberal
                                                                                                                                           D. Exercise Science and Sport Studies Activity Requirements
                                                                 arts electives (6 cr. hr.)
                                                                 Free electives (9 cr. hr.)                                                Sport Studies Concentration Activity Requirements: 5 credit hours
                                                                                                                                              PED 181: Adventure Activities
                                                                 Total credit hours: 31        Total credit hours: 30                         PED 182: Health-related Physical Fitness
                                                                                                                                              PED 288: Rhythms and Dance
                                                                                                                                              Aquatics activity elective
                                                                 Major in Kinesiology [KIN]
                                                                                                                                              Activity elective
                                                                 Students selecting this major will earn a B.S. in kinesiology and
                                                                 complete a concentration in either exercise science or sport studies.     Exercise Science Concentration Activity Requirements: 5 credit
                                                                      Exercise science is concerned with how and why the human                hours
                                                                 body responds to physical activity. There are two primary areas of           PED 182: Health-related Physical Fitness
                                                                 inquiry where exercise scientists focus their attention: health-             PED 288: Rhythms and Dance
                                                                 related aspects of physical activity and sports performance.                 Aquatics activity elective
                                                                      In regard to health-related aspects of physical activity, exercise      Activity electives (2 credit hours)
                                                                 scientists have studied how exercise benefits health. The study of        E. Free Electives
                                                                 sports performance by exercise scientists involves diverse areas,             Sport Studies Concentration: 15 credit hours
        S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                 which can include the growth and development of athletes,                     Exercise Science Concentration: 24 credit hours
                                                                 nutritional needs of athletes, and movement analysis.
                                                                      Sport studies is the liberal arts and science approach to            + May count toward liberal arts credit hours.
                                                                 studying human movement through the humanities and social                 No more than 45 hours of courses with the EXS or PED prefix
                                                                 science subdisciplines of the field. The humanities subdisciplines        may be counted toward graduation.
                                                                 include sport history and sport philosophy, and can be expanded to
                                                                 include sport art, sport communication and journalism, sport              TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                 literature, and sport law. The social science subdisciplines include
                                                                 sport psychology and sport sociology.


120
Major in Kinesiology: Fitness Development [FIT]                          Minor in Exercise Science [EXSC]
                                                                                                                                                    E
This program provides a theoretical and practical knowledge base         (For non-kinesiology majors only)
for students who are interested in careers in health/fitness settings.
                                                                         A. Required Courses
Students in this program have the opportunity to prepare for
                                                                            EXS 297: Motor Behavior +
careers in fitness management, health promotion, and other
                                                                            EXS 387: Biomechanics (Prerequisite: BIO 301 or 324) +
wellness-related programs.
                                                                            EXS 397: Exercise Physiology +
    This program can lead to certification as a health/fitness
                                                                                       (Prerequisite: BIO 301/302 or BIO 324/414)
instructor, personal trainer, and/or certified strength and condi-
                                                                            EXS 489: Exercise Science Research Methods
tioning specialist through the American College of Sports Medi-
                                                                                       (Prerequisite: MAT 201/PSY 201 or PED 434)




                                                                                                                                                EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES
cine and the National Strength and Conditioning Association.
                                                                                       (Prerequisite/corequisite: EXS 297, 387, 397)
A. General Education and Liberal Arts: 75 credit hours                      EXS 490: Independent Research in Exercise Science
   CPN 100 or 102: Academic Writing I                                                  (Prerequisite: EXS 489)
   CPN 101 or 103: Academic Writing II                                      BIO 301/302: Anatomy and Physiology I and II + or
   PSY 101: General Psychology                                              BIO 324/414: Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology +
   BIO 301: Anatomy and Physiology I                                        CHE 221: General Chemistry I +
   BIO 302: Anatomy and Physiology II                                       PHY 201: Principles of Physics I + (Corequisite: MAT 121) or
   CAP 100: Computer Applications                                           PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics, Heat and Matter +
   General Education Courses (28 credit hours)                              MAT 201/PSY 201: Statistical Methods + or
   Liberal Arts Electives (27 credit hours)                                 PED 434: Statistics and Assessment in Physical Education
B. Kinesiology Theory Core: 21 credit hours                                 MCS 186: Introductory Programming + or
   EXS 197: History and Philosophy of Physical Education +                  CAP 200/PHY 325: Programming or
   EXS 287: Social Psychological Aspects of Physical Activity +             CAP 201: C Programming or
   EXS 297: Motor Behavior +                                                CAP 202: BASIC Programming
   EXS 351: Philosophy of Sport +                                           MAT 121: Calculus A + or
   EXS 387: Biomechanics +                                                  MAT 125: Calculus I +
   EXS 397: Exercise Physiology +                                        + May count toward liberal arts credit hours.
   EXS 420: Sport in American Culture +
C. Fitness Development Theory Requirements: 27 credit hours              TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 38
   ATR 421: Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries
   PSY 201: Statistical Methods or                                       Major in Sport Management [SPMG]
   MAT 121: Calculus A or MAT 125: Calculus I                            Sport management is a management degree that is focused on the
   EXS 435: Neuromuscular Fitness Assessment                             business and governance of sport as it applies to sport organiza-
               and Programming                                           tions in both the nonprofit and profit sectors. This program has
   EXS 438: Cardiorespiratory Fitness Assessment and                     been developed to reflect the North American Society for Sport
               Programming                                               Management’s (NASSM) approved curriculum guidelines.
   HLH 120: Responding to Emergencies                                        More information can be found on the sport management Web
   HLH 210: Wellness and Health Promotion                                page at www.cortland.edu/sptmgt/
   HLH 301: Stress Management
   HLH 323: Foods and Nutrition                                          REQUIREMENTS FOR SPORT MANAGEMENT
   MGT 250: Principles of Management+                                    MAJORS SEEKING A BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
   Practica Required                                                     A student can earn a B.A. degree by fulfilling the same professional
   EXS 196: Fitness Facility Tutorial (.5 credit hours)                  requirements along with the addition of a foreign language (0-13
   EXS 470: Fitness/Wellness Center (2 credit hours)                     credit hours) for a total number of 90 liberal arts credit hours.
   CPV 400: Internship (varies from a minimum 4 to
                                                                         CAREER POTENTIAL
              maximum 16 credit hours)
                                                                         • Sports marketing director
D. Fitness Development Activity Requirements: 8 credit hours
                                                                         • Director of media relations
   PED 181: Adventure Activities
                                                                         • Event/venue manager – Olympic Games
   PED 182: Health-related Physical Fitness
                                                                         • Regional sales manager – sport product company
   PED 189: Aquatics or PED 195: Water Exercise
   PED 283: Racket Activities                                            A. General Education and Liberal Arts: 37 credit hours
   PED 284: Self-defense                                                    CPN 100 or 102: Academic Writing I
   PED 288: Rhythms and Dance                                               CPN 101 or 103: Academic Writing II
                                                                                                                                                         S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




   Activity electives (2 credit hours)                                      Quantitative Skills (3 cr. hr.)
E. Free Electives: 0 to 6 credit hours                                      General Education requirements (28 cr. hr.)
+ May count toward liberal arts credit hours.                            B. Required Courses: 36 credit hours
                                                                             SPM 149: Event Management Practicum I
No more than 45 hours of courses with the EXS or PED prefix                  SPM 249: Event Management Practicum II
may be counted toward graduation.                                            SPM 275: Foundations of Sport Management +
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                              SPM 330: Sport Media Management




                                                                                                                                                121
  E                                                                SPM 335: Information Technology in Sport                               B. One course to be selected from the following:
                                                                   SPM 360: Sport Marketing +                                                EXS 345: Sport in Society or
                                                                   SPM 373: Sport Law and Organizations +                                 C. One course to be selected from the following:
                                                                   SPM 466: Strategic Management in Sport Organizations +                    EXS 420: Sport in American Culture
                                                                   SPM 370: Pre-internship Conference                                        SPM 360: Sport Marketing or
                                                                   SPM 470: Internship in Sport Management **                                SPM 330: Sport Media Management or
                                                                   ECO 366: Economics of Sport +                                             SPM 335: Information Technology in Sport
                                                               C. Required Professional Electives: 6 credit hours minimum                 D. Related Elective Requirements: 3 credit hours
                                                                  from following:
EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES




                                                                  ECO 110: Macroeconomics +                                               One course to be selected from the following list of courses
                                                                  EXS 287: Social Psychological Aspects of Physical Activity +            (prerequisites may apply):
                                                                  EXS 410: Ethics in Sport +                                                  SPM 227: Stadium and Arena Management
                                                                  GRY 327: Computer Mapping                                                   SPM 355: Sport Event Management
                                                                  REC 402: Management of Recreation Resources +                               SPM 373: Sport Law and Organization
                                                                  REC 541: Site and Facilities Planning                                       ECO 366: Economics of Sport
                                                                  SPM 227: Stadium and Arena Management                                       EXS 287: Social Psychological Aspects of Sport
                                                                  SPM 320: Sport Entrepreneurship                                             SPM 320: Sport Entrepreneurship
                                                                  SPM 349: Sport Management Practicum                                         SPM 430: Applied Sport Media Management
                                                                  SPM 355: Sport Event Management                                             SPM 435: Applied Information Technology in Sport
                                                                  SPM 430: Applied Sport Media Management                                     SPM 440: The International Sport Enterprise
                                                                  SPM 435: Applied Information Technology in Sport                            SPM 460: Applied Sport Sales and Marketing
                                                                  SPM 440: The International Sport Enterprise +                               REC 402: Management of Recreation Resources
                                                                  SPM 460: Applied Sport Sales and Marketing                              TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18
                                                               D. Required LAS Courses: 15 credit hours
                                                                  PSY 101: General Psychology +
                                                                  CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications +                        Example of the undergraduate degree in Sport
                                                                  COM 100: Human Communication +                                          Management over four years
                                                                  EXS 345: Sport in Society + or
                                                                  EXS 420: Sport in American Culture +
                                                                  COM 300: Interpersonal Communication or                                        First Year                     Second Year
                                                                  COM 210: Public Speaking +                                              CPN 100 or 102                  COM 210 or COM 300
                                                               E. Other Required Management and Economics Foundation:                     CPN 101 or 103                  PSY 101
                                                                  18 credit hours                                                         COM 100                         MGT 253
                                                                  MGT 250: Principles of Management +                                     CAP 100                         MGT 254
                                                                  MGT 253: Principles of Marketing +                                      SPM 275                         SPM 330
                                                                  MGT 254: Principles of Accounting                                       MGT 250                         SPM 335
                                                                  ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics +                                 ECO 111                         ECO 221***
                                                                  ECO 221: Economic Statistics + *                                        COR 101                         SPM 249
                                                                  ECO 352: Finance +                                                      SPM 149                         General Education (10 cr. hr.)
                                                               F. Free Electives: 18 credit hours                                         General Education (9 cr. hr.)

                                                               * ECO 221 (Satisfies Quantitative Skills Requirement)                      Total credit hours: 32          Total credit hours: 32
                                                               ** Students will be eligible to apply CPV 400 internship credits as
                                                                  free elective credits. Students are able to use free elective credits
                                                                  to increase internship credits to 12-15.
                                                               + May count toward liberal arts credit hours.
                                                                                                                                                Third Year                     Fourth Year
                                                               TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                                                                                          SPM 360                         ECO 352
                                                               Minor in Sport Management [SPMG]                                           SPM 370                         SPM 466
                                                                                                                                          SPM 373                         SPM 470 (9-15 cr. hr.)
                                                               This minor is designed to be flexible enough to allow students
                                                                                                                                          ECO 366                         SPM Elective
                                                               majoring in other disciplines (e.g., economics and management,
                                                                                                                                          SPM Elective                    Electives (5-11 cr. hr.)
                                                               communications, prelaw, political science, exercise science and
                                                                                                                                          EXS 345 or EXS 420
                                                               sport studies, and recreation) to be able to reasonably combine this
      S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                          General Education (9 cr. hr.)
                                                               minor together with their major. The following are the require-
                                                                                                                                          Electives (6 cr. hr.)
                                                               ments for a minor in sport management which total 18 credit hours.
                                                               A. Required Courses: 9 credit hours                                        Total credit hours: 31          Total credit hours: 29
                                                                  MGT 250: Principles of Management
                                                                  SPM 275: Foundations of Sport Management
                                                                  SPM 466: Strategic Management of Sport Organizations




122
                                                                                                                                                                              E
Exercise Science and                                                                       ATR 319: Organization and Administration in Athletic Training
                                                                                           (F) Investigation into history, organization, and administration of
                                                                                           athletic training program, to include facility planning, budget,

Sport Studies                                                                              inventory. Student will examine role of pharmacological agents in
                                                                                           medical treatment of common injury/illness, as well as special
                                                                                           topics dealing with legal issues, and state credentialing for athletic
                                                                                           trainers. Student will have opportunity to examine, review, and
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                                                        interpret the NATA competencies, plan strategies and prepare to
                                                                                           take NATA certification exam. Prerequisite: 318. (3 cr. hr.)




                                                                                                                                                                            EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES
Athletic Training Courses                                                                  ATR 323: Clinical Education in Athletic Training II
                                                                                           (S) This course will provide students with the opportunity to
ATR 101: Foundations of Athletic Training                                                  develop the specific athletic training clinical proficiencies that are
Designed for entry-level students’ initial exposure to the athletic                        outlined in the Athletic Training Education Competencies. In
training profession. The course is intended to serve as an overview                        preparation of these skills, competence of subject matter will be
to the vast science of athletic health care using the CAAHEP                               verified through the teaching, practice and subsequent evaluation of
educational model. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                           outcomes documented over time. Prerequisite: ATR 317. (1 cr. hr.)
ATR 221: Athletic Training Theory and Methods                                              ATR 324: Clinical Education in Athletic Training III
(F) Basic theory and methods associated with prevention and                                (S) This course will provide students with the opportunity to
management of common injury/illnesses sustained in the physically                          develop the specific athletic training clinical proficiencies that are
active individual. Required for students seeking admission into the                        outlined in the Athletic Training Education Competencies. In
Athletic Training Program. Prerequisite: BIO 301. (3 cr. hr.)                              preparation of these skills, competence of subject matter will be
ATR 222: Recognition and Evaluation of Injury                                              verified through the teaching, practice and subsequent evaluation of
(S) Recognition and evaluation of injury/illness common to the                             outcomes documented over time. Prerequisite: ATR 323. (1 cr. hr.)
physically active individual. Students will learn techniques required                      ATR 333: Field Experience in Athletic Training II
to assess injury/illness for administering first aid and emergency                         (F) The field experience will provide students with the opportunity
care. Prerequisites: ATR 221, acceptance into the athletic training                        to develop specific competencies in athletic training. Based on
program. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                       prerequisite requirements, this experience provides for a progressive
ATR 223: Clinical Education in Athletic Training I                                         development of technical skills and knowledge as part of an
(S) This course will provide students with the opportunity to                              ongoing two-year field experience as required by the NATA. This
develop the specific athletic training clinical proficiencies that are                     experience partially fulfills the minimum field experience require-
outlined in the Athletic Training Education Competencies. In                               ment. S, U grade assigned. Prerequisite: ATR 233. (1 cr. hr.)
preparation of these skills, competence of subject matter will be                          ATR 334: Field Experience in Athletic Training III
verified through the teaching, practice and subsequent evaluation                          (S) The field experience will provide students with the opportunity
of outcomes documented over time. Prerequisite: Acceptance in                              to develop specific competencies in athletic training. Based on
the Athletic Training Program. (1 cr. hr.)                                                 prerequisite requirements, this experience provides for a progressive
ATR 233: Field Experience in Athletic Training I                                           development of technical skills and knowledge as part of an ongoing
(S) The field experience will provide students with the opportunity                        two-year field experience as required by the NATA. This experience
to develop specific competencies in athletic training. Based on                            partially fulfills the minimum field experience requirement. S, U
prerequisite requirements, this experience provides for a progressive                      grade assigned. (1 cr. hr.)
development of technical skills and knowledge as part of an                                ATR 342: Therapeutic Exercise
ongoing two-year field experience as required by the NATA. This                            (F) Investigation into principles, objectives, indications,
experience partially fulfills the minimum field experience require-                        contraindications and progression of various modes of condition-
ment. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the athletic training program.                         ing and reconditioning exercises. Methods for evaluation, progress,
S, U grades assigned. (1 cr. hr.)                                                          and development of criteria for return to activity. Prerequisites:
ATR 317: Acute Care of Injury and Illness                                                  ATR 221, 222, acceptance into athletic training program, and
(S) The knowledge, skills and equipment used for the management                            consent of instructor. (3 cr. hr.)
and disposition of cute injury and illness and providing appropri-                         ATR 343: Therapeutic Modalities
ate medical referral. Prerequisites: ATR 221 and acceptance into                           (S) Normal physiological responses of human body to trauma,
the athletic training program. (2 cr. hr.)                                                 affects of trauma and inactivity on specific body tissues will be
ATR 318: Advanced Athletic Training                                                        studied with implications for selection and use of therapeutic
(S) Investigation into advanced cognitive domain of athletic                               modalities. Prerequisite: ATR 221 and acceptance into the athletic
training. Specific topics in various areas of the body to include                          training program. (4 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                                                   S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




further recognition, management, and disposition of athletic                               ATR 352: Strength and Conditioning for Athletic Trainers
injuries. Prerequisite: ATR 317. (3 cr. hr.)                                               (S) Basic understanding of the prevention/rehabilitation of athletic
                                                                                           injuries through proper implementation/adaptations of strength
                                                                                           and conditioning principles. The class will meet the guidelines
                                                                                           established by the national Strength and Conditioning Association
                                                                                           (NCSA). Lecture and laboratory activities associated with the
                                                                                           athletic strength-training facilities, athletic training and computer
                                                                                           facilities. Prerequisite: ATR 342. (3 cr. hr.)


 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   123
  E                                                            ATR 421: Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries                                          Exercise Science and Sport Studies Courses
                                                               (A) Prevention, protection, first aid care of injuries occurring in
                                                               athletics. Evaluation of protective devices, methods, diets,                               EXS 196: Fitness Facility Tutorial
                                                               conditioning. Two lectures, one two-hour laboratory. (Students                             (A) Introductory laboratory experience in fitness facilities for the
                                                               provide own tape.) Prerequisite: BIO 301. (3 cr. hr.)                                      adult fitness concentration student. Students will assist in monitor-
                                                                                                                                                          ing use of facilities, assist in administering fitness tests and
                                                               ATR 423: Clinical Education in Athletic Training IV                                        experience the overall operations of fitness facility. S, U grades
                                                               (F) This course will provide students with the opportunity to                              assigned. (.5 cr. hr.)
                                                               develop the specific athletic training clinical proficiencies that are
                                                               outlined in the Athletic Training Education Competencies. In                               EXS 197: History and Philosophy of Physical Education and Sport
EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES




                                                               preparation of these skills, competence of subject matter will be                          (A) Devoted to study of physical education and sport and based on
                                                               verified through the teaching, practice and subsequent evaluation of                       major historical events and associated philosophies that have
                                                               outcomes documented over time. Prerequisite: ATR 324. (1 cr. hr.)                          shaped physical education and sport from ancient times to present.
                                                                                                                                                          Examines basic concepts and current issues within physical
                                                               ATR 433: Field Experience in Athletic Training IV                                          education, play, cultural games and sports, athletics, fitness and
                                                               (S) The field experience will provide students with the opportunity to                     wellness. Future trends explored. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               develop specific competencies in athletic training. Based on
                                                               prerequisite requirements, this experience provides for a progressive                      EXS 287: Social Psychological Aspects of Physical Activity
                                                               development of technical skills and knowledge as part of an                                (A) Introductory overview of social psychology as it relates to
                                                               ongoing two-year field experience as required by the NATA. This                            physical activity. Focus is on group and individualized behavior in
                                                               experience partially fulfills the minimum field experience require-                        play, sport, and dance. Not open to those having credit for
                                                               ment. Prerequisite: ATR 334. S, U grade assigned. (1 cr. hr.)                              PSY 422. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               ATR 434: Field Experience in Athletic Training V                                           EXS 290: Social Problems and Issues in Sport and Exercise
                                                               (S) The field experience will provide students with the opportunity                        (O) Examination of social problems and issues that impact upon a
                                                               to develop specific competencies in athletic training. Based on                            variety of physical activities. Consideration of how values,
                                                               prerequisite requirements, this experience provides for a progressive                      prejudice, discrimination and stereotypes affect sport and exercise
                                                               development of technical skills and knowledge as part of an                                in ways similar to society at large. Not open to physical education
                                                               ongoing two-year field experience as required by the NATA. This                            or kinesiology majors. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               experience partially fulfills the minimum field experience require-                        EXS 297: Motor Behavior
                                                               ment. This experience is reserved for students who have not                                (A) Introductory course in motor behavior encompassing motor
                                                               satisfactorily met all the terms from their contract remediation                           learning and motor development. Emphasis is on the application
                                                               received in ATR 433. A student who does not earn a satisfactory                            of principles which affect behavior, learning, and performance.
                                                               grade in this course will not be endorsed for the NATABOC                                  (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               Certification Examination. Prerequisite: Consent of Program
                                                               Director. S, U grade assigned. (1 cr. hr.)                                                 EXS 345: Sport and Society
                                                                                                                                                          (A) Role and influence of sports in social system. Influence of
                                                               ATR 444: Laboratory Assistant in Athletic Training                                         other social systems upon sport. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               (A) Student may assist with the lab portion of one of several
                                                               athletic training classes. Responsibilities may include attending and                      EXS 346: Sport and Exercise Psychology
                                                               assisting with a lab section, holding office hours, assisting with                         (A) Selected psychological and related theoretical factors that
                                                               collecting research data and/or completing other tasks as assigned                         influence behavior of individuals participating in sport and exercise.
                                                               by the instructor. Students will enhance their knowledge and                               Prerequisite: PSY 101. (Also listed as PSY 346.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               understanding of concepts covered in the associated theory course,                         EXS 350: Aesthetics of Sport
                                                               learn additional lab techniques as well as gain valuable leadership                        (O) Visual survey of art and architecture encompassing motifs of
                                                               experience. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated:                          athletics, sports, games, contest, dance, exercise, play, recreation.
                                                               no more than three credit hours toward graduation. (1-3 cr. hr.)                           Aesthetic pleasure, interest in this professional cultural dimension
                                                               ATR 499: Special Study in Athletic Training                                                emphasized. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                               (A) Independent study/research on selected topics. Topics may                              EXS 351: Philosophy of Sport
                                                               include in-depth study of a particular subject area. Student will                          (B) This course examines the methods of the philosophical process
                                                               work with faculty member (project director) whose own special                              and its relationship to human movement. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               interests and expertise coincide most closely with chosen topic.
                                                               Students must follow suggested guidelines available in department                          EXS 387: Biomechanics
                                                               chair’s office. Prerequisite: Consent of department chair and                              (A) Analysis, evaluation and application of anatomical and
                                                               instructor. May be repeated: no more than three credit hours                               mechanical factors influencing motor skill activities. Prerequisite:
                                                               toward graduation. (1-3 cr. hr.)                                                           BIO 301 or BIO 324. Basic algebra skills expected. (3 cr. hr.) ■
      S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                               ATR 521: Contemporary Issues in Athletic Training                                          EXS 397: Exercise Physiology I
                                                               (O) Contemporary issues regarding the practice of athletic training                        (A) Physiological adjustments, changes occurring in human
                                                               will be investigated. Emphasis will be placed on the needs of                              organism as a result of physical activity. Physiology of muscular
                                                               coaches and athletic personnel who deal with athletes. Additional                          contraction; role of circulatory and respiratory systems in exercise.
                                                               consideration also will be concerned with the prevention, risk                             Lectures, recitation, laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 301, 302 or BIO
                                                               management and the identification and treatment of sport-related                           324, 414. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               injury and illness. (3 cr. hr.)




124                                                                Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
EXS 410: Ethics in Sport                                                                   EXS 522: Sport in Contemporary Society
                                                                                                                                                                              E
(S) Examination of selected ethical and moral issues current in the                        (O) Study of sport from social perspective, investigating the
conduct of American sport such as the ethics of competition,                               interrelationship of sport to other institutions. Course offers
equality and excellence and the place of athletics in education.                           opportunity for critical review of literature in area of sport in
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                              society. (3 cr. hr.)
EXS 420 Sport in American Culture                                                          EXS 535: Neuromuscular Fitness Assessment and Programming
(A) Analysis and interpretation of changes in physical education                           (F) Basic understanding of muscle structure, function, and physiol-
and sport in the United States using the concepts of moderniza-                            ogy as it applies to strength and power. Review of types of strength
tion, urbanization and industrialization, ontology, and religion to                        training programs and techniques for developing goal-specific




                                                                                                                                                                            EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES
describe changes since 1600. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                 programs will be included. Lectures and laboratory. (3 cr. hr.)
EXS 432: Exercise Prescription                                                             EXS 538: Cardio-Respiratory Fitness Assessment and Programming
(O) Theory of exercise prescription in physical fitness programs for                       (S) Integration of cardiorespiratory physiological concepts into the
typical adults. Content will include overview of health-related                            assessment of an individual’s aerobic capacity and the application of
components of physical fitness. Prerequisite: EXS 397. (1 cr. hr.)                         these data in designing an effective aerobic exercise program. ACSM
                                                                                           guidelines will be followed. Lectures and laboratory. (3 cr. hr.)
EXS 433: Exercise Prescription Practicum
(O) Clinical experience in theory and practice of exercise prescrip-                       EXS 546: Behavior in Sport
tion in physical fitness programs for adults. Prerequisites: EXS 397                       (O) Study psychological factors which influence behavior of men
and 432. S, U grades assigned. (1 cr. hr.)                                                 and women as they participate in physical activity and sport. (3 cr. hr.)
EXS 435: Neuromuscular Fitness Assessment and Programming                                  EXS 551: Philosophy of Sports and Physical Education
(F) Basic understanding of muscle structure, function, and                                 (O) Background, development of modern physical education;
physiology as it applies to strength and power. Review types of                            formulation of scientific principles which foster biological,
strength training programs and techniques for developing goal-                             sociological, and psychological benefits of physical education.
specific programs will be included. Lectures and laboratory.                               (3 cr. hr.)
Prerequisite: EXS 397 or PED 397. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           EXS 555: Physiology of Exercise II
EXS 438: Cardio-Respiratory Fitness Assessment and Programming                             (O) Physiological adaptations, mechanisms of change of function
(S) Integration of cardiorespiratory physiological concepts into                           taking place as result of physical exercise. Physiological factors
the assessment of an individual’s aerobic capacity and the                                 influencing human performance; environmental factors of altitude,
application of these data in designing an effective aerobic exercise                       space, temperature extremes; drugs and doping; age and gender;
program. American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM)                                        related problems in sport medicine. (3 cr. hr.)
guidelines will be followed. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite:
                                                                                           EXS 558: Physiological Principles of Conditioning for Sports
EXS 397 or PED 397. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           (O) Application of physiological principles to development of
EXS 470: Fitness Facility/Center for Wellness Practicum                                    specific conditioning components. Analysis of research implica-
(A) Provide the adult fitness student with the opportunity to                              tions and critical evaluation of current practices emphasized.
experience the operation of the fitness facilities and the promotion                       Prerequisite: EXS 397. (3 cr. hr.)
of wellness themes through the Center for Wellness. Prerequisite:
                                                                                           EXS 565: Perceptual Motor Development
EXS 438 or PED 438. S, U grades assigned. (2 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           (O) Developmental processes from prenatal period to adolescence,
EXS 489: Exercise Science Research Methods                                                 with emphasis for elementary physical education. (3 cr. hr.)
(F) Purpose of course is to provide students with integrated
                                                                                           EXS 575: Nutritional Aspects of Physical Fitness and Athletic Performance
background in exercise science and to prepare them for research
                                                                                           (O) Application of metabolic and nutritional principles to
testing in procedures commonly found in exercise science research.
                                                                                           performance patterns of athletes and individuals desiring to
Students introduced to current trends and research topics coupled
                                                                                           increase their physical fitness capacity. Includes role of carbohy-
with laboratory techniques in areas of motor behavior, biomechan-
                                                                                           drates, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and water in exercise.
ics and exercise physiology. Two-hour laboratory session each week
                                                                                           Effects of dietary manipulation, fad diets, body composition, and
gives students hands-on experiences with computers and equip-
                                                                                           ergogenic aids will be investigated. Prerequisite: EXS 397 or
ment. Prerequisites: PED 434 or MAT 201 or PSY 201 or ECO
                                                                                           consent of instructor. (3 cr. hr.)
221 or COM 230 and EXS 297, EXS 387 and EXS 397. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                           EXS 587: Advanced Biomechanics
EXS 490: Independent Research in Exercise Science
                                                                                           (O) Application of fundamental laws of physics. Techniques of
(S) Independent research project for the exercise science concentra-
                                                                                           physical activities, sports in terms of mechanical principles.
tion or minor. Student will undertake and complete a research
                                                                                           Available research reviewed. (3 cr. hr.)
project in the area of exercise science. The project will include
collecting and analyzing data and presenting the results in writing
                                                                                                                                                                                     S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                           Sport Management Courses
and in a formal oral presentation. Prerequisite: EXS 489 or PED 489.
(3 cr. hr.)                                                                                SPM 149: Event Practicum I
                                                                                           (A) Introduction to game and event administration. Required
EXS 499: Special Study in Exercise Science
                                                                                           minimum of 40 hours of on-site game administration including
(A) Independent study/research on selected topics. Topics may
                                                                                           assisting in the planning, organizing, and conducting of SUNY
include in-depth study of a particular subject area. Student will
                                                                                           Cortland intercollegiate athletic events during a given semester.
work with faculty member (project director) whose own special
                                                                                           Required of all first year majors including transfer students. (1 cr. hr.)
interests and expertise coincide most closely with chosen topic.
Students must follow suggested guidelines available in department
chair’s office. Prerequisite: Consent of chair. (1-3 cr. hr.)

 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   125
  E                                                            SPM 227: Stadium and Arena Management                                                      SPM 355: Sport Event Management
                                                               (C) Devoted to teaching students how to supervise, market,                                 (F-C) Overview of all elements involved in sport event management.
                                                               finance, schedule and administer stadiums and arenas. Deals in                             Key component of course is the planning, organizing, marketing,
                                                               areas of maintenance, daily operations, and contracting of the                             and conducting of a sport event on campus during the semester.
                                                               building. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                      (3 cr. hr.)
                                                               SPM 249: Event Practicum II                                                                SPM 360: Sport Marketing
                                                               (A) Game and event administration progressing to some supervi-                             (A) Application of marketing and market analysis techniques to sports.
                                                               sory duties. Minimum of 40 hours of on-site game administration                            Topics include sport consumer behavior, demand analysis, strategic
                                                               involving SUNY Cortland intercollegiate athletic events. Hours                             market planning, and sponsorship. Prerequisites: MGT 253. (Also
EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES




                                                               can be accumulated over the course of fall and spring semesters.                           listed as MGT 360) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               Required of all second year majors including transfer students.
                                                                                                                                                          SPM 370: Pre-Internship Seminar in Sport Management
                                                               Prerequisite: SPM 149. (1 cr. hr.).
                                                                                                                                                          (A) Development and analysis of internship and career goals
                                                               SPM 275: Foundations of Sport Management                                                   including an exploration of characteristics of the profession in
                                                               (A) Course examines the discipline of sport management. Relation-                          relation to personal and professional goals. Emphasis on develop-
                                                               ship of interdisciplinary body of knowledge, technological and                             ment of a professional portfolio. Professional ethics and etiquette
                                                               interpersonal communication skills and management styles are                               will be explored. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                               presented. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                          SPM 373: Sport Law and Organization
                                                               SPM 311: Legal Issues in Physical Education and Sport                                      (A) Examination of the legal environment in which professional
                                                               (B) Study of legal issues affecting management of sport programs.                          and amateur sports presently operate. Included will be aspects of
                                                               Focus is on liability as it affects teachers, coaches, administrators,                     contract law, labor law, constitutional law and antitrust law as they
                                                               and sport management personnel. Prerequisite: junior status or                             apply to the sport industry. Prerequisites: SPM 275 and MGT
                                                               consent of instructor. (3 cr. hr.)                                                         250. (Also listed as MGT 373.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                               SPM 320: Sport Entrepreneurship                                                            SPM 410: Ethics in Sports
                                                               (C) A detailed analysis of the management and marketing of                                 (S) Examination of selected ethical and moral issues current in the
                                                               sporting goods companies and sport retail businesses including e-                          conduct of American sport such as the ethics of competition,
                                                               commerce in sport-related enterprises. Students will study trends,                         equality and excellence, and the place of athletics in education.
                                                               display, target marketing, marketing demographics, customer                                (Also listed as EXS 410.) (3 cr. hr.)
                                                               service, and the basic functions of selling and managing a retail
                                                                                                                                                          SPM 430: Applied Sport Media Management
                                                               business operation. Purchasing, inventory control, cost and price
                                                                                                                                                          (A) An applied sport media management class involving the
                                                               analysis, supplier relationships, offshore procurement, and quality
                                                                                                                                                          application of basic journalistic and communication principles and
                                                               and ethical considerations will be examined. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                          practices as used in sport information and sport media relations.
                                                               SPM 330: Sport Media Management                                                            Students will be involved in the coverage and media support of
                                                               (A) Introduction to the structure, function, role and effects of the                       team and events involving SUNY Cortland intercollegiate athletic
                                                               mass media in the sport industry. Study of principles and                                  teams. Semester-long project required. Prerequisites: SPM 330.
                                                               fundamentals through application of approaches to sport                                    (3 cr. hr.)
                                                               information and media relations. Includes the development and
                                                                                                                                                          SPM 435: Applied Information Technology in Sport
                                                               production of promotional, informational, and news-oriented
                                                                                                                                                          (A) An applied information technology class involving the
                                                               material. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                          application of IT principles using specific software involving
                                                               SPM 335: Information Technology in Sport                                                   database and Web-based projects. Specific introduction to
                                                               (A) A comprehensive investigation of the current applications of                           proprietary software systems will be introduced. Semester-long
                                                               information and communication technology and database                                      project involving Avid clients will be required. Prerequisites:
                                                               management utilized in sport organizations within the intercolle-                          SPM 335. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                               giate, professional, and international segments of the sport
                                                                                                                                                          SPM 440: The International Experience in Sport
                                                               industry. Students will use common database, spreadsheet and
                                                                                                                                                          (B) Focus on the globalization of sport with an emphasis on the
                                                               proprietary software used within the industry to analyze and solve
                                                                                                                                                          organization, governance, and management of international sport,
                                                               management problems. Prerequisites: CAP 100. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                          including the Olympic and Paralympic Games and FIFA World
                                                               SPM 349: Sport Management Practicum                                                        Cup. Comprehensive investigation of the structural and cultural
                                                               (A) Opportunity for students to be involved in an applied                                  environments in which U.S. organizations and corporations must
                                                               working environment related to their specific career interests in                          consider in conducting business in foreign markets. Major semester-
                                                               sport management. Students must present detailed outline of                                long project includes the development of a bid document for a U.S.
                                                               proposed practicum including learning objectives and outcomes                              city to host a major international sports event. (3 cr. hr.) ■
      S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                               to a faculty sponsor. Can be used as an internship-type placement
                                                                                                                                                          SPM 460: Applied Sport Sales and Marketing
                                                               with an off-campus sport organization or under the auspices of a
                                                                                                                                                          (A) An applied sport promotion class involving the application of
                                                               SUNY Cortland athletic staff or sport management faculty
                                                                                                                                                          promotional theory, event planning and management, public
                                                               member. Prerequisites: PED 275 or SPM 275, consent of
                                                                                                                                                          relations, sponsorship proposal writing and the sales and solicita-
                                                               program coordinator and instructor. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                          tion of sponsorships to an existing sports event, sport organization,
                                                                                                                                                          or team. Semester-long project required. Prerequisites: SPM 360.
                                                                                                                                                          (3 cr. hr.)




126                                                               Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
SPM 466: Strategic Management of Sport Organizations                                        SPM 499: Special Study in Sport Management
                                                                                                                                                                            G
(A) Investigates the skills and knowledge applicable to the process                         (A) Independent study/research on selected topics. Topics may
of planning for an organization’s future including a focus on                               include in-depth study of a particular subject area. Student will
contemporary issues. Key elements of policy development and                                 work with faculty member whose own special interests and
strategic planning will be considered including the roles of mid                            expertise coincide most closely with chosen topic. Students must
and top level managers, strategy formulation, ethical and environ-                          follow suggested guidelines available in department chair’s office.
mental analysis, and strategy implementation. Prerequisite: PED                             Prerequisite: Consent of department chair and program coordina-
275 or SPM 275. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                               tor. (1-3 cr. hr.)
SPM 470: Internship in Sport Management                                                     Please refer to the Physical Education Department for all physical




                                                                                                                                                                            GEOGRAPHY
(A) Fourteen weeks of supervised full-time internship experience in                         education course listings.
either the profit or nonprofit sector of sport management. Students
will be placed in a sport organization within a defined sport
industry segment relative to their career goals and interests.
Prerequisites: SPM 275, SPM 370, senior status, approval of the
program coordinator, cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5
in the major and a 2.25 overall grade point average. (9-15 cr. hr.)




Geography                                                                                                           Old Main, Room 138
                                                                                                                    (607) 753 4107
                                                                                                                    E-mail: grydept@cortland.edu
D E PA R T M E N T                                                                                                  www.cortland.edu/geography



SCHOOL                                                                                      S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
Arts and Sciences                                                                           • High-tech training in a friendly, supportive environment
                                                                                            • ESRI (Environmental Systems Research Institute) authorized
F A C U LT Y
                                                                                               learning center with 25 GIS workstations – learn advanced
David L. Miller (Chair), Scott Anderson, Elizabeth A. Fraser,                                  applications including network and 3D modeling applications
Ibipo Johnston-Anumonwo, Robert Pierce                                                      • Global Positioning System (GPS) – master field survey
PROGRAMS OFFERED
                                                                                               techniques using the lab GPS base station and handheld units.
                                                                                            • Internships – numerous opportunities with local, state and
Bachelor of Arts in Geography                                                                  federal agencies and study abroad options at locations such
Bachelor of Science in Geography                                                               as the Australia Zoo
Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: Social Studies and                               • Student-faculty research opportunities
Geography (7-12)
                                                                                            Requirements
MAJORS OFFERED                                                                              1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
Geography                                                                                      to the following majors.
Adolescence Education: Social Studies and Geography (7-12)
                                                                                            2. Liberal Arts Requirements:
C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D                                                       B.A. – 90 credit hours
Geographic Information Systems, Tourism Development                                            B.S. – 75 credit hours

MINORS OFFERED                                                                              Major in Geography [GRY]
Geography, Tourism Development                                                              The bachelor of arts program prepares students for graduate school,
                                                                                            international studies, international commerce, and tourism
DESCRIPTION                                                                                 development-related activities.
Students who major in geography may choose a program leading
                                                                                            CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




to the award of a bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree.
The bachelor of arts program includes a 13-hour foreign language                            • Census Bureau data analyst                • International commerce
requirement. The bachelor of science program incorporates a                                 • Military intelligence officer             • Tourism development
13-hour sequence in computer techniques, environmental science,                                                                            planner
or demographics and business geographics in lieu of the foreign
language requirement for the bachelor of arts degree.                                       A. Required Courses: 19 credit hours
                                                                                               GRY 110: Physical Geography
                                                                                               GRY 120: Cultural Geography




 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   127
G                                                            GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development                  Major in Geography with a concentration in
                                                             GRY 324: Cartography and Geographic Information                  Geographic Information Systems [GRY/GIS]
                                                             GRY 400: Geographical Analysis                                   The applied geography courses place a strong emphasis upon
                                                             GRY 440: Seminar in Geography                                    computer literacy and spatial analysis skills in preparing students
                                                          B. Elective Courses in Geography: 15 credit hours                   for careers in site assessment, marketing and demographic analysis.
                                                          C. Other: 43-56 credit hours                                        The department’s Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
                                                             (which may include a minor of 15 to 21 credit hours)             computer lab features state-of-the-art hardware and software.
                                                          D. Proficiency in a modern foreign language through the             CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                             intermediate level: 0-13 credit hours
GEOGRAPHY




                                                                                                                              • Environmental GIS specialist     • Law enforcement analyst
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                     • Land use planner                 • Transportation planner
                                                                                                                              • Marketing and business           • Emergency response
                                                                                                                                 geographics consultant             planner
                                                          Major in Geography with a concentration in
                                                          Tourism Development [GRY/TOUR]                                      A. Required Courses: 19 credit hours
                                                          The tourism development concentration and the accompanying             GRY 110: Physical Geography
                                                          minor focus on the planning, development and marketing of              GRY 120: Cultural Geography
                                                          tourism at regional and community levels, and the development          GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development
                                                          and preservation of cultural and environmental characteristics as      GRY 324: Cartography and Geographic Information
                                                          tourism resources.                                                     GRY 400: Geographical Analysis
                                                                                                                                 GRY 440: Seminar in Geography
                                                          CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                                              B. Core in Geographic Information Technology: 15 credit hours
                                                          • Travel industry planner         • Local or state tourism
                                                                                                                                  GRY 327: Computer Mapping
                                                          • Transportation industry            agency staff
                                                                                                                                  GRY 328: Geographic Information Systems
                                                             consultant
                                                                                                                                  GRY 330: Advanced GIS Techniques
                                                          A. Required Courses: 13 credit hours                                    Advanced GRY course in consultation with advisor
                                                             GRY 110: Physical Geography                                      C. Introductory CAP (Computer Applications) course and/or
                                                             GRY 120: Cultural Geography or                                       advanced CAP courses in consultation with advisor: 3 credit hours
                                                             GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development                  D. Completion of one of the following sequences: 9 credit hours
                                                             GRY 400: Geographical Analysis
                                                             GRY 440: Seminar in Geography                                    1) Sequence: Computer Techniques
                                                                                                                                  MCS 186: Intro Programming
                                                          B. Core in Tourism Development: 9 credit hours                          CAP 200: Programming or
                                                             GRY 215: Geography of Travel and Tourism                             MCS 287: Intermediate Programming
                                                             GRY/REC 315: Ecotourism
                                                             GRY/REC 415: Tourism Planning and Development                       And at least three hours selected from:
                                                                                                                                 CAP 201: C Programming
                                                          C. Selected from the following courses: 6 credit hours                 CAP 202: BASIC Programming
                                                             GRY 251: Cities of the World                                        MCS 388: Advanced Programming and Data Structures
                                                             GRY 480: United States                                              CAP 350: Data Base Management Systems
                                                             GRY 482: Central America and the Caribbean                          CAP 250: Computer Practicum
                                                             GRY 484: Europe
                                                             GRY 485: Africa, South of the Sahara                             2) Sequence: Environmental Science: 12 credit hours
                                                             GRY 486: Monsoon Asia                                                EST 100: Introduction to Environmental Studies
                                                             ECO 312: Economic Development in Latin America                      And at least six hours selected from:
                                                             ECO 313: Economic Development in Asia                               BIO 307: Field Natural History
                                                          D. Selected from the following courses: 6 credit hours                 BIO 315: Marine Biology
                                                             REC 344: Commercial Recreation Management                           BIO 405: Conservation of Natural Resources
                                                             REC 402: Management of Recreation Resources                         BIO 412: General Ecology
                                                             ANT 315: Development Anthropology                                   GLY 261: Physical Geology
                                                             ECO 311: Economic Development                                       GLY 292: Land Use and Planning
                                                             GRY 324: Cartography and Geographic Information or                  GLY 310: Wetlands Analysis
                                                             GRY 327: Computer Mapping or                                        GLY 367: Geomorphology
                                                             GRY 328: Geographic Information Systems                             GLY 371: Meteorology
                                                             GRY 499: Internship                                                 GLY 397: Physical Oceanography
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                 GLY 410: Hydrogeology
                                                          E. Other: 43-56 credit hours                                           GLY 430: Field Hydrology
                                                            (which may include a minor of 15 to 21 credit hours)                 ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics
                                                          F. Proficiency in a modern foreign language through the                HLH 390: Environmental Health and Ecology
                                                              intermediate level: 0-13 credit hours                              HLH 391: Epidemiology and Biostatistics
                                                                                                                                 POL 242: Environmental Policy
                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                                                                                 POL 308: Environmental Law and
                                                                                                                                 ENS 486: Seminar in Environmental Science



128
3) Sequence: Demographics and Business Geographics:                      Minor in Geography [GRY]
                                                                                                                                              G
    9 credit hours                                                       Students who minor in geography are encouraged to select applied
   Six credit hours from one of the combinations listed below:           geography courses which place a strong emphasis upon computer
   a) ECO 221: Economic Statistics and                                   literacy and spatial analysis skills.
      MGT 253: Principles of Marketing or                                CAREER POTENTIAL
      ECO 421: Econometrics
                                                                         • Site assessment and planning     • Environmental education
   b) MAT 201/ECO 221: Statistical Methods and three credit              • Marketing and                    • Community and economic
      hours of MAT courses in consultation with advisor                    demographic analysis               development




                                                                                                                                              GEOGRAPHY
   c) POL 312: Methods of Political Analysis                             A. Required Courses: 6 credit hours
      POL 315: Evaluation Research                                          GRY 110: Physical Geography
                                                                            GRY 120: Cultural Geography
      And at least three additional hours selected from the
      following courses:                                                 B. Elective Geography Courses: 12 credit hours
      CAP 230: Introduction to SPSS or                                       Nine of the 12 hours must be at the 200 level or higher.
      CAP 231: Introduction to Data Base Management or                   TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18
      CAP 233: Computerized Information Retrieval or
      CAP 235: Presentation Graphics or
      CAP 350: Data Base Management and/or
                                                                         Minor in Geography with an emphasis in Tourism
      other advanced CAP courses in consultation with                    Development [TOUR]
      advisor                                                            Students who elect the tourism development minor in geography
                                                                         focus on the planning, development and marketing of tourism at
E. Foreign language: 0-7 credit hours                                    community and regional levels and the development and preserva-
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                          tion of cultural and environmental characteristics as tourism
                                                                         resources.
Dual major in Adolescence Education: Social                              CAREER POTENTIAL
Studies and Geography (7-12) [SSA & GRY]                                 • Tourism planning and marketing
This program allows students who major in geography to qualify for       • Transportation coordination
certification to teach adolescence education in social studies (grades   A. Required Courses: 9 credit hours
7-12). It combines a major in geography with a professional semester        GRY/REC 315: Ecotourism
that consists of professional preparation and student teaching.             GRY 215: Geography of Travel and Tourism
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                            GRY/REC 415: Tourism Planning and Development
• Junior high and high school teacher                                    B. Elective selected from the following courses: 9-10 credit hours
                                                                           At least three hours must be from each of the following groups:
A. Requirements for the geography major (see above)                        1) Regional Courses
B. Professional Preparation: 44-68 credit hours                              GRY 251: Cities of the World
    (Including additional social science courses)                            GRY 482: Central America and the Caribbean
    HLH 199: Critical School Health Issues                                   GRY 480: United States
    PSY 101: General Psychology I                                            GRY 484: Geography of Europe
    PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology or                                        GRY 485: Africa, South of the Sahara
    PSY 332: Educational Psychology                                          GRY 486: Monsoon Asia
    ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                            ECO 312: Economic Development of Latin America
    GRY 425: Geography in the Classroom or                                   ECO 313: Economic Development of Asia
    GRY 520: Maps in the Classroom                                         2) Planning and Development Courses
    GRY 480: United States                                                  REC 344: Commercial Recreation Management
    POL 100: Introduction to American Government                            REC 402: Management of Recreation Resources
    HIS 100 and 101 or HIS 110 and 111 and                                  ECO 311: Economic Development
    HIS 200 and 201 and 9 hours at the 300 level or above                   ANT 315: Development Anthropology
    AED 310: Advanced Writing for Prospective Teachers                      GRY 327: Computer Mapping or
                (pending approval) or                                       GRY 328: Geographic Information Systems
    EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School
    SHH 300: Normal Language Development or                              TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MINOR: 18
    PSY 350: Psychology of Language
                                                                                                                                                S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




    SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies
    (A 100-hour field requirement is attached to this course)
C. Professional Semester: 18 credit hours
   SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar
   AED 400: Student Teaching
   SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 127




                                                                                                                                              129
G                                                         Example of the undergraduate degree in                                                    GRY 120: Cultural Geography
                                                                                                                                                    (A) Comparative study of cultures in their geographic setting and
                                                          Geography with a concentration in
                                                                                                                                                    their response to modern world interdependence and problems of
                                                          Geographic Information Systems and a                                                      food, population, development. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          minor in Computer Applications over four
                                                                                                                                                    GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development
                                                          years                                                                                     (A) A spatial study of race, class and gender relations in the context
                                                                                                                                                    of contrasting cultures, and the role the relations play in global
                                                                 First Year                           Second Year                                   development — social, political and economic. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          Fall                                 Fall                                                 GRY 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Geography
GEOGRAPHY




                                                          CPN 100 or 102                       GRY 125                                              Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.
                                                          POL 100 (GE 1)                       GRY 110                                              Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content
                                                          Foreign language                     CAP 235, 236, 231                                    and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)
                                                          CAP 100                              MCS 287                                              GRY 150: Modules in Geography
                                                          GRY 120 (GE 3)                       ATH 120 (GE 4)                                       (O) Five-week mini-courses focusing on regions, nations or
                                                                                                                                                    geographic topics dealing with contemporary problems, issues.
                                                          Spring                               Spring                                               Three hours per week. May be repeated as topic changes. (1 cr. hr.)
                                                          CPN 101 or 103                       GRY 327                                              GRY 215: Geography of Travel and Tourism
                                                          GLY 171 (GE 8)                       BIO 102                                              (C) The spatial analysis of international travel and tourism. The
                                                          GRY 324                              Elective                                             use of such geographical techniques as mapping and quantitative
                                                          MCS 186                              CAP 201                                              analysis to describe and predict the origins and destinations of the
                                                          GRY 221 (GE 2)                       HIS 101 (GE 5)                                       world’s tourists. The study of physical and cultural landscapes as
                                                                                                                                                    major tourism resources in countries around the world. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                    GRY 221: Social Geography
                                                                                                                                                    (B) Geographical analysis of social groups, institutions in United
                                                                 Third Year                           Fourth Year                                   States. Emphasis upon spatial qualities of cultural and social
                                                          Fall                                 Fall                                                 assimilation process experienced by racial and ethnic minorities.
                                                                                                                                                    (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          GRY 328                              GRY 330
                                                                                                                                                    GRY 240: Economic Geography
                                                          CAP 350                              GRY 400 (Quant. Skills)
                                                                                                                                                    (F) Spatial analysis of production, transportation, market destina-
                                                          Elective                             Elective
                                                                                                                                                    tion of commodities. Introduction to the use of computer-assisted
                                                          Elective                             Elective
                                                                                                                                                    location-analysis techniques. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          ENG 200 (GE 6)                       Elective
                                                                                                                                                    GRY 250: Urban Geography
                                                          Spring                               Spring                                               (B) Factors in establishment, growth of urban places; analysis of
                                                                                                                                                    function, internal patterns, hinterland interrelationships; urban
                                                          Any WI                               GRY 440 (WI)                                         land use, problems of clustered settlements. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          GRY 301 (GE 7)                       GRY 499
                                                                                                                                                    GRY 251: Cities of the World
                                                          Elective                             Elective                                             (C) Geographical analysis of patterns in world urbanization, with
                                                          Elective                             Elective                                             an emphasis upon non-U.S. cities. Examination of the internal and
                                                          Elective                                                                                  external character of the world’s major cities with a focus on urban
                                                                                                                                                    areas as tourism resources and their role in the regional develop-
                                                                                                                                                    ment of tourism. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                    GRY 260: Geography and Film
                                                                                                                                                    (O) Select problems in cultural geography as exhibited through
                                                                                                                                                    film. May be repeated with different subtitle: Social Geography of
                                                                                                                                                    England, Comparative Cultural Geographies — India and Brazil,

                                                          Geography                                                                                 Race Issues in Southern Africa. (Also listed as AAS 260, CIN 260.)
                                                                                                                                                    (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                    GRY 270: Geopolitics
                                                          COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                                                       (C) Geographical foundations of international political phenomena;
                                                                                                                                                    geographic factors in development and orientation of states and
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                                    power blocs. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          Note: GRY 110, 120 or 125 meet the prerequisite of                                        GRY 301: Science, Human Affairs and the Environment
                                                          “introductory geography.”                                                                 (S) Examination of origins, evolution and significance of Green-
                                                                                                                                                    house Theory of climate change. Investigation of other theories
                                                          GRY 110: Physical Geography                                                               advanced to account for climate shifts. Evaluation of evidence
                                                          (C) Patterns of physical elements of landscape and atmosphere,                            suggesting a climatic warming of unprecedented magnitude is
                                                          their interrelations, how they differ from place to place.                                under way and that anthropogenic increase in greenhouse gasses is
                                                          (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                             responsible. (3 cr. hr.) ■



130                                                          Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
GRY 315: Ecotourism                                                                         of tourism and an analysis of the economic and environmental
                                                                                                                                                                            G
(S-C) A global and local analysis of the physical environment as a                          impact on a location as a result of marketing those resources. (Also
tourism development resource. An examination of such natural                                listed as REC 415.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
systems as the rain forest, ocean and desert as tourism resources
and the environmental impact of tourism on the viability of these                           GRY 425: Geography in the Classroom
niches. Regional and local studies of the environment as a basis for                        (S-C) Application of geography’s principles, themes and learning
tourism development will be drawn from Amazonia, East Africa,                               outcomes to the classroom setting. Study and application of
Central America, the Caribbean and North America. (Also listed as                           national and New York State learning standards in geography to
REC 315.) (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                     the K-12 classroom. Illustration of successful teaching models and
                                                                                            evaluation instruments in geography and global studies. (3 cr. hr.)




                                                                                                                                                                            GEOGRAPHY
GRY 324: Cartography and Geographic Information
(F) Principles and methods of spatial data collection, processing,                          GRY 440: Seminar in Geography
analysis and display. Introduction to cartography, Geographic                               (S) Approaches, techniques of geographic analysis. (3 cr. hr.)
Information Systems, and Global Positioning Systems. (3 cr. hr.)                            GRY 470: Resource Geography
GRY 326: Computer Graphics
                                                                                            (C) Analysis of relationship of resources (human and natural) to
(S-C) Introduction to computer graphics. Development, use of                                man, human evaluations of geographic space and environmental
original, commercial programming to produce two and three-                                  quality, management of environmental quality in context of a
dimensional images on the department's graphics terminal, plotter                           contemporary world. (3 cr. hr.) ■
and line printer. Emphasis upon skills used in cartography,                                 GRY 480: United States
business and the sciences. Prerequisite: MCS 186 or CAP 200.                                (C) Topical, regional analysis focusing on interrelationships of
(3 cr. hr.)                                                                                 cultural, economic and physical patterns and problems.
GRY 327: Computer Mapping
                                                                                            (3 cr. hr.) ■
(F) Introduction to desktop computer mapping. Practical                                     GRY 481: Geography of New York State
experience in using computer mapping techniques to create                                   (O) Human, natural resources. (3 cr. hr.) ■
thematic maps that graphically display data. Database organiza-
tion, manipulation and analysis for efficient production of                                 GRY 482: Central America and the Caribbean
publication quality maps for communicating spatial information.                             (O) Regional description and analysis of the human and physical
Three lectures and/or demonstrations, one two-hour laboratory.                              landscape of the countries of Central America and the Caribbean.
Prerequisites: CAP 100. (Also listed as CAP 327.) (4 cr. hr.)                               Geographical analysis of the region's politics, culture and economy
                                                                                            with a particular focus on the role of tourism in the development
GRY 328: Geographic Information Systems                                                     of its economy. (3 cr. hr.)
(S) Desktop computer-based Geographic Information System
                                                                                            GRY 484: Geography of Europe
(GIS) Applications. Practical experience using GIS software to
learn geographic data management, thematic mapping, basic map                               (C) Regional study: major problems of physical, cultural landscape
and database querying, as well as map creation and report writing.                          of Europe. Industry, commerce, agriculture. (3 cr. hr.) ■
Three lectures and/or demonstrations, one two-hour lab. Prerequi-                           GRY 485: Africa, South of the Sahara
site: CAP 100. (Also listed as CAP 328.) (4 cr. hr.)                                        (C) Cultural, political factors and relationship to past and present
                                                                                            population patterns. (3 cr. hr.) ■
GRY 330: Advanced GIS Techniques
(S-C) Planning, execution and delivery of a GIS-based project,                              GRY 486: Monsoon Asia
which demonstrates mastery of tools of GIS in a substantive                                 (S-C) Topical, regional analysis of cultural, physical environments
application tailored to field of interest. (Also listed as CAP 330.)                        (Japan to India). (3 cr. hr.) ■
Prerequisites: GRY/CAP 327 or GRY/CAP 328. (4 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            GRY 495: Independent Study in Geography
GRY 370: Will the World Provide? A Research Experience for                                  (O) Independent research in selected geographic problems.
Elementary Education Majors                                                                 Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (3 or 4 cr. hr.)
(F-C) This course provides a science, technology, and society (STS)
research experience for elementary education majors. Through                                GRY 499: Internship in Applied Geography
class, group, and individual projects, students develop and pursue a                        Internship with a local government agency or business. Supervised
research question, investigate resources, and reach a set of compre-                        application of statistical, cartographic and locational skills.
hensive conclusions on one of the following global resource topics:                         Prerequisites: GRY 400, 440; consent of department. S, U grades
air, water, minerals, agriculture, energy, forestry, fisheries, and                         are assigned. (3 cr. hr.)
wildlife. (3 cr. hr.)                                                                       GRY 520: Maps in the Classroom
GRY 400: Geographical Analysis                                                              (B) Classroom-laboratory approach to map use for students and
(F) Application of quantitative techniques to solution of geo-                              teachers. Formal study of map elements. Map reading, interpreta-
                                                                                            tion. Classroom map exercises, their design, use. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




graphical problems. Included are the study of point pattern
analysis, geographical sampling, areal association and ecological                           GRY 595: Independent Study in Geography
analysis. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. (4 cr. hr.) ■                            (O) Independent research in selected geographic problems.
GRY 415: Tourism Planning And Development                                                   Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (3 or 4 cr. hr.)
(F-C) The spatial analysis of tourism as a component of economic
development. A regional comparison of the marketing of tourism
resources in the developed and less developed countries of the
world. Examination of the resources necessary for the development



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   131
G                                                          Related Education Courses                                                                  SSS 301: Pre-Practice Teaching Seminar
                                                                                                                                                      (F) Integrated study of A.) Introduction to Secondary Education;
                                                           AED 400: Student Teaching                                                                  B.) Introduction to Methods of Teaching Social Studies; C.)
                                                           (F) Full-time supervised social studies teaching in public schools                         Introduction to Contemporary Secondary School Issues; D.)
                                                           for ten weeks (6 cr. hr.)                                                                  Preparation for specific practice teaching assignment. S, U grades
                                                           SSS 300: Introduction to Secondary Social Studies
                                                                                                                                                      assigned. (11 cr. hr.)
                                                           This course introduces students to unit and lesson planning,                               SSS 303: Post-Practice Teaching Seminar
                                                           focuses on the history of American education as it relates to social                       (F) Problem approach drawing upon experience of students during
                                                           studies, familiarizes students with the social studies learning                            practice teaching. Designed to focus on contemporary educational
GEOLOGY




                                                           standards, and makes comparisons between middle school and                                 issues, beginning the job search and application process, teaching
                                                           high school teaching. Includes 100-hour field experience.                                  and learning at the middle school level and exploring the history
                                                           (3 cr. hr.)                                                                                and philosophy of teaching. S, U grades assigned. (1 cr. hr.)




                                                           Geology                                                                                                 Bowers Hall, Room 147
                                                                                                                                                                   (607) 753-2815
                                                                                                                                                                   E-mail: stouts@cortland.edu
                                                           D E PA R T M E N T                                                                                      www.cortland.edu/geology/


                                                           SCHOOL                                                                                     S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
                                                           Arts and Sciences                                                                          • Opportunities for research                • Field trips
                                                                                                                                                      • Geology Club                              • Brauer Field Station
                                                           F A C U LT Y
                                                                                                                                                      • Internships                               • Hoxie Gorge Field Station
                                                           Christopher Cirmo, (Chair), David Barclay, Robert Darling, Gayle                           • Fossil, mineral, and                      • Field and analytical
                                                           Gleason, Christopher McRoberts                                                                rock collections                            instrumentation
                                                           PROGRAMS OFFERED
                                                                                                                                                      Requirements
                                                           Bachelor of Arts in Geology                                                                1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
                                                           Bachelor of Science in Geology                                                                to the following majors.
                                                           Bachelor of Arts in Adolescence Education: Earth Science (7-12)
                                                           Bachelor of Science in Adolescence Education: Earth Science (7-12)                         2. Liberal Arts Requirements: B.A. – 90 credit hours;
                                                                                                                                                         B.S. – 75 credit hours
                                                           MAJORS OFFERED
                                                           Geology                                                                                    Major in Geology [GLY]
                                                           Adolescence Education: Earth Science (7-12)                                                Our liberal arts major in geology provides a solid foundation in the
                                                                                                                                                      geological sciences. The program is designed to meet the current
                                                           C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D                                                   market demands for professional geologists as well as requirements
                                                           Environmental Science                                                                      of graduate programs in geology.
                                                           Water Resources
                                                                                                                                                      CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                           MINORS OFFERED                                                                             • Private consulting                  • Mining and petroleum exploration
                                                           Geology                                                                                    • Research or academic                • State and federal agencies
                                                                                                                                                        scientist
                                                           DESCRIPTION
                                                                                                                                                      A. Required Courses in Geology: 33-36 credit hours
                                                           Students who major in geology may earn a bachelor of arts or a
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 261: Physical Geology
                                                           bachelor of science degree. They may complete a program of
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 262: Historical Geology or
                                                           traditional geology courses, choose to concentrate in environmen-
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 570: Tectonics and Evolution
                                                           tal science, or combine courses in the major leading to qualifica-
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 301: Descriptive and Optical Mineralogy
                                                           tion for initial certification as secondary school teachers of earth
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 302: Petrology
                                                           science. Depending on the major or concentration, our geology
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 363: Invertebrate Paleontology
                                                           graduates choose to either begin master’s level graduate studies or
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 367: Geomorphology
  S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                           find employment as geologists, hydrogeologists, or high-school
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 410: Hydrogeology
                                                           earth science teachers.
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 469: Structural Geology
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 471: Stratigraphy
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 476: Geologic Field Methods or
                                                                                                                                                         GLY 481: Field Geology




132                                                            Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
B. Elective Courses in Geology: 0-3 credit hours from the following:   C. Additional Requirements for Geology Majors: 17 credit hours
                                                                                                                                            G
    GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Sciences                            GLY 262: Historical Geology or
    GLY 292: Land Use and Planning                                        GLY 570: Tectonics and Evolution
    GLY 310: Wetlands Analysis                                            GLY 301: Descriptive and Optical Mineralogy
    GLY 371: Meteorology                                                  GLY 302: Petrology
    GLY 396: Aqueous Geochemistry                                         GLY 371: Meteorology
    GLY 397: Physical Oceanography                                        GLY 476: Geologic Field Methods
    GLY 400: Supplemental Field Studies                                D. Elective Courses in Geology: 7 credit hours from the following:
    GLY 576: Glacial Geology                                              GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Science




                                                                                                                                            GEOLOGY
C. Courses in Related Areas: 28-29 credit hours                           GLY 292: Land Use and Planning
   One year of calculus                                                   GLY 310: Wetlands Analysis
   CHE 221: General Chemistry I                                           GLY 363: Invertebrate Paleontology
   CHE 222: General Chemistry II                                          GLY 396: Aqueous Geochemistry
   One year sequence in biology or physics                                GLY 397: Physical Oceanography
   CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications                         GLY 400: Supplemental Field Studies
   GRY 328: Geographic Information Systems                                GLY 469: Structural Geology
D. Electives: 19-33 credit hours.                                         GLY 471: Stratigraphy
                                                                          GLY 576: Glacial Geology
GE-8 requirements are satisfied by courses in the major.
                                                                       E. Additional hours in mathematics or science outside the major:
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                            6 credit hours.
                                                                       F. Electives: 0-13 credit hours.
Major in Geology with a concentration in
                                                                       GE-8 requirements are satisfied by courses in the major.
Environmental Science [GLY/ENVS]
The major in geology with a concentration in environmental             TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
science provides a broad-based program of study designed to meet
the professional and graduate school demands of environmental          Major in Geology with a concentration in Water
geoscientists.                                                         Resources [GLY/WRES]
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                       Students majoring in geology with a concentration in water
                                                                       resources are well grounded in the basics of geoscience with
• Environmental geoscientist        • Hydrogeologist
                                                                       additional expertise in water-related sciences and policy. The
• Consulting geoscientist
                                                                       program is designed for students interested in hydrogeology,
A. Required Courses for all environmental science                      watershed management, and government positions in water quality
    concentrators: 48-50 credit hours.                                 and quantity.
    BIO 110-111: Principles of Biology I and II * or                   CAREER POTENTIAL
    BIO 201-202: Biological Sciences I and II
                                                                       • Water resource specialist    • Water quality specialist
    BIO 412: General Ecology
                                                                       • Watershed manager            • Hydrogeologist
    CHE 221-222: General Chemistry I and II
    ENS 486: Seminar in Environmental Science                          A. Geology major [GLY] requirements listed on previous page:
    ENS 487: Environmental Science Internship                             64-65 credit hours.
    GLY 261: Physical Geology
    GLY 367: Geomorphology                                             B. Additional courses for water resources concentrators:
    GLY 410: Hydrogeology                                                  21-22 credit hours.
    MAT 121-122: Calculus A and B **                                       ENS 310: Wetlands Analysis
    PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics and Heat and                             GRY 327: Computer Mapping
    PHY 106: Elementary Electricity, Light and Sound or                    GLY 430: Field Hydrology *
    PHY 201-202: Principles of Physics I and II                            GLY 396: Aqueous Geochemistry*
    * Biology majors take BIO 201-202.                                     One from the following:
    ** Physics majors take MAT 125-126.                                    GLY 397: Oceanography*
                                                                           BIO 512: Limnology
B. Related Areas: Two courses from the following: 6 credit hours
    Two courses from the same department are not permitted.                One of the following:
    May also fulfill General Education requirements.                       POL 242: Environmental Policy
    ECO 105: Political Economy and Social Thought                          POL 308: Environmental Law
                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




    ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics                                  ECO 335: Resource and Environmental Economics
    GRY 120: Cultural Geography                                            One of the following:
    GRY 221: Social Geography                                              EST 100: Introduction to Environmental Studies
    POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics              ECO 110: Principles of Macroeconomics
    SOC 150: Introduction to Sociology                                     POL 100: Introduction to American Government and Politics
                                                                           GRY 125: Human Geography and Global Development
                                                                       POL 100 satisfies GE 1; GRY 125 satisfies GE 3; EST 100 or
                                                                       POL 242 satisfy GE 7; Courses in GLY major satisfy GE 8
                                                                       * Cannot be used as elective in GLY major.

                                                                                                                                            133
G                                                         Major in Adolescence Education: Earth Science                            F. Student teaching requirement: 14 credit hours.
                                                          (7-12) [AES]                                                                 AED 445: Student Teaching
                                                          This major leads to New York State certification to teach earth          G. Additional requirements: 27-34 credit hours
                                                          science in grades 7-12.                                                     Composition and General Education Courses: 27 credit hours
                                                                                                                                      Foreign Language Courses: 0-7 credit hours
                                                          CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                                                                                                   H. Other requirements
                                                          • Earth science teacher (7-12)     • Naturalist/interpreter
                                                                                                                                      Specific information regarding other requirements (state exams,
                                                          • Science curriculum specialist    • Educational administrator
                                                                                                                                      workshops, finger printing, foreign language) are listed on page
                                                                                                                                      41 of this catalog.
GEOLOGY




                                                          A. Required Courses in Geology: 30 credit hours
                                                             GLY 261: Physical Geology                                             GE-8 requirements are satisfied by courses in the major.
                                                             GLY 262: Historical Geology or
                                                             GLY 570: Tectonics and Evolution                                      TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124 - 131
                                                             GLY 301: Descriptive and Optical Mineralogy
                                                             GLY 302: Petrology                                                    Requirements for the Minor in Geology
                                                             GLY 363: Invertebrate Paleontology                                    GLY 261, 262, plus five geology electives selected in consultation
                                                             GLY 367: Geomorphology                                                with an advisor (total of 21 hours in geology with at least 11 hours
                                                             GLY 371: Meteorology                                                  at the 300-level and above).
                                                             GLY 397: Physical Oceanography or
                                                             GLY 410: Hydrogeology
                                                             GLY 400: Supplemental Field Studies (3 cr. hr. total) or              Example of the undergraduate degree in Geology
                                                             GLY 476: Geologic Field Methods                                       over four years
                                                          B. Courses in Related Science/ Math Areas: 29 credit hours               Added concentrations have different four-year models.
                                                             MAT 121: Calculus A or
                                                             GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Science or
                                                             MAT 201: Statistical Methods*                                                  First Year                     Second Year
                                                             BIO 110: Principles of Biology I                                      Fall                             Fall
                                                             BIO 111: Principles of Biology II                                     CPN 100 or 102                   GE course
                                                             CHE 221: General Chemistry I                                          GE course                        BIO 110 or PHY 105
                                                             CHE 222: General Chemistry II                                         GE course                        CHE 221
                                                             PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics and Heat                                CAP 100                          GLY 261
                                                             PHY 106: Elementary Electricity, Light and Sound                      MAT 121
                                                             PHY 150: Astronomy
                                                          *Also listed as COM 230, PSY 201, ECO 221.                               Spring                           Spring
                                                          C. Professional Preparation: 24 credit hours.                            CPN 101 or 103                   GE course
                                                             PSY 101: General Psychology I                                         GE course                        Elective
                                                             PSY 232: Adolescent Psychology                                        GE course                        BIO 111 or PHY 106
                                                             HLH 199: Critical School Health Issues                                Elective                         CHE 222
                                                             AED 391: Introduction to Adolescence Education                        MAT 122                          GLY 262
                                                             AED 442: Methods I: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle
                                                                          and Secondary Schools
                                                             AED 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the
                                                                          Middle and Secondary Schools                                    Third Year                       Fourth Year
                                                             AED 444: Laboratory Practicum                                         Fall                             Fall
                                                             EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary Schools                 GE course                        Elective
                                                             SHH 300: Normal Language Development or                               GRY 328                          Elective
                                                             PSY 350: Psychology of Language                                       Foreign language                 Elective
                                                          D. Admission to Program:                                                 GLY 301                          GLY 410
                                                              Completion of 45 credit hours with minimum grade point               GLY 367 (WI)                     GLY 471
                                                          average of 2.5
                                                              overall, and 2.5 in each of the areas A, B, and C listed above.      Spring                           Spring
                                                          E. Eligibility for Student Teaching:                                     GRY 328                          Elective
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                             To be eligible for AED 445: Student Teaching, a minimum               Foreign language                 Elective
                                                             overall grade point average of 2.5 is required. Additionally, a 2.5   WI course                        Elective
                                                             grade point average is required in each of the areas A, B, and C      GLY 302                          GLY elective
                                                             listed above. A minimum of 24 credit hours in area A and 24           GLY 363                          GLY 469
                                                             credit hours in area B are required. PSY 101, 232; AED 391,
                                                             442, 443, and 445; BIO 110, 111; CHE 221; GLY 261, 262 or                                              Summer
                                                             570, 301, 302, 363, 367; PHY 105, 150; and MAT 121 or 201                                              GLY 476
                                                             or GLY 281 must be completed before the student teaching
                                                             experience.



134
                                                                                                                                                                            G
Geology                                                                                     GLY 301: Descriptive and Optical Mineralogy
                                                                                            (F) Principles of physical and optical crystallography and crystal
                                                                                            chemistry; descriptive mineralogy; identification of minerals using
                                                                                            physical, chemical, and optical methods. Three lecture hours and a
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                                                         three-hour laboratory; required all-day field trip. Prerequisite: GLY
                                                                                            261, CHE 221. GLY 301 and CHE 221 may be taken concurrently.
GLY 118: Laboratory in Earth Science                                                        (4 cr. hr.) ■
Identification and classification of common geologic materials; use,                        GLY 302: Petrology
compilation, and interpretation of topographic and weather maps;                            (S) Petrogenesis of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks;
demonstrations, computations, and problem solving. Two-hour




                                                                                                                                                                            GEOLOGY
                                                                                            description, classification, and interpretation based on hand
session weekly. Fulfills education program laboratory requirement.                          specimens and thin-sections. Three lecture hours and a three-hour
Prerequisites: Concurrent or following a non-laboratory introduc-                           laboratory; required all-day field trip. Prerequisite: GLY 301.
tory earth science/geology course. (1 cr. hr.)                                              (4 cr. hr.) ■
GLY 129, 229, 329, 429, 529: Special Topics in Geology                                      GLY 310: Wetlands Analysis
Selected topics. May be taken more than once as subtitle changes.                           (F) Investigation of the hydrology, biogeochemistry, soils, classifi-
Prerequisites: Designated by department as appropriate for content                          cation, delineation, and functional assessment of freshwater
and academic level of credit. (1-4 cr. hr.)                                                 wetlands. Two lecture hours, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequi-
GLY 160: Geology and the Human Environment                                                  site: Completion of GE-8 and junior status. (Also listed as
(A) Integrated study of physical resources, processes of land, ocean,                       ENS 310.) (3 cr. hr.) ■
atmosphere, in terms of man-environment relationship. Three one-                            GLY 363: Invertebrate Paleontology
hour lectures and/or demonstrations. Not open to geology majors                             (S) Important invertebrates in fossil record. Laboratory study of
or those having GLY 171 or 261. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                               morphology, identification and preparation procedures. Two
GLY 171: Earth Science                                                                      lectures, one three-hour laboratory, required field trip. Prerequisite:
(A) Basic concepts and principles of geology, meteorology, and                              GLY 261. (3 cr. hr.) ■
oceanography. Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory per                                GLY 367: Geomorphology
week. Not open to geography, mathematics, or science majors or to                           (F) Processes of glaciers, rivers, mass wasting, wind and weathering,
students with credit for GLY 160 or 261. (4 cr. hr.) ■                                      and their resulting landforms. Methods of geomorphic analysis and
GLY 172: Earth History                                                                      the evolution of landscapes. Two lectures, one three-hour labora-
(A) Evolution of the earth based on geologic evidence with special                          tory, field trips. Prerequisite: GLY 261.(3 cr. hr.) ■
emphasis on the rock record of New York State. Not open to                                  GLY 371: Meteorology
students with credit for GLY 262 or GLY 570, or majors in                                   (S) Atmosphere, its phenomena; elements of weather; application
geography, mathematics or science. Prerequisite: GLY 171.                                   to weather forecasting. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
(3 cr. hr.) ■                                                                               Prerequisite: Six hours of mathematics or science. (3 cr. hr.) ■
GLY 261: Physical Geology                                                                   GLY 396: Aqueous Geochemistry
(A) Principles of physical geology. Earth materials, intracrustal                           (S) Detection, analysis, distribution, significance of chemical
forces and products, agents of gradation and their physiographic                            elements in soils, rocks, water, organic matter. Two one-hour
expression. Laboratory study includes minerals, rocks, topographic                          lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: GLY 301 and
and geologic maps, simple geologic structures. Three lectures, one                          CHE 221, 222. (3 cr. hr.) ■
three-hour laboratory, field trips. Primarily for science, math and
geography majors. Not open to students with credit for GLY 160                              GLY 397: Physical Oceanography
or 171. (4 cr. hr.) ■                                                                       (S) Physical features of the ocean; origin of ocean basins; waves;
                                                                                            currents and tides; shoreline processes; ocean sediments; effect on
GLY 262: Historical Geology                                                                 world climates and environmental problems. Three lecture hours
(S) Historical geology; evolution of North America interpreted                              per week. Prerequisites: Six hours of math or science. (3 cr. hr.)
from stratigraphic record; evolution of life. Laboratory study of
sedimentary facies, invertebrate fossils, evolution of tectonic                             GLY 400: Supplemental Field Studies
provinces. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory, field trips.                            (A) Extended field study or field trips designed to complement
Prerequisite: GLY 261. (3 cr. hr.) ■                                                        classroom instruction. May be repeated as subtitle changes.
                                                                                            Prerequisite: Consent of department. H, S, U grades are assigned.
GLY 281: Data Analysis in Natural Science                                                   (1-3 cr. hr.)
(F) Analysis and interpretation of geologic and biologic data using
modern quantitative techniques with discipline-specific applica-                            GLY 410: Hydrogeology
tions. Basis methodologies and interpretation of descriptive, compara-                      (F) Examination of the source, distribution, movement and
                                                                                                                                                                              S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




tive, and classificatory statistics. Topics include sampling, probability,                  disturbance of surface, vadose zone and groundwater in a geologic
univariate, and bivariate analysis. Two one-hour lectures, one two-                         and environmental context. Includes aquifer testing, watershed
hour laboratory. Not open to students with credit for MAT/PSY                               hydrology and some advanced groundwater and water quality
201, ECO 221 or COM 230. (3 cr. hr.)                                                        modeling. Field trips to well fields, treatment facilities, and a local
                                                                                            watershed. Two lectures and one laboratory/field trip session.
GLY 292: Land Use and Planning                                                              Prerequisite: GLY 261. (3 cr. hr.)
(F) Land as a natural resource; emphasis on geologic aspects that
determine natural potentialities, restrictive conditions of land use.
Three lecture hours; field trips. (Also listed as ENS 292.)
(3 cr. hr.) ■


 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   135
G                                                         GLY 430: Field Hydrology                                                                   GLY 570: Tectonics and Evolution
                                                          (M) Methods used in the characterization of the quantity, quality                          (F) Examination of the theory of plate tectonics, including critique
                                                          and flow characteristics of surface, vadose zone and groundwater.                          of refereed scientific papers. An integration of various subjects
                                                          Field projects with local streams, wetlands and aquifers, and field                        within the discipline of geology to understand the physical
                                                          trips to active research sites in the Catskill and Adirondack region.                      evolution of the earth’s surface and its biologic implications. One
                                                          Prerequisites: GLY 261 and junior status, or permission of                                 three-hour lecture and/or discussion. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of
                                                          instructor. (2-3 cr. hr.)                                                                  geology. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                          GLY 469: Structural Geology                                                                GLY 573: History of Geology
                                                          (S) Deformation of rocks and the resulting structures, including                           (O) Development, evolution of major concepts in geological
GEOLOGY




                                                          stress and strain, faults, folds, and rock fabrics. Two lectures, one                      sciences. Two lectures, selected readings, report writing. Prerequi-
                                                          three-hour laboratory. One required field trip. Prerequisite:                              site: Fifteen hours of geology. (2 cr. hr.)
                                                          GLY 301. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     GLY 576: Glacial Geology
                                                          GLY 471: Stratigraphy                                                                      (C) Glacial processes, landforms and deposits; Quaternary
                                                          (F) Principles of correlation, nomenclature, facies interpretation,                        chronologies and dating methods; analysis and interpretation of
                                                          classification of sedimentary rock units. Laboratory methods of                            glacial sediments and sequences. Emphasis on glaciation of New
                                                          facies and correlation analysis. Two lectures, one three-hour                              York State. One two-hour lecture, one two-hour laboratory, field
                                                          laboratory, required weekend field trip. Prerequisites: GLY 262 and                        trips. Prerequisite: GLY 261. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          GLY 302. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     GLY 579: Paleoclimatology
                                                          GLY 476: Geologic Field Methods                                                            (C) History and causes of natural climate change. Emphasis on
                                                          (M) Three-week course taught at Brauer Field Station beginning                             events and environments of the last two million years. Includes
                                                          late May. Instruments and methods of basic geologic field work:                            analytical methods used to reconstruct paleoclimate. One three-
                                                          measurement and description of stratigraphic sections; use of plane                        hour lecture. Prerequisites: GLY 261 and 12 hours of geology,
                                                          table/alidade; elementary bedrock mapping. Compilation of                                  biology, chemistry and/or physics at 300 level or above. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          stratigraphic sections, geologic maps, and structure sections.
                                                                                                                                                     GLY 581: Advanced Field Geology
                                                          Required of all majors except those in adolescence education.
                                                                                                                                                     (M) Field investigations involving detailed geologic mapping and
                                                          Prerequisites: GLY 302 and junior standing. (3 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     analysis of specific area(s) by an individual or small group; written
                                                          GLY 481: Field Geology                                                                     report. Offered summers at the Brauer Field Station.
                                                           (M) Intensive study of field methods and techniques; reconnais-                           Prerequisite: GLY 469. (3-8 cr. hr.)
                                                          sance and detailed areal geology mapping; preparation of geologic
                                                                                                                                                     GLY 595: Geophysical Methods
                                                          maps and sections. Offered summers at the Brauer Field Station.
                                                                                                                                                     (O) Principles and instrumentation of geophysical methods used to
                                                          Prerequisites: GLY 302; GLY 469; junior standing. (5-6 cr. hr.) ■
                                                                                                                                                     collect and interpret data from the Earth’s interior. Two lectures,
                                                          GLY 487: Internship in Applied Geology                                                     one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: GLY 261 and either PHY
                                                          (A) A project-oriented internship with a government agency,                                105 and PHY 106, or PHY 201 and PHY 202. (Also listed as
                                                          industry, or other private or public enterprise, supervised applica-                       PHY 595). (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          tion of geologic skills and knowledge. Prerequisites: Senior-year
                                                          status; consent of department. (3-12 cr. hr.)                                              Related Education Courses
                                                          GLY 494: Geology Laboratory Experience                                                     AED 391: Introduction to Adolescence Education
                                                          (A) Service as assistant in laboratory sections of a geology course.                       (A) Students will develop a coherent and comprehensive personal
                                                          Includes meetings with course instructor, advanced preparation for                         educational philosophy; analyze the role of education and teachers
                                                          lab meetings, weekly attendance in the laboratory section while                            in society; demonstrate an understanding of teacher certification
                                                          serving as instructional assistant in laboratory activities. May be                        standards and requirements; evaluate teaching, lesson planning and
                                                          taken twice for credit. Can not be applied to any state teacher                            implementation and cooperative skills; and develop a portfolio.
                                                          education requirement. S, U grades are assigned. Prerequisite:                             The course includes 25 hours of field observation/teaching
                                                          Permission of department. (1 cr. hr.)                                                      experience. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          GLY 499: Independent Investigations                                                        AED 442: Methods I: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and
                                                          (A) Limited to qualified seniors. Prerequisite: Consent of chair. May be                   Secondary Schools
                                                          taken twice for credit. H, S, U grades are assigned. (1-3 cr. hr.)                         (F) This course begins with an examination of the history and
                                                                                                                                                     foundations of education, with an emphasis on the history of
                                                          GLY 550: Geology of New York State                                                         science education. It then examines disciplinary models and
                                                          (M) Geologic history of New York State as interpreted from the                             strategies for classroom management. Students will develop tools
                                                          rock record. Special emphasis on: Paleozoic stratigraphy and                               for measurement and evaluation of performance and achievement
                                                          depositional environments; metamorphism, magmatism and
 S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                                     for students with diverse abilities and interests. Students will
                                                          deformation of the Adirondack and Hudson Highlands; Grenville,                             participate in short and long-range lesson planning and curriculum
                                                          Taconic, Acadian, and Alleghanian orogenic events; Pleistocene                             development. Federal and state laws, policies and procedures for
                                                          continental glaciation. Seven and a half lecture hours per week;                           dealing with students with disabilities will be examined. Strategies
                                                          four weeks. One all-day Saturday field trip required. Prerequisite:                        for collaborating with administrators, faculty/staff, parents/
                                                          GLY 261 or equivalent. (3 cr. hr.)                                                         guardians, and community members will be discussed. Includes 25
                                                          GLY 567: Advanced Geomorphology                                                            hours of field experience in middle and secondary schools.
                                                          (O) Current, classical problems in geomorphology using qualitative,                        Prerequisites: PSY 232 and EDU 391. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                          quantitative approaches. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory, field
                                                          trips. Prerequisite: GLY 367. (3 cr. hr.)

136                                                          Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS
AED 443: Methods II: Teaching the Sciences in the Middle and                                AED 445: Student Teaching: Adolescence Education — Science
                                                                                                                                                                            H
Secondary Schools                                                                           (A) Full-time supervised student teaching in two public school
(F) Introduction to aspects of teaching laboratory-based science to                         placements: one, eight-week placement at the seventh or eighth grade
a diverse population of students through the development of a                               level and one, eight-week placement at the ninth, tenth, eleventh, or
course syllabus, a comprehensive plan for laboratory safety, and                            twelfth grade level. A discipline-specific student teaching seminar is
lesson plans aligned with state and national learning standards and                         held on campus once during the semester. Prerequisites: PSY 232;
state science core curriculum guides. Twenty-five hours of field                            AED 443; and AED 444. See major department for eligibility criteria.
experience in middle and secondary schools. Prerequisite: AED                               S, U grades are assigned. (14 cr. hr.)
442. Corequisite: AED 444. (3 cr. hr.)
                                                                                            EDU 449: Literacy in the Middle and Secondary School




                                                                                                                                                                            H E A LT H
AED 444: Laboratory Practicum                                                               (F) Methods, materials and assessment for fostering literacy at the
(F) Opportunity to work with an experienced teacher in the                                  middle and secondary levels. (3 cr. hr.)
planning, preparation, and implementation of laboratory exercises
in an introductory, college-level lab course through one-on-one
and small group activities. Fulfills 25 hours of field experience
requirement. Corequisite: AED 443. (1 cr. hr.)




Health                                                                                                       Moffett Center, Room 101
                                                                                                             (607) 753-4225
                                                                                                             www.cortland.edu/hlth/
D E PA R T M E N T


SCHOOL                                                                                      S P E C I A L F E AT U R E S
Professional Studies                                                                        • Internships and independent study
                                                                                            • Health Science honorary: chapter of Eta Sigma Gamma
F A C U LT Y
                                                                                            • Study abroad in London, Belize, and Australia
Joseph F. Governali (Chair), John Forster, Ray Goldberg, Bonni                              • Course work with integrated technology and computers
Hodges, John Leary, Jill Murphy, Jennifer Nolan, Alan Sofalvi,                              • Variety of concentrations
Kenneth Tomaszewski, Donna M. Videto, Ben Wodi
PROGRAMS OFFERED
                                                                                            Requirements
                                                                                            1. Degree Requirements listed on pages 33-40 of this catalog apply
Bachelor of Science in Health Science                                                          to the following majors.
Bachelor of Science in Education in Health Education
                                                                                            2. Liberal Arts Requirements: 60 credit hours
MAJORS OFFERED
                                                                                            Health Science Program
Health Science                                                                              Health Department Requirements: 13 credit hours
Health Education                                                                               BIO 301: Human Anatomy and Physiology I
C O N C E N T R AT I O N S O F F E R E D                                                       BIO 302: Human Anatomy and Physiology II
                                                                                               BIO 303: Microbiology and Human Disease
Community Health Education
                                                                                               COM 210: Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Environmental Health
Health Care Administration and Planning                                                     Health Education Program
Wellness Health Promotion                                                                   Health Department Requirements: 13 credit hours
Allied Health                                                                                  BIO 301: Human Anatomy and Physiology I
College Health Promotion and Prevention Services                                               BIO 302: Human Anatomy and Physiology II
Health Communication                                                                           BIO 303: Microbiology and Human Disease
                                                                                               COM 210: Fundamentals of Public Speaking
DESCRIPTION
                                                                                               CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications
The health programs at Cortland provide majors with professional
preparation experiences designed to help students develop skills                            Major in Health Science [HSC]
and background required for positions in a variety of health                                The degree program has been designed for students interested in
professions and for admission into advanced degree programs.                                preparing for health careers in community/public health settings.
Health Department graduates work in a wide range of health and
                                                                                                                                                                               S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                            Students participate in a full semester internship experience. A
educational settings, including county health departments, hospitals                        number of concentrations are available to help meet specific career
and other health-care facilities, community health organizations,                           interests of students.
corporate and private wellness facilities, environmental agencies,
schools, and universities. The department combines academic course                          CAREER POTENTIAL
work with out-of-class experiences that provide direct contact with                         • Environmental health specialist • Health Communication
health and education professionals. Such experiences include a well                         • Community health educator         • Health administrator
developed internship program and independent study opportunities.                           • College health promotion
                                                                                            • Wellness health promotion specialist



 Course codes: A = every semester, B = at least once per year, C = at least once every two years, F = fall, M = summer, O = occasionally, S = spring, W = winter, ■ = LAS   137
H                                                          A. Required Courses: 18 credit hours                                      Select One or Two: 3 or 6 credit hours
                                                              HLH 203: Community Health                                               MAT 201: Statistics or
                                                              HLH 360: Health Care Administration and Planning                        MAT 125: Calculus I or
                                                              HLH 390: Environmental Health and Ecology                               MAT 125: Calculus I and
                                                              HLH 391: Epidemiology and Biostatistics                                 MAT 126: Calculus II
                                                              HLH 492: Chronic and Communicable Diseases
                                                                                                                                   TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                              HLH 494: Needs Assessment, Program Planning and
                                                                         Evaluation in Health Education
                                                                                                                                   Major in Health Science with a concentration in
                                                           B. Fieldwork: 16 credit hours
                                                                                                                                   College Health Promotion and Prevention
H E A LT H




                                                               (overall 2.5 grade point average required)
                                                               HLH 499: Fieldwork in Health                                        Services [HSC/CHPP]
                                                           C. Health Electives: 15 credit hours                                    The concentration is intended to provide health students with the
                                                             Students elect courses based on professional interests and the        background and skills needed to function on college campuses as
                                                             following are typical electives in this program:                      health promotion and prevention specialists.
                                                              HLH 111: International Health and Culture                                These individuals typically work in a variety of health educa-
                                                              HLH 163: The HIV Epidemic                                            tion areas including sexuality, alcohol, tobacco and other drugs,
                                                              HLH 201: Health Problems of the Underserved                          nutrition, HIV/AIDS, stress management, and health promotion.
                                                              HLH 210: Wellness and Health Promotion                               Responsibilities often involve conducting campus-wide activities,
                                                              HLH 232: Nutrition                                                   developing peer education programs, and working with college
                                                              HLH 301: Stress Management                                           offices in promoting the health of students.
                                                              HLH 302: Human Sexuality Education                                       Colleges across the country have been establishing campus
                                                              HLH 314: Mental and Emotional Health                                 programs and services which have as their central focus the
                                                              HLH 367: Drug Problems: Intervention and Prevention                  reduction of health threatening behaviors and the promotion of
                                                              HLH 393: Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health              student health. The focus of this concentration is to prepare
                                                              HLH 394: Health Related Behavior: Formation and Change               individuals with the background and skills needed to work in this
                                                              HLH 493: Community Health Education                                  rapidly growing field.
                                                                                                                                   CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                           TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                                                                                                   • College health promotion specialist
                                                           Major in Health Science with a concentration in                         • College prevention specialist
                                                                                                                                   • College health educator
                                                           Allied Health [HSC/ALLH]
                                                           The concentration is designed to provide background needed to           A. Required Courses: 21 credit hours
                                                           pursue post-baccalaureate study in various allied health fields. In        HLH 113: Sex, Drugs and the College Student
                                                           conjunction with the health science major, it provides students            HLH 210: Wellness and Health Promotion
                                                           with the prerequisite course work needed for programs in such              HLH 302: Human Sexuality Education
                                                           areas as nursing, physical therapy and occupational therapy. The           HLH 314: Mental Health and Counseling
                                                           combination of the concentration and the major gives students              HLH 367: Drug Problems: Intervention and Prevention
                                                           course work needed for advanced study and the preparation                  HLH 394: Health Related Behavior: Formation and Change
                                                           required for a wide variety of community/public health positions.          HLH 493: Community Health Education or
                                                           CAREER POTENTIAL                                                           EDU 426: Methods and Materials of Health
                                                                                                                                      Education: Level II
                                                           • Community health practitioner
                                                           • Nursing (provides prerequisites for advanced programs)                B. Internship: 6 credit hour minimum
                                                           • Physical therapy (provides prerequisites for advanced programs)       Students must fulfill an internship requirement through one of the
                                                           • Occupational therapy (provides prerequisites for advanced programs)   following alternatives:
                                                           Required Courses                                                        1. Complete a two-semester internship experience with six credits
                                                             Select All: 8 credit hours                                                in the Student Development Center’s health education
                                                              BIO 201: Biological Sciences I                                           program. Preferably this would result in a fall and spring
                                                              BIO 202: Biological Sciences II                                          experience of three credits each semester (typically health
                                                                                                                                       education majors).
                                                             Select Two: 6 or 8 credit hours                                       2. Complete at least a quarter of field experience of eight credits in
                                                              CHE 121: Elementary Chemistry I                                          a college health promotion/prevention program (typically
                                                              CHE 122: Elementary Chemistry II or                                      health science majors).
                                                              CHE 221: General Chemistry I
  S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




                                                                                                                                   TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
                                                              CHE 222: General Chemistry II
                                                             Select Two: 8 credit hours                                            Major in Health Science with a concentration in
                                                              PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics, Heat, and Matter
                                                                                                                                   Community Health Education [HSC/COMH]
                                                              PHY 106: Elementary Electricity, Light, and Sound or
                                                              PHY 201: Principles of Physics I                                     The concentration is intended to prepare community-based health
                                                              PHY 202: Principles of Physics II                                    educators who can provide educational programming designed to
                                                                                                                                   facilitate the adoption of behaviors conducive to health maintenance
                                                                                                                                   and promotion. Areas of activity would include educational program-
                                                                                                                                   ming related to drug abuse, sexuality, nutrition, safety and wellness.


138
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                          Select Two: 8 credit hours
                                                                                                                                                    H
• Community health educator in a county health department                     PHY 201: Principles of Physics I
• Health educator in a corporate wellness facility                            PHY 202: Principles of Physics II or
• Health educator for agencies such as American Cancer                        PHY 105: Elementary Mechanics, Heat, and Matter
  Society or American Red Cross                                               PHY 106: Elementary Electricity, Light, and Sound
• Health educator in a teen pregnancy prevention program                  TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124

A. Required courses: 27 credit hours
  Select All: 15 credit hours                                             Major in Health Science with a concentration
                                                                          in Health Care Administration and Planning




                                                                                                                                                    H E A LT H
   HLH 201: Health Problems of the Underserved
   HLH 210: Wellness and Health Promotion                                 [HSC/ADMN]
   HLH 394: Health-Related Behavior: Formation and Change                 The concentration introduces students to some of the fundamental
   HLH 493: Community Health Education                                    concepts essential to careers involving health program planning
   PSY 101: General Psychology I                                          and health services administration. The courses are designed to
  Select One: 3 credit hours                                              provide students with entry level skills and prerequisite background to
   PSY 332: Educational Psychology or                                     graduate studies in health services and management, planning and
   PSY 422: Social Psychology                                             research.

  Select One: 3 credit hours                                              CAREER POTENTIAL
   SOC 315: Development Sociology or                                      • Administrator in a private community health agency
   SOC 351: The Community or                                              • Administrator in a voluntary health agency
   SOC 371: Sociology of Medicine                                         • Department administrator in a health facility
                                                                          • Program manager in a community health agency
  Select One: 3 credit hours
   POL 100: Introduction to American Government and                       A. Required Courses: 30-31 credit hours
               Politics or                                                  Select All: 18 credit hours
   POL 240: Introduction to Public Administration                            MGT 254: Principles of Accounting I
               and Public Policy                                             MGT 255: Principles of Accounting II
  Select One: 3 credit hours                                                 ECO 111: Principles of Microeconomics
   COM 300: Interpersonal Communication or                                   MGT 250: Principles of Management
   COM 302: Intercultural Communication or                                   HLH 201: Health Problems of the Underserved
   COM 410: Communication in Social Change                                   SOC 371: Sociology of Medicine

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124                             Select One: 3 credit hours
                                                                             MCS 186: Introductory Programming or
                                                                             CAP 100: Introduction to Computer Applications
Major in Health Science with a concentration in
Environmental Health [HSC/ENVH]                                             Select One: 3 credit hours
The concentration is designed for students interested in seeking             MGT 253: Principles of Marketing or
careers as environmental health specialists or public health sanitar-        ECO 352: Finance
ians. Such professionals apply the principles of the natural and social     Select Both: 6 credit hours
sciences to the detection, evaluation, control and management of             POL 240: Introduction to Public Administration and
those factors in the environment which influence health. These                          Public Policy
professionals typically work in governmental agencies or industry.           POL 326: State and Local Government
CAREER POTENTIAL                                                          TOTAL CREDIT HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 124
• Public health sanitarian with a county health department
• Specialist with governmental agencies such as Occupational              Major in Health Science with a concentration in
   Safety and Health Administration and Environmental
                                                                          Health Communication [HSC/HCOM]
   Protection Agency
                                                                          This concentration links the areas of communication and health.
• Environmental specialist with businesses and corporations
                                                                          It is designed to prepare students to work in careers that use
• Emergency management and response specialist
                                                                          communication approaches to inform and influence personal and
A. Required Courses: 28 credit hours                                      community actions that enhance health and promote the quality
  Select All: 14 credit hours                                             of life.
                                                                                                                                                      S U N Y C o r t l a n d 2 0 0 2- 2 0 0 3 C a t a l o g




   BIO 306: Human Genetics                                                CAREER POTENTIAL
   HLH 405: Tutorial: Field Based Experience in Environmental
                                                                          • Health communication                 • Health reporter
                Health
                                                                            specialist with government           • Consultant to public,
   CHE 221: General Chemistry I
                                                                            agencies, health organizations,        private organizations
   CHE 222: General Chemistry II
                                                                            businesses
  Select Two: 6 credit hours                                              Required Courses: 23 credits
   HLH 392: Environmental Pollutants and Toxicology or                      Select All: 13 credit hours
   HLH 393: Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health or                HLH 394: Health Related Behavior: Formation and Change
   POL 242: Environmental Policy                                             COM 100: Human Communication

                                                                                                                                                    139
H                                                              COM 450: Health Communication                                          Major in Health Education [HEC]
                                                               ENG 303: Technical Writing                                             The degree program focuses on school health education and the
                                                               CAP 236: Desktop Publishing                                            preparation of health education specialists to work within school
                                                                                                                                      settings. Students complete a full semester of student teaching.
                                                             Select One: 3 credit hours
                                                                                                                                      Students can also elect a concentration in wellness health promotion,
                                                              COM 451: Environmental Communication or
                                                                                                                                      college health promotion and prevention services, or health
                                                              COM 452: Risk Communication
                                                                                                                                      communication.
                                                             Select One: 1 credit hour
                                                                                                                                      CAREER POTENTIAL
                                                              COM 390: Participation in Student Newspaper
                                                                                                                                      • High school health educator
H E A LT H




                                                              COM 393: Participation in Television
                                                              COM 394: Participation in Radio